[6]

2 CODING - DECODING
Coding Sol. birds fly in the sky and sky is called wall.

The method of converting a meaningful word in a non Type - IV : Coding based on the numbers.
meaningful word/letter/number by a certain rule is called
coding. Ex.5 If in a coded language A is coded as 1, B as 2 and so on
e.g.  AMAN  BNBO or CPES then what is code for MAGGI.
Sol. MAGGI  131779
Decoding
Ex.6 If BEAUTIFUL is coded as 573041208 and RUBBER is
The method of converting a non-meaningful word/letter/ coded as 905579, then what is code for TEAR.
number in a meaningful word by a certain rule is called Sol. TEAR  4739.
de-coding.
CPESAMAN Ex.7 If CHANDRA is coded as 49 and KALA is coded as 25.
What is code for CHANDRIKA?
Ex.1 If in a certain language ‘GOAL’ is coded as HPBM, how Sol. CHANDRA = 3 + 8 + 1 + 14 + 4 + 18 + 1 = 49
is ‘POST’ coded in same language.
KALA = 11 + 1 + 12 + 1 = 25
Sol. +1 +1
+1 +1 CHANDRIKA = 3 + 8 + 1 + 14 + 4 + 18 + 9 + 11 + 1
+1 +1
+1 +1 = 69

Type - I : Coding based on English alphabets. Ex.8 If RAM is coded as 4 and SHYAM as 6, what is the code
for KARAN?
Ex.2 If code for RADIO is SBEJP. What is code for
R  I  9 K  P  16 SH8
CAMERA
A  Z  26 A  Z  26 H  S  19
Sol. CAMERA  DBNFSB
M  N  14 R  I  09 YB2
Type - II : Coding based on group of words. ___ A  Z  26 A  Z  26
Ex.3 In a certain code language : 49 N  M  13 M  N  14
4 + 9 = 13 ____ ___
Dev Das ji means good little frock
Ram Kishan ji means behaves good feel 1+3= 4 90 69
Durga Lal Kishan means makes mischief feel 9+0=9 69 = 6 + 9 = 15 = 6

Das Raj Kishan means little girl feel

Type - V : Coding based on symbols.
What is code for frock?
Sol. Dev Ex.9 If in a certain code language TRAIN means $ ? @ = £,
ACE means @ % #.
Type - III : Coding based on conversion of name of words. What is the meaning of CERTAIN.
Ex.4 If ‘water’ is called ‘food’, ‘food’ is called ‘tree’, ‘tree’ is
Sol. CERTAIN  % # ? $ @ = £
called ‘sky’ and ‘sky’ is called ‘wall’, then where do birds
fly?

EXERCISE

1. If the code for 'PEN' is 35, what will be the code for 2. If RUBBER is coded as QUCCER, the code for DINNER
'ASK' ? will be
(a) 30 (b) 31 (c) 32 (a) DIOPER (b) CINNRE
(d) 35 (e) None of these (c) CIOOER (d) DIOOER
(e) None of these
 [7]

3. If in a certain language, MOBILE is coded as NQEMQK, 12. In a certain code, SUPREME is written as DLDSRTO.
then how is MIRACLE coded in that language ? How is RESERVE written in that code?
(a) JDOCMFE (b) NKUEHRL (a) DLDSTVQ (b) DUQFQDR
(c) NJQBBMN (d) AELGMNB (c) QUDFRDQ (d) DUQFRDQ
(e) None of these (e) None of these

4. If DONE is coded as EOOE, ROSE is coded as SOTE, 13. In a certain code language :
how would you code TAKE ? (i) mint bio tee zro  her town is manpuri
(a) TBKF (b) UALE (c) UBLE (ii) neep mint kap tee oro  her first love is maths
(d) UBLF (e) None of these (iii) oro gret tee mint pki  maths collection is her hobby
5. In a certain code language, DOOR is written as CPNSR Then which word in that language represent ‘maths’ ?
and LACK is written as KBBLK. How will the word (a) mint (b) bio (c) oro
GRID be written in that code language ? (d) gret (e) None of these
(a) FSHCD (b) HSJED (c) FOHCD
14. In a certain code language NATURE is written as
(d) FSHED (e) None of these
AOUUES. How will ANSWER be written in that code?
6. If SUMMER is written as USMMRE in a certain code, (a) NBXSSE (b) NBWRPF (c) MAVSPE
how would WINTER be written in that code ? (d) NBWTRF (e) None of these
(a) IWERNT (b) IWRNTE (c) IWNTRE
15. In a certain code language, PURSE is written as KFIHV,
(d) IWTNRE (e) None of these then what will be the code of CHAIR?
7. In a certain code language, TERMINATION is written as (a) IRSZX (b) IRZSX (c) SZXIR
IMTRENNOAIT. How is COMPETITIVE written in that (d) XSZRI (e) None of these
code ?
16. In a certain code language, FATHER is written as
(a) OMCPETTIIVE (b) EPCMOTEVIIT
IVSGZU. How will CRUELTY be written in that code
(c) OMEPCTIIVET (d) PEMCOTVEITI
language ?
(e) None of these
(a) VOCVZRL (b) VPCVZRL (c) VPVCZRL
8. In a certain code, INTRODUCTION is written as (d) BGOVFIX (e) None of these
UCODTITRONIN. How is KARUNAKARANA written
17. In a certain code, EVOLUTIONARY is coded as
in that code ?
YRANOITULOVE. Which word would be coded as
(a) AKNUARRANKA (b) KANARARUNAKA
NOITINUMMA ?
(c) NKKRANKRAUK (d) RURNKAAUNAK
(a) ANMOMIUTNI (b) AMNTOMUIIN
(e) None of these
(c) AMMUNITION (d) NMMUNITIOA
9. In a certain code NECKLACE is written as EDBMLDFN. (e) None of these
How is MEDICINE written in the same code ?
18. In a certain code, NOVEMBER is written as
(a) EOJDEJFM (b) EOJDJEFM (c) MFEDJJOE
ERMBVENO. Which word will be written as IEUAACEV
(d) MFEJDJOE (e) None of these
in that code ?
10. In a certain code, COVALENT is written as BWPDUOFM (a) VACUATEA (b) CAVEETAU
and TEAR is written as FUSB. How will DESIRE be (c) EVACUAIE (d) VECAAUET
written in that code ?
(e) None of these
(a) ETFSJE (b) TEFFSJ (c) TFEFSJ
(d) EFTJSE (e) None of these 19. If the word REVERSE be written as APUPATP in coded
form, how can RESERVE be written following the same
11. In a certain code language, TRIANGLE is written as
coding ?
BHSSFKHM. How is COMPUTER written in that code?
(a) RQPUPMN (b) SQRPUVW
(a) QLPBSDUT (b) LQBPBSTU
(c) BPLQSDUT (d) TUDSBPLQ (c) PATAPUP (d) APTPAUP
(e) None of these (e) None of these
[8]

20. If in a certain code, R is written as S, E as P, F as Q, I Digits / A G L F 3 9 4 E Z 6

as M, G as N, A as B, T as Z, O as Y then how will Letter
REFRIGERATOR be written in that code ? Symbol % # @ © ? ! & * $ +
code
(a) PSQSNMSPZBSY (b) QSSPPSMNBZYS
(c) SPQSMNPSBZYS (d) PSBZYSSPQSMN Conditions :
(e) None of these 1. If first digit is even and last letter is consonant, then their
code will be interchanged.
21. If MIRACLE is written as QBSTUZW and GAMBLE is
2. If both first and last letter is consonant, then they are coded
written as ATQCZW, then how will REAL be written in as ‘¥’.
the same code ? 3. If first digit is even and last digit is odd then the first even
(a) TZWS (b) SWZT (c) WSTZ digit is coded as ‘’ and last odd digit is coded as ‘ ’.
(d) SWTZ (e) None of these 4. If first digit is odd and last word is vowel, then both are
coded as code of vowel.
Directions (22 - 24) : In the below question a group of letters
or word is given followed by some conditions. You have to find 25. 3A9GLE
the code for the word based on the following letter coding (a) ?%!#@* (b) *%!#@* (c) %*!#@%
system. (d) *©&#@* (e) None of these

Letters A M L E G S K R U B W C H P 26. 4G3FE9

Digit / (a) #?©*+ (b) &#?@+ (c) #?©*
 4 8 $ 1 # ? 7 © 2 6 % * @
Symbol (d) #+%© (e) None of these

Conditions: 27. 6E3F9G

(a) #*?©!+ (b) #&!?©+
(i) If the sum of positions of first and second letters of the (c) +*?©!# (d) +*!?©#
word is 8, then both are to be coded as 'O'. (e) None of these
(ii) If product of positions of letters at even positions of the
Directions (28 - 29) : In a certain code language :
word are 24, then they are to be coded as 'd'.
4a 3b 8c  travel in end
(iii) If difference of positions of third and sixth letters of the
5a 4a 7b 8c  equity in new end
word is 8, then both are to be coded as '?'.
7b 3b 5d 7c  travel did new plan
Now, find the code for -
28. What is code for ‘travel’ ?
22. WHKPAC (a) 4a (b) 3b (c) 8c
(a) 6 * @ ? = % (b) 6 * ? @ = ? (c) 6 * ? 2 = % (d) 7b (e) None of these
(d) 6 * ? = @ ? (e) 6 ? * @ = ?
29. What is code for ‘new’ ?
23. BRGSAU (a) 4a (b) 3b (c) 8c
(a) 2 7 1 # = © (b) 2 1 7 # = © (c) 2 7 1 = # © (d) 7b (e) None of these
(d) 7 1 # = % (e) 7 2 # = %
30. If CLOCK is coded as KCOLC, what will be the first and
24. CERMCS last letters of the word in the same code for VICTORY ?
(a) O O 4 7 % # (b) O 4 O 7 % $ (c) O O 7 4 % # (a) I, C (b) C, I (c) T, O
(d) % $ 4 7 % # (e) None of these (d) Y, V (e) None of these

Directions (25 - 27) : In each question below is given a group of Directions (31 - 33) : Read the following information carefully
letters and digits by four combination of symbols numbered (a), and answer the following questions:
(b), (c) and (d). You have to find out which of the combination In a certain code language :
correctly represent the group of letters and digits based on the ‘left right centre’ is written as ‘az by cj’,
following coding system and mark the option of that combination ‘ahead below behind’ is written as ‘ac zk jd’,
as the answer. If None of the four combinations correctly represent ‘above centre right’ is written as ‘ik by cj’, and
the group of letters and digits mark (e) i.e. None of these. ‘behind below above’ is written as ‘ik zk jd’.
 [9]

31. What is the code for ‘left’? 40. Which of the following will be coded as “na hi la” in the
(a) ac (b) ik (c) az given code language?
(d) cj (e) None of these (a) defence support crpf (b) rbi railway ldc
(c) bba udc nda (d) rbi udc nda
32. ‘behind’ will be written as?
(e) None of these
(a) zk (b) ik (c) jd
(d) Either zkor jd (e) None of these
Directions (41 - 45) : Study the following information carefully
33. What is the code for ‘ahead’? and answer the questions given below.
(a) ac (b) az (c) jd In a certain code language -
(d) ik (e) None of these
“take him home” is written as “2 ! V, 1.5 / J, 2 ! J”
Directions (34 - 38) : Study the given information carefully and “hamster look fine” is written as “3.5 @ J, 2 © N, 2 ! H”
answer the following Question.
“cat scream badly” is written “1.5 > E, 3 / U, 2.5 # D”
In a certain language; “Efforts required in teaching” is written as
“dp kj te hy”, “teaching kids is tough” is written as “dp op cs 41. What is the code for “proxy” ?
mb”, “kids heart is huge” is written as “cs re mb gr”, “task required (a) 2.5 # R (b) 3 ! P (c) 2.5 / R
huge effort” is written as “hy kj re ba”. (d) 3.5 # O (e) None of these
34. In the given code language, what does the code ‘kj’ stand
42. How can the word “jack” be coded as in above language ?
for?
(a) 2 # L (b) 3.5 © k (c) 2 © L
(a) tough
(b) either ‘required’ or ‘effort’ (d) 6 @ J (e) None of these
(c) either ‘huge’ or ‘kids’
43. What is the code for “hamster scream loudly” ?
(d) kids
(e) huge (a) 3.5 @ J, 3 / U, 3 # N
(b) 3.5 @ J, 3 # D, 1.5 > E
35. What is the code for ‘teaching’ is the given code language ?
(a) re (b) hy (c) ba (c) 2 ! V, 3.5 @ J, 2 ! J
(d) kj (e) None of these (d) 3.5 @ J, 2 © N, 3 / U
36. What is the code for ‘kids’ in the given code language ? (e) None of these
(a) either ‘mb’ or ‘cs’(b) either ‘te’ or ‘kj’
(c) dp (d) vc (e) None of these 44. What is the code for “look” ?
(a) 2 ! H (b) 3.5 @ J (c) 2 ! J
37. What will be the code for ‘in task’ in the given code language
(d) 2 © N (e) None of these
(a) hy te (b) dp op (c) hy ba
(d) mb gr (e) None of these 45. What is the code for “world” ?
38. What may be the possible code for ‘quite tough heart’ in (a) 2.5 © Y (b) 3.5 ! J (c) 2.5 \ Y
the given code language (d) 4.5 © Z (e) None of these
(a) op vc hy (b) vc cp mb (c) op vc gr
(d) hy kj mb (e) None of these Directions (46 - 48) : Read the following information carefully
and answer the following questions :
Directions (39 - 40) : Study the following information carefully
“Place Where Support Required”- “F4 I3 M3 V5”
and answer the questions given below:
“Human Pleasure Feelings Happiness” - “M4 F5 B6 V3”
In a certain code language,
“Immediate Effect Target Achieve” - “B4 N4 D3 G4”
“bba rbi crpf pcs” is coded as “la pa zi ta”,
“railway rbi crpf bba” is coded as “pa zi la sa”, 46. Which of the following is the code for “CYNOSURE”?
“ldc crpf udc nda” is coded as “na hi ga pa”, and (a) Z5 (b) D3 (c) M7
“bba defence support ldc” is coded as “zi mi jo ga”. (d) Z3 (e) E5
39. How is “udc” coded in the given code language? 47. What may be the code of “ASSISTANT”?
(a) ga (b) na (a) S3 (b) A9 (c) T6
(c) Can’t be determined (d) hi (d) M6 (e) None of these
(e) None of these
[ 10 ]

48. What may be the code of “CONTENT WRITER”? Note : If two symbols are given then by default first symbol is
(a) P2 S2 (b) D5 X4 (c) S5 P4 consider as hour hand and second one is consider as minute hand.

(d) P5 S4 (e) None of these Example : &$  6:15.

Directions (49 - 50) : Study the following information carefully 49. If Arun takes 95 minutes to reach his school from his home
and answer the following questions : and his school time is ‘%’, then at what time he leaves his
‘%’ means either hour hand or minute hand at 9. home to reach his school on given school time?
(a) $@ (b) & (c) $%
‘@’ means either hour hand or minute hand at 11.
(d) $& (e) None of these
‘$’ means either hour hand or minute hand at 7.
50. If Raman travels to Indore from Bhopal at a certain time
‘&’ means either hour hand or minute hand at 3.
and he takes 140minutes to reach Indore. If he starts from
‘’ means either hour hand or minute hand at 6. Bhopal at ‘&@’, then at what time would he reach Indore?
(a) $& (b) $@ (c) &
(d) %& (e) None of these

NOTES :
[ 170 ]

2 CODING - DECODING
1.(b) Step I : Write down the word given in the question 5, 4, 1, 3, 2
and place value of each of its letters as per the English Thus we have :
Alphabet below it : C O M P E T I T I V E
1 2 3 4 5 2 1 2 3 4 5
P E N

16 5 14  As per their place in the
E P C M O T E V I I T
English Alphabet 5 4 1 3 2 2 5 4 1 3 2
Step II : Try to identify a relation between these 8.(b) Divide the word into six sets of two letters, each and
position values and the number given against the label these sets from 1 to 6. Then, the code contains
word. these sets in the order 4, 3, 5, 2, 6, 1. Thus, we have:
PEN is given as 35. IN TR OD UC TI ON
We can see; 35 = 16 + 5 + 14 1 2 3 4 5 6
Hence, we have figured out a relation : The given
 
number is the sum of the place values of the letters
according to the English Alphabet. UC OD TI TR ON IN
4 3 5 2 6 1
Step III : Write down the position values of the letters
of the word asked in the question. 9.(b) Each letter of the word except the first and last letters,
is moved one step forward and then the order of the
A S K letters so obtained, is reversed to get the code.
1 19 11 10.(c) The letters in the first half and second half of the word
are written in the reverse order and then each letter of
Hence, code for 'ASK' is : the group so obtained is moved one step forward to get
1 + 19 +11 = 31. the code. Thus, we have :
DESIRE  DES/IRE  SED/ERI  TFE/FSJ
2.(c) The first letter of the word is moved one step backward,
while the two middle letters are each moved one step 11.(a) The letters in the first half and second half of the word
forward to obtain the corresponding letters of the code. are written in the reverse order and then in the group
of letters so obtained, the first , third, fifth and seventh
3.(b) The first, second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh letters are each moved one step forward and other one
letters in the word are moved one, two, three, four, step backward to get the code. Thus, we have :
five, six and seven steps forward respectively to obtain COMPUTER  COMP/UTER  PMOC/RETU
the corresponding letters of the code.  QLPBSDUT
4.(b) Each consonant in the word is moved one step forward 12.(b) The last four letters of the word are written in the
to obtain the corresponding letter of the code, while the reverse order, followed by the first three letters in the
vowels remain unchanged. same order. In the group of letters so obtained, each
5.(d) The first and third letters are each moved one step letter except the middle letter is moved one step
backward while the middle letter is moved one step
backward, while the second and fourth letters are each
forward to get the code. Thus, we have :
moved one step forward to obtain the corresponding
SUPREME  SUP/R/EME  EME/R/SUP 
letters of the code. Finally, in the code so obtained, the
DLD/S/RTO
last letter of the word is inserted at the end.
RESERVE  RES/E/RVE  EVR/E/RES 
6.(d) The word is divided into groups of two letters each and DUQ/F/QDR
then the letters of each group are written in a reverse 13.(c) From equation (i), (ii) and (iii) 
order. Code for : mint / tee  her (or) is
7.(b) The middle letters remains unaltered in the code. Let from given equation we can’t determine the exact code
us label the five letters before the middle letter as well for ‘mint’ and ‘tee’.
as those after it, from 1 to 5. Then, the code contains From equation (ii) & (iii) 
the letters of each group in the order Code for oro  maths.
 [ 171 ]

14.(d) Divide the word into three groups of two letters each 22.(b) Position of K in English Alphabet is 11 and Position of
and write the letters of each group in the reverse order.
In the group of letters so obtained, the second, fourth C is 3.
and sixth letters are each moved one step forward to So, K – C = 11 – 3 = 8, that follows condition (iii),
get the code. Thus, we have :
then code for both K and C is ‘?’.
AN/SW/ER  NA/WS/RE  NB/WT/RF
15.(d) If in the word, a letter is the nth letter from the W H K P A C
beginning of the English alphabet, then in the code the So, code is      
corresponding letter is the nth letter from the end.
6 * ? @  ?
16.(d) Each letter in the word is replaced by the letter which
occupies the same position from the other end of the
English alphabet, and the group of letters so obtained B R G S A U
is then written in the reverse order to get the code. 23.(a)      
Thus, we have : 2 7 1 #  
FATHER  UZGSVI  IVSGZU
CRUELTY  XIFVOGB  BGOVFIX 24.(c) Here, sum of positions of first and second letters of the
17.(c) The order of letters of the word is reversed in the code. word is 8, then condition (i) follows.
So, reverse the order of the letters in the code to get the C+ E=3+ 5= 8
word. So, code for both C and E is “O”.
18.(c) The word is divided into groups of two letters each and C E R M C S
then these groups are written in the reverse order.      
NOVEMBER  NO/VE/MB/ER  O O 7 4 % #
ER/MB/VE/NO  ERMBVENO
IEUAACEV  IE/UA/AC/EV  25.(b) According to 4th statement, first digit is odd and last
EV/AC/UA/IE  EVACUAIE word is vowel, so the code is *%!#@*.
19.(d) We may notice that RESERVE consists of the same 26.(c) According to 3rd statement, first digit is even and last
letters as REVERSE and the four possible codes given
digit is odd, so the code is #?©* .
as alternatives also consist of the same letter codes as
those in the code for REVERSE. This indicates that 27.(a) According to 1st statement, first digit is even and last
this is a question on direct-coding. Thus we have :
word is consonant, then code is #*?©!+.
Letter R E V S Sol. (28 - 29) :
Code A P U T 4a 3b 8c  travel in end ..... (i)
20.(c) R E F R I G E R A T O R 5a 4a 7b 8c  equity in new end ..... (ii)
            7b 3b 5d 7c  travel did new plan ..... (iii)
S P Q S M N P S B Z Y S From equation (i) & (ii) :
4a / 8c  in (or) end.
21.(d) Letter M I R A C L E From given equation, we can’t deteremine the exact
Code Q V S T U Z W code for ‘4a’ and ‘8c’.
From equation (ii) & (iii) :
Letter G A M B L E
7b  new
Code A T Q C Z W From equation (i) & (iii) :
The code for REAL is SWTZ. 3b  travel
From equation (ii) :
Sol. (22 - 24) :
5a  equity
Position of letter Re sult Code for Letters From equation (iii) :
(i)1st and 2nd Sum is 8 O 5d (or) 7c  did (or) plan.
(ii) Even Pr oduct is 24 d
28.(b) Code for travel is 3b.
(iii) 3rd & 6th Difference is 8 ?
29.(d) Code for new is 7b.
[ 172 ]

30.(d) The letters of the word CLOCK are reversed in the 39.(c) can’t be determined.
word KCOLC. 40.(d) na hi la - rbi udc nda.
Sol. (31 – 33) :
Sol. (41 – 45) : Every symbol represent the last letter of each
word -
Word Code
e m r k t y
right / center by / cj
! / @ © > #
left az
Every letter represents the +2 alphabet according to English
below / behind zk / jd alphabet series of first letter in word.
ahead ac Every number represents the total number of letter in the word
multiplied by 0.5.
above ik
41.(a) ‘proxy’ is coded as ‘2.5 # R’.

31.(c) ‘left’ is coded as ‘az’. 42.(c) ‘jack’ is coded as ‘2 © L’.

32.(d) ‘behind’ is coded as either ‘zk’ or ‘jd’. 43.(a) “hamster scream loudly” is coded as

33.(a) ‘ahead’ is coded as ‘ac’. “3.5 @ J, 3 / U, 3 # N”

Sol. (34 – 38) : From given information : 44.(d) “look” is coded as “2 © N”.
teaching dp
45.(c) “world” is coded as “2.5 \ Y”.
kids/is cs/mb
tough op
Sol. (46 – 48) :
huge re
required/efforts hy/kj
task ba Second letter of the word is
in te coded as the immediate following
letter according to english alphabet series
heart gr

34.(b) ‘kj’ is written as either ‘effort’ or ‘required’.

SUPPORT V 5
35.(e) ‘teaching’ is written as ‘dp’.

36.(a) ‘kids’ is coded as either ‘mb’ or ‘cs’. Number represents the total
number of consonant in the word
37.(e) ‘in task’ is coded as ‘te ba’.

38.(c) ‘quite tough heart’ is coded as ‘op vc gr’.

46.(a) “CYNOSURE” is coded as “Z5”.
Sol. (39 – 40) :
47.(c) “ASSISTANT” is coded as “T6”.
Word Code
48.(d) “CONTENT WRITER” coded as “P5 S4”.
bba zi
rbi la 49.(a) As mentioned in the question Arun’s school time is
‘%’ means ‘9:30’ and Arun takes 95 minutes to reach
crpf pa
school from his home. So he should leave his home at
pcs ta ‘$@’ which means ‘7:55’ to reach school.
railway sa
50.(c) If Raman start travelling from Bhopal to Indore at
ldc ga ‘&@’ which means ‘3:55’ and takes 140 minutes to
udc/nda hi/na reach Indore, so he will reach Indore at ‘&’ which
defence/support jo/mi means ‘6:15’.
 [ 11 ]

3 BLOOD RELATION
This type of test is to test candidates’ ability about blood
A
relation. In this type of test, questions are given such that the
relation of two persons is given and the relation of the other is (c) C is D’s uncle C+–
to be found out.
For this, we use family tree. To build a family tree, certain D
standard notations are used to indicate a relationship between (d) A has only two children F and C,
the member of the family.
A
Notations :
one male and one female.
1. A is a male A+
2. A is a female A– F C
3. Gender of A is not known A E
4. A and B are married to each other A=B (e) E is C’s father 
5. A and B are siblings A–B
C
B

6. A and C are B’s children Level I : A =E

A C

To make a family tree from the given duties we will first

identify the males and the females in the family and then try to Level II : C F
put each member in their respective position in the tree.
Ex.1 A, B, C, D, E and F are related to each other as given
here. B is F’s daughter-in-law. D is A’s only grandchild. Level III : B =D
C is D’s only uncle. A has only 2 children F and C, one Question I and II can be answered easily by looking at
male and one female. E is the father of C. the family tree. A is the grandmother of D and F is the
(i) Who is the grandmother of D ? mother-in-law of B.
(ii) Who is the mother-in-law of B ?
Ex.2 Meena is Pankaj’s daughter. Reena is Pankaj’s sister.
Step - I Reena’s daughter is Diya and Reena’s son is Ram. Tina
is Diya’s only maternal aunt.
Identify the gender of A, B, C, D, E and F.
1. Meena is Tina’s :
(a) B is F’s daughter-in-law  B– (a) Aunt (b) Niece
(b) C is D’s only uncle  C+ (c) Uncle (d) Daughter
(c) A has 2 children F and C, one male and one (e) None of these
female, since C is male, F is female  F– 2. Diya is Pankaj’s :
(d) E is the father of C  E + (a) Nephew (b) Niece
(c) Uncle (d) Can’t say
Step - II (e) None of these
Use the conditions to arrange A, B, C, D, E and F in
these tree generations. – 3. Ram is Tina’s :
F
(a) Niece (b) Aunt
+ (c) Nephew (d) Brother
–
(a) B is F’s daughter-in-law = B (e) None of these
Sol. Tina– = Pankaj+ – Reena–
A

(b) D is A’s only grand child

Meena– Diya– Ram+
D
[ 12 ]

1.(d) Meena is Tina’s daughter. Ex.4 Looking at a portrait of a man, Mohan said, “His mother
2.(b) Diya is Pankaj’s Niece. is the wife of my father’s son”. Brothers and sisters I
3.(c) Ram is Tina’s Nephew. have none”. At whose portrait was Mohan looking.
Ex.3 If, (a) His son (b) His nephew
(i) P + Q means, P is the mother of Q (c) His cousin (d) His uncle
(ii) P – Q means, P is the brother of Q
(e) His brother
(iii) P  Q means, P is the father of Q
Sol.(a) Father
(iv) P  Q means, P is the sister of Q
Which of the following shows the relation that X is a
paternal uncle of Y? Mohan = Mother
(a) X – M + N  Y (b) Y – M + N × X
(c) X – M – N × Y (d) X – M × N  Y
(e) X  M – N × Y Man
Since Mohan has neither a sister nor brother, therefore
Sol.(a) X – M + N  Y
Mohan is the only son of his father. Hence the mother of
X+ – M –
the man is the wife of Mohan.

N+ Ex.5 Introducing a lady, a man said, “Her mother is the only

daughter of my mother-in-law”. What is the man to the
lady.
Y
(a) Son (b) Brother (c) Uncle
(b) It is not necessary to check B, because X is in the
extreme right of the statement, and we can not (d) Father (e) Grandfather
know about his gender. Sol.(d) Since the mother-in-law of the man is the mother of the
(c) X – M – N Y mother of the lady, therefore, the lady is the daughter of
X+ – M + – N – – Y the man.
(d) X – M  N  Y Mother-in-law
X+ – M – – N +
Man = Mother
Y
So, in this statement, X is the paternal uncle of Y.
Lady

EXERCISE

1. If L is the husband of M and N is the mother of O and 4. Introducing a lady, a man said, “Her mother is the only
M, what is N to L? daughter of my mother-in-law”. What is the man to the
lady?
(a) Mother (b) Sister (c) Aunt
(a) Son (b) Brother (c) Uncle
(d) Mother-in-law (e) None of these
(d) Husband (e) Father
2. If X is the brother of Y, Z is the sister of X, P is the 5. A man said to a lady, “The son of your only brother is the
brother of J and J is the daughter of Y, who is the uncle brother of my wife”. What is the lady to the man?
of P? (a) Mother (b) Sister
(a) Y (b) Z (c) J (c) Sister of father-in-law (d) Grandmother
(d) X (e) None of these (e) Maternal aunt

3. Pointing at a photo, Jagdish said, “His father is the only 6. If L is the brother of M and A, B is the mother of M
son of my mother”. The photo belongs to – and C is the father of L. Which one of the following
statement is not definitely true?
(a) Jagdish (b) Jagdish’s brother
(a) M is the brother of A (b) L is the father of A
(c) Jagdish’s father (d) Jagdish’s son
(c) L is the son of B (d) B is the wife of C
(e) None of these
(e) L is the son of C
 [ 13 ]

7. If (i) B * C means B is the brother of C (ii) B • C means 16. Pointing to a photograph a woman said, “She is the only
B is the daughter of C (iii) B  C means B is the sister daughter of my mother’s father”. How is the woman
of C. Which one of the following shows the relation that related to the person in the photograph?
X is the maternal uncle of Y? (a) Mother (b) Grandmother
(a) XZ•Y (b) X*Z•Y (c) Y•ZX
(c) Daughter (d) Can’t be determined
(d) Y•Z*X (e) None of these
(e) None of these
8. Pointing to a boy, Mukesh said, “His only brother’s
mother is my father’s wife”. How is Mukesh related to Directions (17 - 18) : Read the following statement carefully
that boy? and answer the following questions.
(a) Uncle (b) Father (c) Nephew X is the father of Z. But Z is not his son. E is the daughter of
(d) Brother (e) None of these Z. F is the spouse of X. G is the spouse of Y. H is the father
9. If X’s mother was Y’s mother’s daughter. How was Y of G. Y is brother of Z. D is the son of Y.
related to X? 17. Who is the Grandmother of D?
(a) Father (b) Sister (c) Brother (a) H (b) X (c) Z
(d) Paternal Uncle (e) Maternal uncle
(d) F (e) None of these
10. Introducing a woman, a man said, “Her mother’s husband’s
18. Who is the son of F?
sister is my aunt”. How is the man related to the woman?
(a) Nephew (b) Father (c) Brother-in-law (a) Y (b) Z (c) E
(d) Cousin (e) Uncle (d) D (e) None

11. Old man’s son is my son’s uncle, then what relation 19. Mr. A is a Police Officer. B is the brother in law of C’s
has the old man to me? sister D. D is the wife of her brother’s boss A. What is
(a) Brother (b) Father (c) Grandfather the relationship of C and B with A?
(d) Uncle (e) None of these
(a) Brother and brother-in-law
Directions (12 - 13) : Read the following information carefully (b) Brother-in-law and brother
and answer the questions given below : (c) Subordinate and brother-in-law
Soni is son of Vivek’s father’s sister. Manish is son of Bhakti (d) Friend and brother-in-law
who is mother of Mayank and grandmother of Vivek. Mukesh
(e) None of these
is father of Manu and grandfather of Soni. Bhakti is wife of
Mukesh. 20. A family has a man, his wife, their four sons and their
wives. The family of every son also has 3 sons and one
12. How is Soni related to Bhakti?
(a) Nephew (b) Grandson daughter. Find out the total number of male members in
(c) Son (d) Date inadequate the whole family.
(e) None of these (a) 4 (b) 8 (c) 12
(d) 17 (e) None of these
13. How is Mayank’s wife related to Manu?
(a) Niece (b) Sister (c) Sister-in-law Directions (21 - 23) : All the six members of a family L, M,
(d) Data inadequate (e) None of these N, O, P and Q are travelling together. M is the son of N but
14. X’s father is Y’s son. O is the paternal uncle of X and R N is not mother of M, L and N are only married couple. P is
is the brother of Y. How is R related to O? the brother of N. O is the daughter of L. Q is the brother of M.
(a) Brother (b) Nephew
(c) Cousin (d) Data inadequate 21. How many male members are there in the family?
(e) None of these (a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 2
(d) 4 (e) None of these
15. S, the son-in-law of P, is the brother-in-law of Q who is
the brother of R. How is Q related to P? 22. Who is the mother of M?
(a) Brother (b) Son (a) O (b) Q (c) P
(c) Father (d) Data inadequate
(d) L (e) None of these
(e) None of these
[ 14 ]

23. How many children does L have? 28. Which of the following should come in place of ? to
(a) One (b) Two (c) Three make the expression N is grand father of Q?
(d) Four (e) None of these M%N#O?P#Q
(a) % (b) @ (c) $
24. Examine the following relationships among members of (d) # (e) None of these
a family of six persons – P, Q, R, S, T and U.
29. How is Y related to V in the given information
1. The number of males equals that of females.
U$V#Z@W%Y
2. P and T are sons of U.
(a) Wife (b) Mother (c) Sister
3. S is the mother of one boy and one girl.
(d) Brother (e) Daughter
4. Q is the son of P.
5. There is one married couple in the family at present. 30. B @ M % L $ R # G what relationship can exist between
Which one of the following inferences can be drawn L and G?
(a) Mother (b) Aunt (c) Grandmother
from the above?
(d) Grandfather (e) None of these
(a) P, Q and R are all females.
(b) P is the husband of S. 31. If S % T @ U $ I % F, then which of the following is
(c) S is the granddaughter of U. true?
(d) T and U are children of S. (a) S is the daughter of F (b) I is the son of T
(e) R is the sister of T. (c) U is the mother of S (d) S is the nephew of F
(e) None of these
Directions (25 - 27) : Study the following information given
Directions (32 - 36) : Read the following information and answer
below to answer these questions :
the questions given below :
There are ten members M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, T, U and V in the A = B means B is the father of A
family. There are three generations of the family. There is also A * B means A is the sister of B
three married couple in the family. M is the daughter-in-law of A ? B means B is the mother A
V. N’s brother U have only one sister M. T and N are the A $ B means A is the brother of B
married couple. T is the mother-in-law of O. S is the mother of A @ B means B is son of A
N. P is the son-in-law of S. O is the sister of Q. R is the only A # B means A is the daughter of B
son of P. 32. Which of the following is not correct?
25. If N is the son-in-law of A, then how is A related to O? (a) R # S ? T means R is grand daughter of T
(a) Grandmother (b) Grandfather (b) P = Q ? R means R is grand mother of P
(c) L $ M * O means O is sister of L
(c) Can’t be determined (d) Uncle
(d) M * O @ P = Q means Q and O are husband and wife
(e) None of these
(e) All are correct
26. If B is the daughter of U, then how is B related to R?
33. Which of the following is correct?
(a) Sister (b) Sister-in-law
(a) V # T * P means P is maternal uncle of V
(c) Brother (d) Cousin
(b) D ? V # T means D is grand daughter of T
(e) Brother-in-Law
(c) L @ M $ R means R is paternal uncle of L
27. If D is the father of U, then how is P related to D? (d) M @ R * D ? V means M is son of V
(a) Son-in-law (b) Son (c) Cousin (e) None is correct
(d) Daughter (e) Daughter-in-law 34. Which of the following indicates A is grandfather of B?
Directions (28 - 31) : Study the following information carefully (a) M # A = N = B (b) B $ L # Q # A
to answer the given questions : (c) B # L # A (d) L * B = S $ Q = A
A @ B means A is sister of B. (e) None of these
A % B means A is son of B. 35. Which of the following F is paternal uncle of G?
A $ B means A is mother of B. (a) G # L $ F $ N (b) N $ F $ L # G (c) G # M * F $ L
A # B means A is father of B. (d) L = F $ Q @ G (e) None of these
 [ 15 ]

36. S # M * B @ L = F ? Q reveals which of the following Directions (44 - 45) : Read the following information and answer
relations? the question based on them :
(a) F and B are brother and sister There are seven family members A, B, C, D, E, F and G, four of
(b) B is paternal uncle of S them are females. The family runs into three generations. The
(c) L is grandmother of Q family consists of two married couples, three daughters and two
(d) M is maternal aunt of L mothers. D is the brother of C. C is the mother of F. G is the son–
(e) None of the above relations gets revealed in–law of B. A is the father of C.
44. Which of the following is not true?
Directions (37 - 39) : Study the following information and answer (a) B is the mother of C
the given questions. (b) E may be the sister of D
 J is sister of T. T is married to D. D is the father of R. (c) G is the father of E
(d) E and G are married couple
 M is the son of H. T is mother-in-law of H.
(e) none of these
 D has only one son and one daughter.
 J is married to B. L is daughter of B. 45. How is E related to F?
(a) Sister (b) Aunt (c) Uncle
37. How is B related to R? (d) Either sister or aunt (e) none of these
(a) Uncle (b) Aunt (c) Mother-in-law
Directions (46 - 47) : Study the following information carefully
(d) Nephew (e) None of these
and answer the questions given below :
38. How is T related to M? J, K, L, W, X, Y and Z the members of a family spanning three
(a) Granddaughter (b) Nephew (c) Grandson generations. X is married to L, who has only one daughter W.
(d) Grandmother (e) None of these There are only two married couples in the family. X and Z are
siblings. K is maternal grandmother of W and Y is the eldest
39. How is R related to L? member of the family. Y and J are siblings. J and Z are not married
(a) Father (b) Son (c) Cousin and are of the same gender as L.
(d) Uncle (e) Aunt
46. How is Z related to W?
40. A is the father of B. C is the daughter of B. D is the brother (a) Uncle (b) Maternal uncle (c) Father
of B. E is the son of A. What is the relationship between C (d) Son (e) None of these
and E?
47. How is L related to Y?
(a) Uncle & Nephew (b) Father & Daughter (a) Daughter (b) Daughter-in-law
(c) Niece & Uncle (d) Aunt & Niece (c) Son (d) Son-in-law
(e) None of these (e) None of these

Directions (41 - 43) : Study the following information and Directions (48 - 50) : Study the following information carefully
answer the given questions. and answer the questions given below :
There are nine members in three generations and three married J is the brother of K. K is the mother of L. L is the sister of M. M
couples in the family. There are only four male members in the is married to N. A is the father of K. A has only one daughter. P is
family. B is son of J who is daughter-in-law of A. N is father of L. the only daughter of X. A is married to B. J is the brother of C. X
C is mother of D who is father of K. D is son-in-law of M. L is is the father-in-law of C.
unmarried and aunt of K. N is not married to C.
48. How is C related to L?
41. Who among the following is son-in-law of N? (a) Mother (b) Uncle (c) Father
(a) A (b) D (c) B (d) Aunt (e) Cannot be determined
(d) C (e) K
49. How is P related to J?
42. How is C related to B? (a) Cousin (b) Sister-in-law (c) Wife
(a) Grandfather (b) Father (c) Sister (d) Brother (e) Husband
(d) Grandmother (e) Brother 50. If M is the husband of N, then how many male members
43. Who among the following is nephew of L? are there in family?
(a) B (b) D (c) C (a) Two (b) Four (c) Five
(d) A (e) J (d) Six (e) None of these
 [ 173 ]

3 BLOOD RELATIONS
1.(d) N is the mother of M, and L is the husband of M. 7.(c) Y•Z means Y is daughter of Z and ZX means Z
 N is the mother-in-law of L . is the sister of X. Hence X is the maternal uncle of
Y.
N – +
Z – X
+
O M =L –
Y
2.(d) Since P is the brother of J and J is the daughter of Y
but X is the brother of Y. Therefore, X is the uncle of 8.(d) The mother of the only brother of the boy is the wife of
P. Mukesh’s father. Therefore, she is mother of Mukesh.
+ – Hence Mukesh is the brother of the boy.
X –Y– Z
Father = Mother
P
+
J–
Boy – Brother
3.(d) Since the only son of the mother of Jagdish, is Jagdish, (Mukesh)
therefore, the photo belongs to Jagdish’s son.
9.(e) X’s mother was the sister of Y. Hence, Y is the
Mother maternal uncle of X.
10.(d) Her mother’s husband means her father and her father’s
sister is man’s aunt. Therefore, the man and woman
Father
may be cousin.
11.(b) Since the old man’s son is my son’s uncle, therefore,
Photo Jagdish old man’s son is my brother. Hence the old man is my
father.

So, the photo is son of Jagdish. Old man

4.(e) Since the mother-in-law of the man is the mother of
the mother of the lady. Therefore, the lady is the Son
Me
daughter of the man.

Mother-in-law Son

Sol. (12 - 13) :

Man = Mother
+ –
Mukesh = Bhakti
Lady

–
5.(c) Lady – (+) Manu
–
Manish
+
Mayank

+
Soni Vivek
+
Man = (–) (+)
12.(b) Bhakti is wife of Mukesh, and Mukesh is grandfather
of Soni. So, Soni is Bhakti’s grandson.
6.(b) In the family C is the father whose wife is B. C has
three children L, M and A out which L is the son. 13.(c) Manu is Mukesh’s daughter, Mayank is Bhakti’s son
Hence L cannot be the father of A. and Mukesh is Bhakti’s husband. So, Mayank is Manu’s
B =C
– +
brother and his wife is Manu’s sister-in-law.

+
14.(e) X’s father is Y’s son. O is the paternal uncle of X. So,
M L A O is the brother of X’s father. This means that O is also
[ 174 ]

Y’s son. R is the brother of Y. Thus, R is the uncle of 23.(c) L has two sons M & Q and one daughter O.
O. 24.(b) Clearly, there are three males and three females. Now
P, T and Q are sons and hence males. So, R, S and U
15.(b) S is the son-in-law of P and brother in law of Q. This
are females.
means that P is the father/mother of S’s wife, and Q is
the brother of S’s wife. Thus, Q is P’s son. U–

16.(c) The person in the photograph is the daughter of

maternal grandmother of the woman who is pointing S– = P+ T+
of the person in the photograph is the mother of the
woman. Hence the woman is the daughter of the
person in the photograph. Q+ R–

Father Sol. (25 - 27) :

– +
S V
Mother / Daughter

Me T– = N+ – U+ – M– = P+

Sol. (17 - 18) : –

? =O –Q R
+

+
H X+ = F–
25.(c) As gender of A is not definite. Hence, A is either
Grandmother / Grandfather of O.
G– = Y+ – Z–
26.(d) As B is the daughter of U, means B is the niece of P.
D+ E– Hence, B is cousin of R.
27.(a) If D is the father of U, then M will be daughter of D.
17.(d) Y is the brother of Z and X is the father of Z.
Therefore, X is the father of Y and F is the mother of Hence, P will become son-in-law of D.
Y. But D is the son of Y, hence F is the grandmother
Sol. (28 - 31) :
of D.
(a)  A  – B
A@ B 
18.(a) Since F is the mother of Y. Therefore, Y is the son of F.
19.(b) The wife of A is D and C is the brother of D. B is the A% B 
 B
(b)
brother-in-law of D. Hence, A is the brother-in-law of 
C and the Brother of B. B+ – A+  D– – C+ . A

20.(d) The male members in the family are:

(c)  A 
A$B 
(i) the man himself 
(ii) his four sons; and B
(iii) his (3 × 4) = 12 grandsons.
Hence, total number of male members (d)  A 
A#B 
= (1 + 4 + 12) = 17. 
B
Sol. (21 - 23) :
28.(b) From the given information :
P+ – N+ = L–
+
+ + –
N
Q M O
+ +
21.(d) There are four male members - P, N, M and Q. M O P
22.(d) N is father of M and L & N are a married couple.
Hence L is the mother of M. Q
 [ 175 ]

To complete this figure, O must be sister of P.

   Male 
i.e. O @ P.  
 –  Female 
29.(a) From the given information,
Here, gender of O cannot be determined.
U– 33.(e) None is correct
Checking option (a) :
V+ = Y–
-
T–P
Z– W+ V  T *P 
-
V
Hence, Y is the wife of V.
Since, gender of P can’t be determined.
30.(c) From the given information, So, option (a) is wrong.
L– Similarly, other options are wrong.

+
B – M+ R+ A

G +
Q–S
34.(d) L* B  S $ Q  A 
Hence, L is the Grandmother of G.
–
B–L
31.(d) From the given information,
–
T – U = F
– + A is grandfather of B.
 
+ +
35.(a) G # L $ F $ N  L –F –N
S T 
G
Hence, S is the nephew of F.
F is paternal uncle of G..
Sol. (32 - 36) :

B+ Q–
(a) A=B 
A 36.(d) S # M * B @ L = F ? Q  M –– B – = F+

+
(b) A * B  A– – B  M is maternal aunt of L. S
–
L
Sol. (37 - 39) :
B–
+ – – +
B = J – T =D
(c) A?B 
A –
L H= ? R
(d) A$ B  A – B +

M+
A 37.(a) J is the sister of T, B is the husband of J and T is the
(e) A@B  mother of R. So, B is the Uncle of R.
+
B 38.(d) T is grandmother of M.

B 39.(c) R is the cousin of L.

+
(f) A#B  40.(c) C is daughter of B and A is father of B. A
–
A E is son of A.
+ +
E B D
32.(c) L$M*O  L –M –O + –
Therefore, C is niece of E.
–
C
[ 176 ]

Sol. (41 - 43) : Sol. (46 - 47) :

K– = Y+ – J+

L+ = X- – Z+

W–
B+ – K–
46.(b) Z is maternal uncle of W.
41.(b) D is son-in-law of N.
47.(d) L is son-in-law of Y.
42.(d) C is grandmother of B.
43.(a) B is nephew of L. Sol. (48 - 50) :
+ – +
Sol. (44 - 45) : A =B X

B– = A +
+ - + –
J – K –C =P
or – +
E– D+ C =G
–
L – M=N
or
F– E–

44.(d) E and G are not married couple because G is married 48.(b) C is uncle of L
to C. 49.(b) P is sister-in-law of J.
45.(d) From the figure, it is clear that either E is the sister of 50.(c) There are five male members in the family.
F or E is the aunt of F.

4 ORDER AND RANKING

1.(c) Q > P/R ------- (i) 4.(a) From given arrangement, Q will be the third.
Q> P> R ------- (ii) 5.(b) Clearly position of U is 4 th tallest in order of eight
S> Q ------- (iii) students. So no. of students shorter than U is 4.
From expression (i), (ii) and (iii) as have
S>Q> P> R 6.(a) 8669468746978 6 7874326787
Clearly, S is the heaviest among P, Q, R and S. 7.(b) 852875377843489538782507853
2.(c) Order of marks is as
8.(b) 35732491267916432891438325
Tina > Raj > Suresh ------- (i)
691395820489 163
Tina > Shyam/Sunita ------- (ii)
Suresh > Shyam ------- (iii) 9.(a) 4, 8, 3, 0, 7, 9, 3, 7, 13, 11, 5, 0, 1, 2, 6
Shyam did not get the lowest marks from expression The sixth number from the left is 9. The 3rd number to
(i), (ii), (iii), we have
the right of 9 is 13.
Tina > Raj > Suresh > Shyam > Sunita
Clearly, Raj got the second highest marks. 10.(c) Let S and B denote Scorpio and Bike respectively.
Then, the sequence of parking is
Sol. (3 - 5) : Order of height is as
SBSBBSBBBSBBBBSBBB|BBSB
P> S > Q > U > V > R > T> W
BBBBBSBBBBBBBS
3.(e) All are true.
[ 16 ]

4 ORDER AND RANKING

Questions on counting are based on height, weight, distance, Total no. of student = [Position of Rohit from left + Position
number, rank, obtained marks etc. of a person, place or things. of Rohit from right] – 1
On the basis of these information we arrange the given data and = 23 + 12 – 1 = 34
then solve the question given.
Trick  Total no. of student = [Interchanged position of Rohit
Type - I + Initial position of Rahul]– 1
Formula  Ranking from one end = [Total number – Ranking
from other end] + 1 SOLVED EXAMPLES
Ex.1 In a class of 27 students Rank of M is 14th . Find his Ex.1 The Rank of Mohit and Rohit is 15th & 16th respectively.
Rank from other end. In a class of 51 students. Find their rank from other end.
Sol. Rank from other end = (27 - 14) + 1 = 14 Sol. Mohit’s Rank = 51 – 15 + 1 = 37th
Rohit’s Rank = 51 – 16 + 1 = 36th
Type - II
Formula used  Total No’s of students = [Rank from one end Ex.2 In a class, the Rank of Mohan is 8th from top and Rohan
+ Rank from other end] – 1 is 19th from the bottom. How many students are there in
Ex.2 In a row of students, the Rank of Ram is 8 th from left the class.
and 29th from right. How many students are there in Sol. As we do not know the number of student between
the row. Mohan and Rohan. So, we cannot find the Number of
Sol. No. of students = (8 + 29) – 1 = 36 students in the class.

Type - III Ex.3 In a row of students Naman’s rank is 16th from left and
Ranking based on comparison of person / things / place Suresh’s rank is 16th from right. If there are 1/3rd of total
students between them. What is total number of students.
Ex.3 Veena is younger than Rina but elder than Tina. Riya is
Sol. Naman Suresh
younger than Priya but elder than Rina. Who is youngest x/3
among them. 16
th th
16
Sol. Rina > Veena > Tina Left Right
Priya > Riya > Rina But total no. of student be x.
 Priya > Riya > Rina > Veena > Tina Then x = 16 + x/3 + 16  x = 48
So, Tina is the youngest one.
Ex.4 Dhruv, who is larger than Sohan, who is shorter than
Type - IV
Rishi. Bablu is shorter than Sohan but larger than
Ex.4 In a row of students, Rohit’s rank is 7th from left and
Kamal. Rishi is shorter than Dhruv. Who is the
Rahul’s rank is 12th from right. There are 15 students in
largest one.
between Rohit and Rahul. Find the no. of student in the
row, they interchange their position. Sol. Dhruv > Sohan
Sohan < Rishi
Sol. Initial position
Sohan > Bablu > Kamal
Rohit Rahul
Dhruv > Rishi
15  Dhruv > Rishi > Sohan > Bablu > Kamal
Left 7th 12th Right So, Dhruv is the largest one.
After Interchange Ex.5 Out of 5 river P, Q, R, S and T. P is shorter than Q but
larger than T. R is the longest one, S is shorter than Q but
Rahul Rohit
a longer than P. Which is the shortest river?
Sol. T < P < Q and P < S < Q and R is the longest.
Left 15th Right
th
12th
 T < P < S < Q < R.
7
Hence, T is the shortest river.
23rd
 [ 17 ]

Ex.6 In a class,Vijay is 10th from the top and Vishal is 20th 2. If the total number of mobiles sold by A and E is 60, then
from the bottom. Vikas is 11 ranks above Vishal and 21 how many mobiles did A sell?
ranks below Vijay. How many students are there in the Sol. According to question;
class? Total number of mobiles sold by A and E = 60
Sol. According to question; i.e. A + E (35) = 60
Rank of Vijay from the top = 10 Hence, total number of mobiles sold by A = 60 - 35 = 25
Rank of Vishalfrom the bottom = 20 B > E (35 mobiles) > F > D > A > C
Since, Vikas is 11 ranks above Vishal, so rank of Vikas
from the bottom = 31 Ex.8 Study the following information carefully and answer the
And also Vikas is 21 ranks below Vijay, so rank of Vikas questions given below :
from the top = 31
Six persons Lokesh, Mehul, Nitin, Raju, Yash and Pulkit
 Total student = 31 + 31 – 1 = 61 have different number of fruits. Only three persons have
Ex.7 Study the following information carefully and answer the less number of fruits than Lokesh. Raju has less fruits than
questions given below : only Pulkit but more fruits than Yash. Nitin has more fruits
than Yash and Mehul. Yash does not have the least number
Each of the six stores A, B, C, D, E and F sold different of mobiles. The one who has third least number of fruits
number of mobiles in one day. Only three stores sold less has 20 fruits.
mobiles than F. A sold more mobiles than C. E did not sell
the highest number of mobiles. D sold more mobiles than 1. How many persons have more fruits than Nitin?
C and A but less than F. The store which sold the second Sol. Three persons have more fruits than Nitin.
highest number of mobiles sold 35 mobiles. Pulkit > Raju > Lokesh > Nitin (20) > Yash > Mehul

1. Which of the following stores sold the second lowest 2. Which of the following person have fruits more than Lokesh
number of mobiles? but less than Pulkit?
Sol. A sold the second lowest number of mobiles. Sol. Raju have fruits more than lokesh but less than Pulkit.
B > E (35 mobiles) > F > D > A > C Pulkit > Raju > Lokesh > Nitin (20) > Yash > Mehul

EXERCISE

1. Among P, Q, R and S, Q is heavier than P and R. R is 3. Which of the following is definitely false?
not as heavy as P. S is heavier than Q, who is heaviest ? (a) V is shorter than U. (b) R is shorter than V.
(a) Q (b) P (c) S (c) U is taller than R. (d) Q is taller than T.
(d) R (e) None of these
(e) All are true
2. In an examination, Raj got more marks than suresh but
not as many as Tina. Tina got more marks than Shyam 4. Which of the following will definitely be the third when
and Sunita. Shyam got less marks than Suresh, but his the eight students are arranged in descending order of
marks are not lowest in the group. Who is second in the height?
descending order of marks? (a) Q (b) U (c) V
(a) Tina (b) Sunita (c) Raj (d) S (e) None of these
(d) Shyam (e) Suresh
5. How many of them are definitely shorter than U ?
Directions (3 - 5) : Study the following information carefully
(a) Three (b) Four (c) Five
and answer the questions given below.
(d) Data inadequate (e) None of these
I. P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are eight students each having
a different height. 6. How many 6’s are there in the following number sequence
II. S is shorter than P but taller than V. which are immediately preceded by 8 and immediately
III. T is taller than W but shorter than R. followed by 7 ?
IV. Q is shorter than S but taller than U. 866946874697867874326787
V. R is shorter than V. (a) One (b) Two (c) Three
VI. V is not as tall as U. (d) Four (e) None of these
[ 18 ]

7. How many 8’s are there in the following number sequence, 14. Which of the following will be the third digit of the third
which are immediately preceded by 7 but not immediately highest new number ?
followed by 5 ? (a) 1 (b) 5 (c) 9
852875378434 89538782507853 (d) 8 (e) None of these
(a) One (b) Two (c) Four
(d) Six (e) None of these 15. Priya was counting down from 35. Riya was counting
upwards the numbers starting from 1 and she was calling
8. How many 1’s are there in the following number sequence,
out only the odd numbers. What common number will
which are immediately preceded by 9 but not immediately
they call out at the same time, if they were calling out at
followed by 3 ?
the same speed?
357324912679164328914383256
(a) 19 (b) 21 (c) 33
91395820489163
(a) Three (b) Four (c) Five (d) They will not call out the same number
(d) Six (e) None of these (e) None of these

9. If the following series is written in the reverse order, 16. Mayank is 15th from the right end in a row of 50 boys.
which number will be third to the right of the sixth What is his position from the left end ?
number from the left ? (a) 31th (b) 32th (c) 33th
6 2 1 0 5 11 13 7 3 9 7 0 3 8 4 (d) 36 th
(e) None of these
(a) 13 (b) 5 (c) 9
17. In a row of 40 girls, when Kirti was shifted to her left by
(d) 0 (e) None of these
5 places her position from the left end of the row became
10. Thirty six vehicle are parked in a parking lot in a single 10. What was the position of Kiran from the right end
row. After the first Scorpio, there is one Bike. After the of the row if Kiran was three places to the right of Kirti’s
second Scorpio, there are two Bikes. After the third original position?
Scorpio, there are three Bikes and so on. Work out the (a) 22 (b) 24 (c) 23
number of Bikes in the second half of the row. (d) 21 (e) None of these
(a) 12 (b) 10 (c) 15
(d) 16 (e) None of these 18. In a row of boys, A is fifteenth from the left and B is
fourth from the right. There are three boys between A and
11. Which of the following three-digit numbers will be second B. C is just left of A. What is C’s position from the right?
largest among them after 2 is subtracted from the middle
(a) 7th (b) 8th (c) 13th
digit of each number and the positions of the first and the
(d) 9th (e) None of these
third digits are interchanged ?
863 984 275 358 479 19. In a row of forty children, P is thirteenth from the left end
(a) 863 (b) 984 (c) 275 and Q is ninth from the right end. How many children are
(d) 358 (e) 479 there between P and R if R is fourth to the left of Q?
(a) 13 (b) 14 (c) 15
Directions (12 - 14) : The digits of each of the following five
numbers are written in reverse order and five new number are (d) 12 (e) None of these
obtained : 20. Rahim is 5th from the left and Rahul is 12th from the right
614 827 593 956 249 end in a row of children. If Rahul shifts by three places
12. Which of the following will be the middle digit of the towards Rahim, he becomes 10th from the left end. How
third number from the left when the new numbers are many children are there in the row ?
arranged in descending order ? (a) 21 (b) 22 (c) 23
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 5 (d) 24 (e) None of these
(d) 9 (e) None of these
21. Students line up in a queue in which Anand stands 15th
13. Which of the following original numbers retains the same from the left and Rohit is 7th from the right. If they
position from the left when arranged in descending order interchange their places, Rohit would be 15th from the
even after the positions of the digits are reversed ? right. How many students are there in the queue.
(a) 249 (b) 593 (c) 614 (a) 21 (b) 22 (c) 29
(d) 827 (e) 956 (d) 30 (e) None of these
 [ 19 ]

Directions (22 - 24) : Study the following number sequence right end of the row if Sneha was three places to the right
and answer the questions given below it : of Raina’s original position ?
3 5 2 9 1 5 6 3 9 4 6 1 3 7 6 8 1 6 3 4 4 2 1 2 74 (a) 17 (b) 16 (c) 15
(d) 14 (e) None of these
22. How many odd numbers are there in the sequence each of
which is immediately followed by an odd number ? 31. Five friends - Balram, Dinesh, Girish, Kavish and Lalit,
(a) 1 (b) 7 (c) 5 each one of them is of different heights.Dinesh is taller than
(d) 6 (e) None of these only Girish. Balram is taller than Dinesh and Lalit (both),
23. How many even numbers are there in the sequence which but not as tall as Kavish. Who among them is the third
are immediately preceded by an odd number but tallest?
immediately followed by an even number ? (a) Balram (b) Dinesh (c) Kavish
(a) 1 (b) 5 (c) 3 (d) Lalit (e) None of these
(d) 4 (e) None of these
Directions (32 - 33) : Study the following information to answer
24. How many odd numbers are there in the sequence which
the given questions.
are immediately preceded and also immediately followed
by an even number ? Amongst five friends Pranjal, Kuber, Rishi, Sumit and Tanish,
(a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 5 each scored different marks in an examination out of a total of
(d) 4 (e) None of these 100 marks. Sumit scored more than only Tanish. Rishi scored
25. Rohan is seventeenth from the left end of a row of 29 boys less than Pranjal. Only one person scored more than Kuber. The
and Kailash is seventeenth from the right end in the same one who scored second highest marks scored 87 marks.
row. How many boys are there between them in the row ?
32. Which of the following is true with regard to the given
(a) 3 (b) 5 (c) 6
information ?
(d) Data inadequate (e) 2
(a) Only one person scored more than Pranjal.
26. In a class of 35 students, Karan is placed seventh from the (b) No one scored less than Tanish.
bottom whereas Sonal is placed nineth from the top. Puneet (c) Rishi scored more than both Kuberand Sumit.
is placed exactly in between the two. What is Karan’s (d) Amongst the five friends, Sumit is most likely to have
position from Puneet ?
scored 95 marks in the examination.
(a) 9 (b) 10 (c) 11
(e) None is true.
(d) 13 (e) None of these
33. If Sumit scored 23 marks less than the marks scored by
27. Rehan is fifteenth from the front in a column of boys. There
Kuber, which of the following could possibility be Rishi’s
were thrice as many behind him as there were in front. How
many boys are there between Rehan and the seventh boy score?
from the end of the column ? (a) 62 (b) 93 (c) 58
(a) 33 (b) 34 (c) 35 (d) 89 (e) 78
(d) Data inadequate (e) None of these
Directions (34 - 35) : Read the following information carefully
28. In a queue, P is eighteenth from the front while Q is sixteenth and answer the questions.
from the back. If R is twenty-fifth from the front and is
Each of the six person A, B, C, D, E and F has a different height.
exactly in the middle of P and Q, then how many persons
are there in the queue ? A is taller than only three persons. D is taller than E but shorter
(a) 45 (b) 46 (c) 47 than F. F is shorter than A. B is not the tallest. The second shortest
(d) 48 (e) None of these person is 5ft tall and the third tallest person is 6ft tall.

29. Ram ranks fifth in a class. Suman is eighth from the last. If
34. Which of the following may be the possible height of F?
Tisha is sixth after Ram and just in the middle of Ram and
(a) 6.3ft (b) 5.5ft (c) 4.4ft
Suman, then how many students are there in the class?
(d) Can’t be determined (e) None of these
(a) 23 (b) 24 (c) 25
(d) 26 (e) None of these 35. If the tallest person is 3ft taller than D, then which of the
30. In a row of 30 girls, when Raina was shifted to her left following may be the possible height of B?
by 4 places her position from the left end of the row (a) 8.2ft (b) 6.5ft (c) 5.4ft
become 10. What was the position of Sneha from the (d) 5.9ft (e) None of these
[ 20 ]

Directions (36 - 40) : Study the following information carefully 45. What is possible age of U?
and answer the following questions : (a) 29 years (b) 52 years (c) 39 years
(d) 37 years (e) None of these
A, B, C, J, K and L are six friends, each of them having different
height and weight. The tallest is not the heaviest. K is taller than Directions (46 - 50) : Study the following information carefully
only A but lighter than C. B is taller than J and A and heavier than and answer the questions given below.
only K and L. A is lighter than only J. K is heavier than L. J is
taller than L and B is not tallest. Ten persons are going to attend the party on two different dates
12th and 19th of five different months July, August, September,
36. How many of them are heavier than A? October, November of the same year. Also, each of them is of
(a) One (b) Two (c) Three
different weight.
(d) Five (d) None of these
Only four persons attend the party in between Girish and Kavish.
37. How many of them are shorter than B?
Hemant attend the party immediately before Kavish and is third
(a) Two (b) Four (c) Three
lightest person. Deepak is just heavier than Girish. The one who
(d) Five (e) None of these
is second heaviest attend the party immediately before the one
38. Who among them is tallest? who is the lightest. Only four persons are lighter than Brajesh.
(a) L (b) A (c) K Brajesh does not attend the party on an odd date. Jagat is not the
(d) C (e) None of these second heaviest. Kapil attend the party on an even date of a month
39. Who among them is third from the top, if they are arrangedin having 30 days. Only three persons attend party in between Kapil
ascending order of the height? and Lokesh, who is the heaviest person. Girish goes immediately
(a) B (b) L (c) J before Sumit but not in the same month, also Girish is lighter
(d) Data inadequate (e) None of these than Sumit. Kavish is heavier than Kapil but lighter than Sumit.
Amit is lighter than Hemant and Kapil. Amit is not the lightest.
40. Who among them is the fourth lightest person?
The lightest person attends the party immediately before the one
(a) L (b) K (c) B
(d) C (e) None of these who is the heaviest. Amit neither attend the party before Hemant
nor in a month having 30 days. Kavish is lighter than Deepak.
Directions (41 - 45) : Read the given information carefully and
46. Who among the following person is going to the party on
answer the given questions.
12th October?
There are seven persons in a family namely S, T, U, V, W, X and (a) Kapil (b) Sumit (c) Amit
Z. All of them related with each other. Also each person has a
(d) Kavish (e) None of these
different age. S is older than T but younger than W. The third
oldest person in the family is 38 years old. T is the sister of S. U is 47. How many persons are heavier than Brajesh?
the father of S. The third youngest person of the family is 35 years (a) Two (b) Three (c) Five
old. Z is the oldest person of the family. T is the niece of X. X is (d) More than five (e) None of these
the husband of W. Z and V are married couple. U’s mother is 69
years old. U is younger than X. Oldest person of the family is 48. Hemant is going for the party on which date?
male member. U is older than W. (a) 12th August (b) 19th September
th
(c) 12 October (d) 19th July
41. If total age of V and T is 75 years, than what is age of T?
(e) None of these
(a) 6 years (b) 10 years (c) 37 years
(d) 40 years (e) None of these 49. Who among the following goes immediately before Girish?
42. How is V related to S? (a) Jagat (b) Third lightest person
(a) Father (b) Mother (c) Grandmother (c) Kapil (d) Fourth heaviest person
(d) Can’t be determined (e) Grandfather (e) None of these

43. Who among the following person is 35 years old? 50. Which of the following statement is true about Deepak?
(a) V (b) X (c) U (a) Deepak is third heaviest person
(d) S (e) W (b) Deepak goes on 19th October
(c) Only one person is going for party after Deepak
44. How many persons are older than S?
(a) Three (b) Five (c) Six (d) Both (a) and (c)
(d) Four (e) None of these (e) None is true
[ 176 ]

Sol. (41 - 43) : Sol. (46 - 47) :

K– = Y+ – J+

L+ = X- – Z+

W–
B+ – K–
46.(b) Z is maternal uncle of W.
41.(b) D is son-in-law of N.
47.(d) L is son-in-law of Y.
42.(d) C is grandmother of B.
43.(a) B is nephew of L. Sol. (48 - 50) :
+ – +
Sol. (44 - 45) : A =B X

B– = A +
+ - + –
J – K –C =P
or – +
E– D+ C =G
–
L – M=N
or
F– E–

44.(d) E and G are not married couple because G is married 48.(b) C is uncle of L
to C. 49.(b) P is sister-in-law of J.
45.(d) From the figure, it is clear that either E is the sister of 50.(c) There are five male members in the family.
F or E is the aunt of F.

4 ORDER AND RANKING

1.(c) Q > P/R ------- (i) 4.(a) From given arrangement, Q will be the third.
Q> P> R ------- (ii) 5.(b) Clearly position of U is 4 th tallest in order of eight
S> Q ------- (iii) students. So no. of students shorter than U is 4.
From expression (i), (ii) and (iii) as have
S>Q> P> R 6.(a) 8669468746978 6 7874326787
Clearly, S is the heaviest among P, Q, R and S. 7.(b) 852875377843489538782507853
2.(c) Order of marks is as
8.(b) 35732491267916432891438325
Tina > Raj > Suresh ------- (i)
691395820489 163
Tina > Shyam/Sunita ------- (ii)
Suresh > Shyam ------- (iii) 9.(a) 4, 8, 3, 0, 7, 9, 3, 7, 13, 11, 5, 0, 1, 2, 6
Shyam did not get the lowest marks from expression The sixth number from the left is 9. The 3rd number to
(i), (ii), (iii), we have
the right of 9 is 13.
Tina > Raj > Suresh > Shyam > Sunita
Clearly, Raj got the second highest marks. 10.(c) Let S and B denote Scorpio and Bike respectively.
Then, the sequence of parking is
Sol. (3 - 5) : Order of height is as
SBSBBSBBBSBBBBSBBB|BBSB
P> S > Q > U > V > R > T> W
BBBBBSBBBBBBBS
3.(e) All are true.
 [ 177 ]

The above sequence has been divided into two equal 19.(b) According to question,
halves by a line. 13th from left 9th from right
Clearly, number of Bikes in second half of the line = 15. P  Q
Children between P and R = [40 – (13 + 9 + 4)] = 14
11.(d) Original number 863 984 275 358 479
New Number 348 469 552 833 954 20.(d) Clearly, Rahim lies towards the left end while Rahul
lies towards the right end of the row. So when Rahul
The new numbers arranged in descending order :
954, 833, 552, 469, 348. shifts towards Rahim, he shifts 3 places to the left.
Thus, Rahul is now 15th from the right end. But, Rahul
Clearly, the second largest number is 833, corresponding
to which the original number is 358. is 10th from the left end.
Total = 15 + 10 – 1 = 24
Sol. (12 - 14) :

Original number 614 827 593 956 249 21.(c) Rohit’s new position is 15th from the right as well as
New Number 416 728 395 659 942 the left end of the row.
 Number of the students in the queue = 15 + 15 – 1 = 29
12.(c) The new numbers arranged in descending order :
942, 728, 659, 416, 395. 22.(d) 3 5 2 9 1 5 6 3 9 4 6 1 3 7 6 8 1 6 3
The third number from the top is 659 and its middle 4 4 2 1 2 7 4
digit is 5. 23.(c) 3 5 2 9 1 5 6 3 9 46 1 3 7 6 8 1 6 3
13.(d) Original numbers in descending order : 4 4 2 1 2 7 4
956, 827, 614, 593, 249 24.(d) 3 5 2 9 1 5 6 3 9 4 6 1 3 7 6 8 1 6 3
New numbers in descending order : 4 4 2 1 2 7 4
942, 728, 659, 416, 395
25.(a) Kailash is 17th from the right end.
Original numbers corresponding to new numbers in
descending order : 249, 827, 956, 614, 593 No. of boys to the left of Kailash = (29 – 17) = 12.
Clearly, 827 retains the same position in both cases. So, Kailash is 13th from the left end. And also, Rohan
14.(c) The third highest new number is 659. Its third digit is 17th from the left end. So Rohan is 13th from the
Right end.
is 9.
15.(d) Priya : 35 34 33 32 31 No. of Boys b/w them is 3.
30 29 28 27 26 ..... 29
Riya : 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 ...... K R
12
Cleraly, both will never call out the same number.
Left 13(L) 17(R) Right
end
16.(d) Clearly, number of boys towards the left of Mayank = end
(50 - 15) = 35
So, Mayank is 36th from the left end. 26.(b) Number of students between Karan and Sonal
17.(c) Kriti comes 10th from left after change of place. So = 35 – (7 + 9) = 19.
original position of Kirti = 15th from left. Clearly, there are 9 students between Karan and Puneet,
as well as Puneet and Sonal.
Kiran is 3 places to the right of the Kirti’s original
position. Clearly, kiran is 18th from the left end. So, Karan is 10th from Puneet.

Thus position of Kiran from the Right end 27.(c) Number of boys in front of Rehan = 14
Number of boys behind Rehan = (14 × 3) = 42.
 40  18  1  23 rd .
Total number of boys in the column
18.(d) Number of boys in the row = (15 + 4 + 3) = 22
= (14 + 1 + 42) = 57.
C is just left of A. So, C is 14th from the left end.
In a column of 57 boys, the seventh boy from the end
Position of C from right = (22 – 14 + 1) = 9th is clearly 51st from the start.
[ 178 ]

Thus, we have to find the number of boys between the 38.(d) C is the tallest person among them.
15th and the 51st boy, which is clearly 35.
39.(b) After arranging in ascending order L will be the third
28.(c) P is 18th from front and R is 25th. person from the top.
Number of persons between P and R = 6.
40.(d) Clearly, C is the fourth lightest person.
Since R is exactly in middle of P and Q, so number of
person between R and Q = 6. Sol. (41 - 45) :
17 6 6 15
P R Q Z(+) V(–)
Number of person in the queue
= (17 + 1 + 6 +1 + 6 + 1 + 15) = 47. 69 38 35
Z>V>X>U>W>S>T U(+) X(+) W (–)
4 5 5 7
29.(b) Ram Tisha Suman

Number of students in the class S T (–)

= (4 + 1 + 5 + 1 + 5 +1 + 7) = 24.
41.(a) According to question;
30.(d) On shifting 4 places to the left. Raina is 10th from the
The total age of V & T = 75
left end of the row. Thus, Raina’s original position was
So, T = 75 - 69 = 6 years
14th from the left end.
Hence, the age of T = 6 years
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 ……30 - (13 + 3 + 1)= 13 42.(c) V is the grandmother of S.
Sneha is 3 places to the right of the raina’s original 43.(e) According to given arrangement, the age of W is 35
position. Clearly, Sneha is 17th from the left end. years.
No. of girls to the right of Sneha = 30 – 17 = 13
44.(b) Five persons i.e. Z, V, X, U and W are older than S.
Thus, Sneha is 14th from the right end of the row.
45.(d) The possible age of U is 37 years.
31.(d) Lalit is the third tallest person.
Kavish > Balram > Lalit > Dinesh > Girish Sol. (46 - 50) :

Sol. (32 - 33) :

Date →
Pranjal > Kuber (87) > Rishi > Sumit > Tanish
12th 19th
32.(b) Tanish scored least marks or no one scored less than Month ↓
Tanish.
July Brajesh Girish
33.(e) Given, The marks scored by Kuber = 87 August Sumit Jagat
According to question; September Lokesh Hemant
So, the marks scored by Sumit = 87 - 23 = 64 October Kavish Amit
Hence, the possible marks scored by Rishi = 78 November Kapil Deepak
Sol. (34 - 35) :
Arrangement of persons according to their weight :
C > B > A (6ft) > F > D (5ft) > E Lokesh > Sumit > Deepak > Girish > Kavish > Brajesh > Kapil
34.(b) The possible height of F is 5.5ft. > Hemant > Amit > Jagat
35.(b) The possible height of B is 6.5ft.
46.(d) Kavish is going to the party on 12th October.
Sol. (36 - 40) : 47.(c) Five persons are heavier than Brajesh.
Height  C > B > J > L > K > A
48.(b) Hemant is going for the party on 19th September.
Weight  J > A > C > B > K > L
49.(e) Brajesh goes immediately before Girish.
36.(a) Only one person is heavier than A i.e. J.
50.(a) Deepak is third heaviest person.
37.(b) Four persons i.e. J, L, K and A are shorter than B.
 [ 21 ]

5 DIRECTION SENSE TEST

The main objective of these types of question is to check the SOLVED EXAMPLES
direction sense ability in students preparing for various
Ex.1 A walks 30m towards east direction and then turns to the
competitive exams.
north and walk 40m. how far is he from his original
There are 4 main direction namely – North, South, East and position.
West
Sol. C
North North

90° 40m
As shown in fig. West East
30m East
A B
South
AC² = AB² + BC² = (30)² + (40)²
If a person is standing on a point then AC = 50m
On his top - North
On bottom - South Ex.2 Mr. Verma started walking towards South. After walking
On right side - East 20 m, he turned to the left and walked 20 m. he again
On left side - West turned to his left and walked 20 m. how far is he from his
These 4 directions are perpendicular to each other original position and in which direction?
There are 4 cardinal directions also namely – North east, North Sol. Mr. Verma finally reaches a point which is 20 m from
west, South east, South-west. the starting point and is in East direction
These directions are also perpendicular to each other.

NW NE
45° Ex.3 A man walks 20m towards north and then he turns left
W E
45°
and walks 10m. he again turns left and walks 20m now
SE
SW he turns right an walks another 15m. How far is he from
S his original position.
10m North
Main direction and cardinal direction’s makes an angle of 45° C B

 We should be aware of left and right of each directions. 20m 20m West East
Sol.
N R
L E
15m D A
10m South
R L
AE = ED + DA = 25m.
W E
Ex.4 Vasant walked 40 meters towards East, took a right turn
and walked 50 meters. Then he took a left turn and
R
L walked 40 meters. In which direction is he now from the
R L starting point ?
S
If we are moving towards any directions then Sol. The movements of Vasant are as shown in fig. (P
Our right is Direction’s Right to Q, Q to R and R to S). Clearly, his final position
is S which is to the South-east of the starting point
Our left is Direction’s left. P.
 To determine the minimum distance
Pythagoras formula is very helpful
H² = P² + B²
H = Hypotenuse, P = Perpendicular, B = Base
[ 22 ]

EXERCISE

1. If East becomes North-West, North becomes South-West 8. A rat runs 15 feet towards East and turns to right, runs
and so on, What will North-East become ? 10 feet and again turns to right, runs 8 feet and again
(a) East (b) West (c) South turns to left, runs 6 feet and then turns to left, runs 20 feet
(d) North (e) None of these and finally turns to left and runs 8 feet. Now, which
direction is the rat facing ?
2. Rohit faces towards north. Turning to his right, he walks (a) East (b) West (c) South
15 metres. He then turns to his left and walks 25 metres. (d) North (e) None of these
Next, he moves 15 metres to his right. He then turns to
9. A boy went to meet his uncle in another village situated
his right again and walks 40 metres. Finally, he turns to
5 km away in the North-east direction of his own village.
the right and moves 20 metres. In which direction is he
From there he came to meet his brother in law living in
now from his starting point ? a village situated 4 km in the south of his uncle’s village.
(a) South west (b) South (c) North west How far away and in what direction is he now from the
(d) South east (e) None of these starting point ?
(a) 3 km in the North (b) 3 km in the East
3. Raj walks 15 km towards North. From there he walks 11
(c) 4 km in the East (d) 4 km in the West
km towards South. Then, he walks 3 km towards East.
(e) None of these
How far and in which direction is he with reference to his
starting point ? 10. Dhruv walks 15 meters towards the South. Turning to the
(a) 5 km west (b) 7 km west (c) 7 km east left, he walks 30 meters and then moves to his right.
(d) 5 km north-east (e) None of these After moving a distance of 25 meters, he turns to the
right and walks 30 meters. Finally, he turns to the right
4. Mr. Roy left for his office in his car. He drove 20 km and moves a distance of 12 meters. How far and in which
towards north and then 12 km towards west. He then direction is he from the starting point ?
turned to the south and covered 8 km. Further, he turned (a) 28 m North (b) 20 m South (c) 28 m South
to the east and moved 8 km. Finally, he turned right and (d) 20m South (e) None of these
drove 12 km. How far and in which direction is he from
11. A man walks 1 km towards East and then he turns to
his starting point ?
South and walks 6 km. Again he turns to East and walks
(a) 2 km west (b) 5 km east (c) 4 km west
2 km, after this he turns to North and walks 10 km. Now,
(d) 3 km east (e) None of these
how far is he from his starting point ?
5. While standing on his head, Shobhit’s face is towards (a) 3 km (b) 4 km (c) 5 km
(d) 7 km (e) None of these
South. In which direction will his right hand point ?
(a) North-East (b) North (c) East 12. Going 60 m to the South of her house, Meenu turns left
(d) South-East (e) North-West and goes another 25 m. Then, turning to the North, she
goes 45 m and then starts walking to her house. In which
6. I am standing at the centre of a circular field. I go down
direction is she walking now ?
south to the edge of the field and then turning left I walk
(a) North-west (b) North (c) South-east
along the boundary of the field equal to three-eights of its
(d) East (e) None of these
length. Then I turn and go right across to the opposite
point on the boundary. In which direction am I from the 13. Six students A, B, C, D, E and F are standing in a row.
starting point ? B is between F and D. E is between A and C. A does not
(a) North-west (b) North (c) South-west stand next to either F or D. C does not stand next to D.
(d) West (e) None of these F is between which of the following pair of students?
(a) B and D (b) B and A (c) B and E
7. A man leaves for his shop from his house. He walks (d) B and C (e) C and A
towards East. After moving a distance of 25 m, he turns
South and walks 15 m. Then he walks 35 m towards the 14. The town of Khajuri is located on Green lake. The town
West and further 5 m towards the North. He then turns of Rajan is west of Khajuri. Slkanpur is east of Rajan but
west of Khajuri. Tekari is east of Antri but west of
towards East and walks 10 m. What is the straight distance
Slkanpur and Rajan. If they are all in the same district,
(in meters) between his initial and final positions ?
which town is the farthest west ?
(a) 0 m (b) 5 m (c) 10 m
(a) Slkanpur (b) Tekari (c) Khajuri
(d) can’t be determined (e) None of these (d) Antri (e) None of these
 [ 23 ]

15. Two ladies and two men are playing cards and are seated 21. How far is T from U (in km) ?
at North, East, South and West of a table. No lady is (a) 4 (b) 20 (c) 5
facing East. Persons sitting opposite to each other are not (d) 26 (e) None of these
of the same sex. One man is facing South. Which
directions are the ladies facing ? 22. I start from my home and go 3 km straight. Then I turn
(a) East and West (b) South and East towards my right and go 2 km. I turn again towards my
(c) North and East (d) North and West right an go 2 km again. If I am north-west from my
(e) None of these house, then in which direction did I go in the beginning?
(a) North (b) South (c) East
16. The station is to the east of the office while my house is
(d) West (e) None of these
to the south of the office. The market is to the north of the
station. If the distance of the market from the post office 23. A direction pole was situated on the crossing. Due to an
is equal to the distance of my house from the office, in accident the pole turned in such a manner that the pointer
which direction is the market with respect to my office ? which was showing East, started showing South. One
(a) North (b) East (c) North east traveller went to the wrong direction thinking it to be
(d) South west (e) None of these West. In what direction actually he was travelling ?
(a) North (b) South (c) East
Directions (17 - 19) : Study the information given below
(d) West (e) None of these
carefully and answer the questions as follow :
On a play ground, Rahul, Ketan, Himanshu, Atul and Ashutosh 24. Kapil goes towards East five km, then he takes a turn to
are standing as described below facing the North. South-West and goes five km. He again takes a turn
(i) Ketan is 40 meters to the right of Atul. towards North-West and goes five km with respect to the
(ii) Rahul is 60 meters to the south of Ketan. point from where he started, where is he now ?
(a) At the starting point (b) In the west
(iii) Himanshu is 25 meters to the west of Atul.
(c) In the east (d) In the North-East
(iv) Ashutosh is 90 meters to the north of Rahul.
(d) In the South-East.
17. Who is to the north-east of the person who is to the left
of Ketan ? 25. Rohan travelled 4 km straight towards south. He turned
(a) Rahul (b) Himanshu left and travelled 6 km straight, then turned right and
(c) Atul (d) Either Himanshu or Rahul traveled 4 km straight. How far is he from the Starting
(e) None of these point ?
(a) 8 km (b) 10 km (c) 12 km
18. If a boy walks from Himanshu, meets Atul followed by
(d) 18 km (e) None
Ketan, Rahul and then Ashutosh, how many meters has
he walked if he has traveled the straight distance all 26. A man is facing North-East. He turns 90° in the
through ? anticlockwise direction and then 135° in the clockwise
(a) 155 m (b) 185 m (c) 215 m direction. Which direction is he facing now?
(d) 245 m (e) None of these (a) West (b) North (c) South
(d) East (e) None of these
Directions (19 - 21) : These questions are based on the
following information : 27. Pankaj goes 40 m North then turns right and walks 30 m,
Seven village P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are situated as follows : then again turns right and walks 30 m, then again turns
T is 2 km to the west of Q. U is 2 km to the north of P. right and walks 30 m. How much meter away is he from
R is 1 km to the west of P. S is 2 km to the south of V. his original position ?
V is 2 km to the east of R. S is exactly in the middle of Q and T. (a) 0 m (b) 10 m (c) 20 m
19. P is in the middle of : (d) 40 m (e) None of these
(a) T and R (b) T and V (c) T and V 28. A walks 20 m infront and 5 m to the right. Then every
(d) V and R (e) None of these time turning to his left he walks 10, 15 and 30 meters
20. Which two villages are the farthest from one another ? respectively. How far is he now from his starting point ?
(a) S and R (b) U and T (c) U and Q (a) 10 m (b) 20 m (c) 5 m
(d) V and T (e) None of these (d) 15 m (e) None of these
[ 24 ]

29. Radhika travelled 11 km to the west, then turned right Note - For north east direction it used to be written as P!@Q
and travelled 6 km, then turned left and travelled 3 km, and so on…
then turned back and travelled 8 km, then turned right When it is given that the bike once blink its headlight then it will
and travelled 6 km. How far is he from the starting point? be considered as the bike taken a left turn and if it is given as the
(a) 3km (b) 6 km (c) 7 km bike blink its headlight twice then it will be considered as the
(d) 9 km (e) None of these bike takes a right turn.Point L is ! 20km of point M.N is & 10km
of O. J is ! 25km of point P.K is in !% of point O.Point Q $LM.M
30. A walks 15 meters in front and 15 meters to the right.
is @50 km of point P.N is &10 km of O.
Then every time turning to his left, he walks 10, 20 and
25 meters respectively. How far is he now from his 36. What is the shortest distance between point K and point
starting point ? O?
(a) 5 meters (b) 10 meters (c) 15 meters (a) 25Km (b) 15 5 (c) 5 15
(d) 20 meters (e) None of these
(d) 15km (e) None of these
31. Sonam goes forward North, turn left, then left again and
37. Point O is in which direction of point M?
then go to the right. In which direction is she facing now?
(a) ! (b) @ % (c) ! %
(a) North (b) South (c) East
(d) % (e) @
(d) West (e) None of these
38. What could the possible shortest route to reach point N
32. B is to the South-West of A, C is to the East of B and from point Q?
South-East of A and D is to the North of C in line with (a) Start in north till 10km,blink headlight twice,cover 10
B & A. In which direction of A is D located ? km
(a) North (b) East (c) South-East (b) Start in west till 15km,blink headlight ones,cover 20
(d) North-East (e) None of these km
(c) Start in south till 20km,blink headlight twice,cover 15
Directions (33 - 35) : Study the following information given
km
below carefully and answer the questions that follow :
(d) Start in east till 25km,blink headlight ones,cover 10
M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, T and U are nine villages. O is 4 km east km
of N. M is 2 km north of N and T is 4 km south of M, S is 2 (e) None of these
km west of T while P is 6 km east of S and R is 4 km north
of S. U is situated just in middle of N and O while Q is just 39. Point X is in which direction from point P?
in middle of T and P. (a) @ (b) & % (c) %
(d) !@ (e) &
33. Distance between Q and S is
(a) 2 km (b) 2.5 km (c) 4 km 40. If Point Z is @ 20km of point K then which of the following
(d) 5 km (e) None of these is the position of Z with respect to O?
(a) ! (b) & (c) &%
34. Distance between Q and U is (d) ! % (e) & @
(a) 1 km (b) 2 km (c) 3 km
(d) 4 km (e) None of these Direction (41-45) : In the following questions, the symbols !, &,
@ and $ are used with the following meanings as illustrated below.
35. Distance between M and R is
Study the following information and answer the given questions:
(a) 1 km (b) 1.41 km (c) 2 km
(d) 3 km (e) None of these Note: The directions which are given indicates exact directions.
M!N - M is in the south direction of N.
Direction (36-40) : In the following questions, the symbols !, &, M@N - M is in the north direction of N.
@ and $ are used with the following meanings as illustrated below. M&N - M is in the east direction of N.
Study the following information and answer the given questions: M$N - M is in the west direction of N.
Note: The directions which are given indicates exact directions. M%QS - M is the mid-point of QS vertically.
P!Q - P is in the north direction of Q. Note - For south east direction it used to be written as M!&N
P@Q - P is in the east direction of Q. and so on…
P&Q - P is in the south direction of Q. When it is given that the Car honks once then it will be considered
P%Q - P is in the west direction of Q. as the car taken a left turn and if it is given as the car honks twice
P$OL - P is the mid-point of OL vertically. then it will be considered as the car takes a right turn. Point Y is
 [ 25 ]

& 15km of point B. Point J is @ 33km of point Y. Point G is @  The distance between Q and S is 32 m. Q is Immediate left
25km of point B. Point A is $ 20km of point G. Point N is ! 40km of S.
of point A. Point H is & 40km point N. Point I %CH. Point C is  The distance between B and D is 96 m. The distance
@30km of Point H. between B and A is multiple of 7
41. What distance the car has to travel from point C to reach  Person S is 88m away from person R. A is one position to
the airplane which is parked at point J? the left of Person R but not to the immediate left of R.
(a) 22km (b) 50 km (c) 43 km  Person C is 15 m. south of Person A and South west of
(d) 23km (e) 35km Person Q
42. What could the possible shortest route to reach point G  Person A started walking 10 m towards south then turn left
from point J? and walk 30m, then turn again to its right and walk 5m and
(a) Started in east till 15km, honks once, cover 8km stopped at point O.
(b) Started in west till 15km, honks twice, cover 8km  Person P is standing in north east of person A and 20 m
(c) Started in south till 25km, honks once, cover 8km north of Person B.
(d) Started in north till 5km, honks once, cover 8km  Person D walks 18 m in north then take a right turn and
(e) Started in west till 15km, honks once, cover 8km walk 40 m then again turn to right and walk 36 m straight
43. Point C is in which direction from point N? and stopped at point Y.
(a) ! (b) @$ (c) !$ 46. What is the position of person P with respect to person R?
(d) @& (e) !& (a) 52 m north west (b) 20 m north
(c) 48 m east (d) 50 m northwest
44. If Point U is !15km of point B then which of the following
(e) Can’t be determined.
is the position of U with respect to H?
(a) @, 24km (b) $, 25 km (c) !, 15 km 47. What is the distance between Q and R?
(d) $, 20km (e) None of these (a) 130 m (b) 125 m (c) 115 m
(d) 117 m (e) None of these
45. Point I is in which direction from point B?
(a) ! (b) @ (c) $ 48. What is the position of Point Y with respect to person C.
(d) & (e) !& (a) North west (b) North – east (c) South east
(d) None of these (e) Can’t be determined.
Directions (46 - 50) : Read the following information carefully
and answer the following Questions 49. What is the position of Person Q with respect to A ?
There are eight persons A, B, C, D, P, Q, R, and S are standing in (a) 40 m left (b) immediate right
a field. Out of 8 persons 6 persons are standing in row facing (c) 48 m left (d) 40 m right
north direction. The distance between two adjacent person are (e) 32 m left
successive multiples of 8 (i.e., if the distance between 1st and the
50. Which of the following persons standing on the extreme
2nd person is 8m, 1st and 3rd person is 16 and so on)
ends of the row?
Following information regarding all the persons standing in the
(a) AQ (b) DS (c) PC
field :
(d) PB (e) AR

NOTES :
 [ 179 ]

5 DIRECTION SENSE TEST

1.(c) If East becomes N.W. and North becomes S.W. upto E. Finally, he turned right and moved 12 km upto
F.
N  A and F lie in the same straight line and F lies to
N.W. the west of A. So, Mr. Roy distance from the straight
N.E.
point A = AF = (BC- DE) = (12 - 8) km = 4 km.
45° Hence, the answer is (c)
W E
45°

S.W. S.E. 12 km
C B
S

8 km
So N.E. become South.
2.(d) Rohit turns towards right from north direction. So, he

20 km
walks 15 m towards east upto B, turns left and moves D
25 m upto C, turns right and goes 15 m upto D. At D, 8 km E
he turns to right towards the south and walks 40 m 12 km
upto E. Next, he again turns to right and walks 20 m
upto F, which is his final position. F is to the South-
east of A. So, he is in the south-east from his starting
point. Hence, the answer is (d). F A
C D
15m 5.(c) Since standing on his head ‘Shobhit’s face is towards
25m South, therefore his right hand will be in the direction
15m of East.
40m

A B 6.(c) The movements are indicated in fig.

B
F E
20 m
O
3.(d) Clearly, Raj moves from A 15 km north wards upto B,
then moves 11 km southwards upto C, turns towards
East and walks 3 km upto D. C
Then, AC = (AB - BC) = (15 – 11) = 4 km ; CD A
= 3 km So, Raj’s distance from starting point A
(O to A, A to B and B to C). Clearly, C lies to the
2 2 2 2 South-west of O.
 AD  AC  CD  4  3  5 km.

B
7.(c) The movements of the man from A to F are as shown
in fig. 13. Clearly,
11 km DC = AB + EF
15 km

3 km A 25 m D
C D B

10 m
15 m

E
F
A
5m
Also, D is to the North-east of A. Hence, the answer is (d). D 35m C
4.(c) Clearly, Mr. Roy drove 20 km from Ato B northwards
and then 12 km from B to C towards west. He then F is in line with A
moves 8 km southwards from C to D and 8 km eastwards Also, AF = (BC - DE) = 10m
[ 180 ]

8.(d) The movements of the rat 15 B 15.(d) No lady is facing east means a man faces east. Persons
A
from A to G are as shown G opposite are not of same sex. So, a woman will be
in fig. Clearly, it is finally D 8 C 10’ facing west. Again, a man faces south, So, opposite to
walking in the direction 8 him will be a woman facing north.
6
FG i.e. North
E 20 F M
A
9.(b) The villager moves from M W
his village at O to his
uncle’s village at A and 5 km W
4 km
therefore to his father-in-
law’s village at B. 16.(c) The positions of various places are as shown in the
O B diagram.
10.(c) The movements of Dhruv
from A to F are as shown A
Market
in fig. Clearly, Dhruv’s 15
distance from starting B
C
point 30
F Office Station
25
12
A to F = AF = (AB + BF) E D
= AB + (BE - EF) = AB 30
House
+ (CD - EF) = [15 + (25-
12)] m = (40 - 12)m = 28
m Also, F lies to the Clearly, the market is to the north-east of office.
South of A. So, Dhruv is
Sol. (17 - 18) :
28 meters to the south of
Clearly, the arrangement of boys is as shown
his starting point
11.(c) The movements of the E Ashutosh
man are as shown in fig. 5
4
(A to B, B to C, C to D, F 10 30m
A 1 B
D to E) 25m 40m
6 6 Himanshu Atul Ketan 90m
Clearly, DF = BC = 6 km
C D
2 60m
EF = (DE - DF) = (10 - 6) km = 4 km
BF = CD = 2 km Rahul
AF = AB + BF = AB + CD = (1 + 2)km = 3km
Man’s distance from starting point A 17.(e) Clearly, Atul is to the left of Ketan and Ashutosh is to
the north-east of Atul.
 AE  AF 2  EF 2  32  4 2  25  5 km
18.(c) Required distance = HA + AK + KR + RA = (25 + 40
12.(a) The movements of Meenu A
+ 60 + 90) = 215 m
are as shown in fig.
Clearly, she is finally D Sol. (19 - 20) :
60 U
moving in the direction
45
DA i.e. North west. 2
25 1
B C 1
R P V
13.(d) All the six are standing in the following order.
2
• • • • • •
1 1
A E C F B D T S Q
Clearly, F is standing between B and C. 2

14.(d) The town of Rajan (R) is west of Khajuri (K). Slkanpur 19.(d) According to given information, it is clear that, P is in
(S) is east of Rajan but west of Khajuri, Tekari (T) is the middle of R and V.
east of Antri (A) but west of Slkanpur and Rajan. 20.(c) Distance b/w U and V :
Combining all the arrangements, we get the sequence
as A, T, R, S, K.. So, farthest west is Antri.
UV  UP 2  PV 2  2 2 12  5
 [ 181 ]

and distance b/w V and Q : 24.(a) Following the instructions as given in the questions, it
is seen that finishing point and end point are the same.
VQ  VS2  SQ 2  22  12 = 5
So, distance b/w U and Q :

UQ = UV + VQ = 5 5

= 2 5  2.48 km.

21.(a) Distance b/w U and T :

25.(b) B is the finishing point and is 10km from the point A.
UT = UP + PT = 2 + 2 = 4 km. The Aerial distance of A from B is 10 km calculated as
below.
22.(d) Distance b/w A & D

AD  AC2  CD 2  42  32  25
N
NW NE 2km AD = 5 km

W E 2km

Home
SE 3km
SW
S
and distance between D and B :
So, at beginning ‘I’ should go in west direction.
23.(b) DB  DE 2  EB2  32  42

N DB  25  5 km
NW NE Distance between A and B
AB = AD + DB = 10 km.

W E N
N.W. N.E.

SW SE
26.(d) W. E.
S
Here, Position of pointer is shifted to 90° Anti-
clockwise.
S

N So, he is facing in East direction.

NE SE
27.(b) Movements of Pankaj are as follows

30m N
i.e. N S
40 m

30 m

W E

NW SW
W 30m S

His distance from his original position = 40–30 =10m

So, he was travelling in south direction.
[ 182 ]

28.(a) Movements of A are as given in the diagram. Sol. (33 - 35) :

R 2 M
15m
10m 2
2 2
4 N U O

30m 5m
S T Q P
20m 2 2 2
4
Terminal Initial
position position The location of the villages is as shown in the adjoining
figure.
29.(b) Initial position and final position of Radhika are A and 33.(c) Since Q lies in middle of T and P, so TQ = QP.
F respectively.
But TP = 4 km. So, TQ = QP = 2 km
11 km Required distance= SQ = ST + TQ
D C E N
= (2 +2) km = 4 km
6 km
6 km

W E
34.(b) U lies in middle of N and O. So, NU = UO.
B F A S
But NO = 4 km, So, NU = UO = 2 km
11 km
So, U lies directly above Q.
Reqd. distance AF = 11- 5 = 6 km.  Required distance = QU = TN = 2 km
30.(a) Movements of A are as shown in fig.
35.(c) Since SR = MT = 4 km, so R and M lie in the same
20 line.
E D
 Required distance = MR = ST = 2 km.
10
B
25 15 C Sol. (36 - 40) :
15
F A J K L
15km 10km
 A’s distance from the starting point A to end point F 30km O
25km Q
X
= AF = (ED - BC)
10km
10km
= (20 - 15)m = 5 m
P 40km N 10km M
31.(d)
36.(b) The shortest distance between Point K and point O is
(KX)2 + (XO)2 = (KO)2
152 + 302 = (KO)2

KO = 15 5
Sonam is facing in west Direction. 37.(c) Point O is in north west of point M.
38.(a) Start in north till 10km, blink headlight twice, cover
32.(d) Clearly from figure D is NE to A.
10 km
D 39.(d) Point X is in north east of point P.
40.(d) Point Z is in north west direction of point O.
A
J K 10 km L
Z
15km 10km
30km O
B C 25km
X Q
So, D is located at North East direction of A. 10km
10km

P 40km N 10km M
 [ 183 ]

Sol. (41 - 45) : 46.(a) The distance b/w P and R is

A 20 km G Z
C PR2 = PB2 + BR2
33km 15km
15km PR2 = 202 + 482
40 km I
B 15km Y PR2 = 400 + 2304
15km
PR = 2704
N 40km H
PR = 52
41. (d) 42. (e) 43. (d) 44. (d) 45. (d)
P is northwest of R so the P is 52 m north west of R
Sol. (46 - 50) :
P
40 m
47.(e) The distance between Q and R is 32 + 42 + 48 = 122
m.
18 m

20 m
18 m

48.(c) The Position of Point Y is south east of Person C

16 24 32 40 48
A D Q S B R
49.(d) Person Q is 40 m right of Person A.
10m
15 m

30 m
18 m

5m
50.(e) A and R are standing at the extreme end of the row.
C Point O
Point Y

6 SYLLOGISM
6.(a) Converting of ‘some pens are rubbers’ is some rubbers
Lux are pens, so have only conclusion I follows.

1.(b) Red Soap Green

es
av
Le

Pens Pencils Rubber

Lux Car Jeep

2.(d) 7.(d)
Red Soap Green Parents
es
av
Le

Here, neither I nor II follows.

8.(d)
3.(c) Input Step Question Answer Option

Books Pens Pencils

Here, neither I nor II follows.

4.(d) Number Digit Odd Even Prime

9.(a) Chocolates
5.(e) Input Step Question Answer Option
Cakes
Mobiles
[ 26 ]

6 SYLLOGISM
“Syllogisms are such statements, which can’t be accepted Basic figure :
universally, but we have to assume as true”.
Basically these are four types of cases, in Syllogism : Unknown Portion

Positive
A B
(i) Certain
Negative
some A or some B
Positive
(known)
(ii) Possible
Negative Possible figure :

Positive A
B
(iii) Dependent
(For known objects) Negative A B A= B

Partial Independent (i) (ii) (iii)

(iv) Independent
(For Unknown objects) Type - IV
Total Independent
Statement : Some A are not B.
These types of question can be solved by using venn diagram.
Basic figure :
Type - I
Statement : All A are B.
A X B or A B
For this statement, we can draw two types of figure.
(i) Basic figure
(ii) Possible figure EITHER - OR CASE -
Basic Figure Possible Figure There are three major conditions to check the case of either-or:
(i) When both conclusions are “certain” and both are
B individually wrong.
(ii) When both conclusions have similar objects/elements.
A A= B
(iii) When one conclusion is positive and another is negative.
Example :
Statements : (i) Some A are B.
Type - II
(ii) Some B are C.
Statement : No A is B
Basic Figure :
or
All A are not B.
Basic figure B
A A B C
or

A X B or A B C

Here, A & B are unknown to each other or Independent objects.

There are four types of conditions in conclusion in which we
Type - III can use “Either - or” cases -
Statement : Some A are B. Condition - I (Some - Some not).
This statement is positive dependent, because some (+ve) portion Conclusions : (i) Some A are C.
between A & B is known. (ii) Some A are not C.
 [ 27 ]

Condition - II (All - Some not) Conclusions :(i) Some A are not C.

Conclusions : (i) All A are C. (ii) All C can be A.
(ii) Some A are not C.
(iii) All A can be C.
Note : (i) All A are C; (ii) Some A are not C. In this condition
“either-or” case does not follow. (iv) Some B are not C.
Condition - III (Some - No) (v) Some A can be B.
Conclusions : (i) Some C are A. (vi) Some B can be A.
(ii) No A is C.
Sol. (i) Conclusion I follows.
Here in all three conditions I, II and III we can use “Either-or”
(ii) Conclusion II follows.
case. because both the conclusions will follow all three major
conditions of “Either - or” case. (iii) Conclusion III does not follow.
Exceptional Case : (iv) Conclusion IV follows.

Condition - IV (All-No) (v) Conclusion V does not follow.

Conclusions: (i) All A are C. (vi) Conclusion VI does not follow.
(ii) No A is C.
Conclusion (v) & (vi) do not follow, because for all certain
This is the exceptional case of “Either-or”, because both the statement, their possible conclusion will be wrong.
conclusions will satisfy all three major conditions instead of
this answer will be neither (i) nor (ii) follows. Other Cases :
Example : Condition . 1: Few and only a few
Only a few X are Y
Statements : (i) No A is B.
(ii) No B is C.
Basic Figure :

A X B X C

I. Some X are Y.
Conclusions : II. All X are Y is a possibility is false because only a few X are Y
(i) Some A are C (ii) All C are A so all X can not be Y. But all Y can be X.

(iii) Some C are not A (iv) Some C are A. Example:

Solution : From these four conclusions, there are three possible Statements -
combination of “either - or” can be made. Some green are white
(I) Either conclusion (i) or (iii) follows. Only a few white is blue
(II) Either conclusion (ii) or (iii) follows. All red is blue.
(III) Either conclusion (iii) or (iv) follows.
Conclusions -
# Possibility Case : Possibility case occurs, when conclusion All white is blue is a possibility
contains words like : can be / possible / possibility.
All blue is green is a possibility
Note : About total independent (unknown) objects / elements,
all certain conclusions (+ve & –ve) will be wrong, while all
possible conclusions (+ve and –ve) will be right.
Example:
Statements : (I) Some A are B.
(II) No B is C.
Conclusions -
Basic figure : All white is blue is a possibility - (False)
All blue is green is a possibility - (True)

A B X C Condition. 2 - “Only”
Only X is Y.
[ 28 ]

Conclusions -
X
Some berry are not kiwi - (false), here all berry may be kiwi so
some not is false.
Y Some mango are not apple- (false), we are not sure for some.
All berry are apple is a possibility- (true)

SOLVED EXAMPLES
I. Only X is Y is same as “all Y are X”
Ex.1 Statements : I. Some rooms are stores
Example: II. All stores are home
Statements : Conclusions : I. Some rooms are home
I. Only ball are tiny. II. Some stores are rooms.
II. Some ball are bat Sol. First we draw venn diagram and then choose the
Conclusions - appropriate conclusion -
All Bat being tiny is a possibility
All bat can be ball Stores
All ball can be a bat

Rooms
home

Conclusions : I. Some rooms are home.

All stores are home and some
Conclusions - rooms are stores then some rooms
I. All Bat being tiny is a possibility-(False) are also home.
II. All bat can be ball- (True), here possibility is ask
II. Some stores are rooms. Some
III. All ball can be a bat - (False), if all ball are bat then all tiny
rooms are stores then some stores
become bat which violates the only ball is tiny statement.
are rooms.
Condition. 3 - “Some not”
Ex.2 Statements : I. All roads are pole.
Some X is not Y
II. No pole is a house.
Conclusions : I. Some roads are houses.
X Y
II. Some houses are poles.
×

In this case only some part of X is not Y . Sol. Pole House

Example:
Statements - Roads
Some apples are kiwi.
Conclusions : I. Some roads are houses. No,
All kiwi are mango.
because by the given statement no
Some mango are not berry.
pole is a house and all roads are
Conclusions -
pole, so no roads is a house. I
Some berry are not kiwi.
conclusion is not follows.
Some mango are not apple.
II. Some house are pole. No, because
All berry are apple is a possibility.
no pole is a house so no house is
a pole.

Ex.3 Statements : I. All fruits are flowers.

II. All flowers are tree.
Conclusions : I. All trees are fruits.
II. All fruits are trees.
 [ 29 ]

Conclusions : I. Some girls are books

Sol.
Trees No, because there is no direct
relation between them. We
Flowers
cannot say exactly, it may be
or not.
II. No, because some flowers are
books, so some books are also
Conclusions : I. No, because some tree are flower.
fruits.
Ex.5 Statements :
II. Yes, because All fruits are
Only a few system are corrupt.
flower and all flower are trees.
All corrupt is block.
Ex.4 Statements : I. Some girls are flowers No block is hang.

II. Some flowers are books Conclusions:

I. All block is system is a possibility.
Conclusions : I. Some girls are books
II. Some system is hang is a possibility.
II. No book is a flower. III. No corrupt is hang is a possibility.

Sol.
Girls Flower Books

Only conclusion II follows, Some system is hang is a

possibility.

EXERCISE

Directions (1 - 5) : In each question given below four statements 3. Statements :

are followed by two conclusion number I and II. You have to take (I) Some questions are answer. (II)Some questions are step.
the four given statements to be true even if they seem to be at (III) Some options are answer. (IV)Some input are step.
variance from the commonly known facts. Read the conclusions Conclusions :
and then decide which of the following conclusions logically I. Some input are answer.
follows from the four given statements disregarding commonly
II. Same options are steps.
known facts.
Given answer - 4. Statements :
(a) If only conclusion I follows. (I) Some odd are digits. (II) Some prime are even.
(b) If only conclusion II follows. (III) No digit is number. (IV) No odd is even.
(c) If neither conclusion I nor II follows. Conclusions :
(d) If both conclusion I and II follow. I. Some odd are not number
(e) If either conclusion I or II follows. II. Some digit are not even.
1. Statements : 5. Statements :
(I) Some soaps are red. (II) Some green are lux. (I) Some questions are answer. (II) Some question are steps.
(III) All soaps are lux. (IV) All green are leaves. (II) Some option are answer. (IV) Some input are steps.
Conclusions : Conclusions :
I. Some leaves are soaps
I. Some answer are step.
II.Some soaps being leaves is a possibility
II. No step is a answer.
2. Statements :
(I) Some soaps are red. (II) Some green are lux. Directions (6 - 15) : In each question below are given two
(III) All soaps are lux. (IV) All green are leaves. statements followed by two conclusions numbered I and II. You
Conclusions : have to take the given statements to be true even if they seem to
be at variance with the commonly known facts. Read the
I. Some lux are red II. Some lux are leaves.
conclusions and then decide which of the given conclusions
[ 30 ]

logically follows from the two given statements disregarding 15. Statements : Some coupons are token.
commonly known facts. No token is gift.
Given answer - Conclusions : I. No coupon is gift.
(a) If only conclusion I follows. II. Some gifts are coupon.

(b) If only conclusion II follows. Directions (16 - 28) : In each question below are given three
(c) If either I or II follows. statements followed by three conclusions numbered I, II and III.
You have to take the given statements to be true even if they seem
(d) If neither I nor II follows. to be at variance with the commonly known facts. Read all the
(e) If both I and II follow. conclusions and then decide which of the given conclusions
logically follows from the given statements disregarding
6. Statements : Most pens are pencils. commonly known facts.
Some pencils are rubbers.
Conclusions : I. Some rubber are pencils. 16. Statements : All tables are windows. All chairs are
II. Some pens are rubbers. windows. All cars are chairs
Conclusions: I. All cars are windows
7. Statements : All cars are jeeps. II. Some cars are tables
Some parents are jeeps. III. Some windows are cars.
Conclusions : I. Some cars are parents. (a) Only I and II follow (b) Only II and III follow
II. Some parents are cars. (c) Only I and III follow (d) All follow
(e) None of these
8. Statements : Some books are pens.
Some pens are pencils. 17. Statements : All apples are vegetables.
Conclusions : I. Some books are pencils. All pens are vegetables.
II. Some pencils are books. All vegetables are rains.
Conclusions : I. All apples are rains
9. Statements : Some cakes are mobiles.
II. All pens are rains
All mobiles are chocolates.
III. Some rains are vegetables.
Conclusions : I. Some chocolates are mobiles
(a) None follows (b) Only I and II follow
II. Some mobiles are not cakes.
(c) Only II and III follow (d) Only I and III follow
10. Statements : Some chalks are wires. (e) All follow
Some wires are frames.
18. Statements : All girls are trees.
Conclusions : I. Some chalks are frames.
Some trees are roads.
II. Some frames are chalks.
All roads are mountains.
11. Statements : All doctors are nurses. Conclusions : I. Some mountains are girls
Some nurses are teachers. II. Some roads are girls
Conclusions : I. No doctor is a teacher. III. Some mountains are trees
II. Some teachers are doctors. (a) Only I follows (b) Only II follows
(c) Only III follows (d) Both I and II follow
12. Statements : All books are pens.
(e) None follows
All pens are boxes.
Conclusions : I. All books are boxes. 19. Statements : Some hills are rivers.
II. All pens are books. Some rivers are rings.
All rings are roads.
13. Statements : All writers are teachers.
Conclusions : I. Some roads are rivers
All readers are teachers.
II. Some roads are hills
Conclusions : I. Some teachers are readers.
III. Some rings are hills
II. Some readers are writers.
(a) None follows
14. Statements : All lawyers are cheats. (b) Only I follows
Some women are cheats. (c) Only I and II follow
Conclusions : I. Some cheats are women. (d) Only II and III follow
II. All cheats are women. (e) All follow
 [ 31 ]

20. Statements : Some blades are hammers. (a) None follows (b) Only I and II follow
Some hammers are knives. (c) Only II and III follow (d) Only I and III follow
Some knives are axes. (e) All follow
Conclusions : I. Some axes are hammers
26. Statements : No horse is lion. Some rabbits are lions.
II. Some knives are blades
All horse are chairs
III. Some axes are blades Conclusions : I. Some chairs are lions.
(a) None follows (b) Only I follows II. Some rabbits are horses.
(c) Only II follows (d) Only III follows III. No lion is chair.
(e) None these (a) None follows (b) Only either I or III follows
21. Statements : All trees are flowers. No flower is (c) Only II and III follow (d) Only III follows
leaves. All branches are leaves (e) None of these
Conclusions : I. Some branches are trees 27. Statements : Some mountains are hillocks
II. No leaf is tree Some mountains are rivers.
III. No tree is branch Some mountains are valley.
(a) None follows (b) Only either I or III follows
Conclusions : I. All mountains are rivers.
(c) Only II follows (d) Only either I or III, and II follow
II. No valley is river.
(e) None of these
III. Some river are valleys.
22. Statements : Some tables are chairs. No chairs is (a) None follows (b) Only I follows
soap. All soaps are cats. (c) Only either II or III follows (d) Only III follows
Conclusions : I. Some cats are chairs. (e) None of these
II. No cat is chair.
III. Some tables are soaps. 28. Statements : Some boxes are pens. Some pens are
(a) None follows (b) Only either I or II follows beads. All beads are rings.
(c) Only II follows (d) Only I and III follow Conclusions : I. Some rings are pens.
(e) None of these II. Some pens are boxes.
23. Statements : Some pens are books. III. Some rings are boxes.
All schools are books. (a) None follows
Some colleges are schools. (b) Only I follows
Conclusions : I. Some colleges are pens (c) Only I and II follow
II. Some pens are schools (d) Only II and III follow
III. Some colleges are books (e) All follow
(a) Only I and II follow (b) Only II and III follow
(c) Only I and III follow (d) All follow Directions (29 - 35) : In each of the following questions, two
statements are given followed by three or four conclusions
(e) None of these
numbered I, II, III and IV. You have to take the given statements
24. Statements : All tigers are trees. to be true even if they seem to be at variance from the commonly
No trees is bird. Some birds are rains known facts. Read the conclusions and then decide which of the
Conclusions : I. No rain is tree given conclusions logically follows from the given statements
II. Some rains are trees disregarding commonly known facts.
III. No bird is tiger. 29. Statements : All tables are trains.
(a) Only I and II follow Some trains are chairs.
(b) Only III follow Conclusions : I. Some tables are chairs.
(c) Only either I or II, and III follow II. Some chairs are tables.
(d) All follow III. Some chairs are trains.
(e) None of these
IV. Some trains are tables.
25. Statements : All trains are buses. No houses is (a) Only I follows
bus. All boats are houses (b) Only I and II follow
Conclusions : I. No boat is train (c) Only II and III follow
II. No bus is boat (d) Only III and IV follow
III. No train is house (e) None follows.
[ 32 ]

30. Statements : Some bottles are drinks. 35. Statements : Some cars have horns.
All drinks are books. Some cars have lights.
Conclusions : I. Some bottles are books. Conclusions : I. Every horn has either car or light
II. Some books are drinks.
II. Some lights have neither car nor
III. All drinks are bottles. horn
IV. All books are drinks. III. Some cars have horns as well as
(a) Only I and II follow (b) Only II and III follow lights
(c) Only II and IV follow (d) Only III and IV follow IV. No car has horn as well as light.
(e) None follows. (a) Only I and II follow
31. Statements : Some clothes are marbles. (b) Only II and III follow
Some marbles are pencils. (c) Only II and IV follow
Conclusions : I. No cloth is a pencil. (d) Either III or IV follows
II. All marbles are pencils. (e) All follow
III. Some pencils are clothes.
IV. No marble is a cloth. Directions (36 - 37) : Question consists of five statements followed
(a) Only either I or IV follows by some conclusions. Consider the given statements to be true
(b) Only either I or II follows even if they seem to be at variance with commonly known facts.
Read all the conclusions and then decide which of the given
(c) None follows
conclusions does not logically follow from the given statements
(d) Only either I or III follows using all statements together.
(e) Only I and II follows.
36. Statements : All bus is truck. Some bus is train. No
32. Statements : All hairs are shares. train is car. Some car is taxi, All taxi is
No share is a unity. bicycle.
Conclusions : I. No unity is a hair Conclusions :
II. Some shares are hairs
(a) Some bus is not car
III. No share is a unity.
(b) Some truck is not car
(a) Only I follow (b) Only II follows
(c) Some bicycle is car
(c) Only III follows (d) All follows
(e) None follows. (d) Some truck is not train
(e) None of these
33. Statements : Some pages are TVs.
Some TVs are computers. 37. Statements : Some chair is car. All car is seat. No seat
Conclusions : I. Some pages are computers. is cart. Some cart is bull. All bull is
II. Some computers are pages. animal
III. All computers are TVs Conclusions :
IV. All TVs are pages. (a) Some chair is seat
(a) None follows (b) All follow (b) Some chair is not cart
(c) Only I and III follow (d) Only II and IV follow (c) Some seat is not cart
(e) Only III and IV follows. (d) Some animal is not cart
34. Statements : Some bags are pockets. (e) Some animal is cart
No pocket is a pouch.
Directions (38 - 40) : In each of the questions below are given
Conclusions : I. No bag is a pouch some statements followed by four conclusions numbered I, II, III
II. Some bags are not pouches & IV, you have to take the given statements to be true even if they
III. Some pockets are bags. seem to be at variance from commonly known facts. Read the
IV. No pocket is a bag. answers and then decide which of the given conclusions logically
(a) None follows follows from the given statements disregarding commonly known
(b) Only I and III follow facts.
(c) Only II and III follow 38. Statements : No Scale is Roller. Some Roller are
(d) Only either I or IV follows paper. All paper is pen. Some pen are
(e) None follows. eraser.
 [ 33 ]

Conclusions : (a) Only I is true

(a) Some roller are eraser (b) Both I and II is true
(b) Some pen are scale (c) Only II is true
(c) All erasers is scale possibility (d) Both II and III is true
(d) Some pen are not roller (e) None of these
(e) All time to pen 43. Statements : Only a few Key is Lock.
39. Statements : All hammer are pin. Some people are No Node is Key.
saw. Some saw are needle. Now needle Only a few Puzzle is Node.
is ink. Conclusions : I. Some Puzzle is Key is a possibility.
Conclusions : II. All Node is Lock is a possibility.
(a) Some hammer are needle (a) Both I and II is true
(b) Some needle are pin (b) Only I is true
(c) Some saw is not pin (c) Only II is true
(d) All saw being pen is a possibility (d) Either I or II is true
(e) All ink being hammer is a possibility
(e) Neither I nor II is true
40. Statements : Some container are weight. Some weight
are letter. All letter are bus. All bus are 44. Statements : Only a few steel is iron.
stones. All iron is wood.
Conclusions : Only wood is plastic.
(a) Some container are bus
Conclusions : I. Some plastic is iron.
(b) No weight is stones
II. All wood is steel is a possibility.
(c) Some letter are container
(a) Both I and II is true
(d) Some stones are container
(b) Only I is true
(e) Some weight are bus
(c) Only II is true
Directions (41 - 45) : In each of the questions given below some (d) Either I or II is true
statements are followed by some conclusions. You have to take (e) Neither I nor II is true
the given statements to be true even if they seem to be at variance
from commonly known facts. Read all the conclusions and then 45. Statements : All drive is memory.
decide which of the given conclusions logically follows from the Some command is drive.
given statements disregarding commonly known facts.
Only a few instruction is memory.
41. Statements : Some wood is gold. Conclusions : I. All instruction is drive is a
All gold is carbon. possibility.
Only few Iron are wood. II. All command is instruction is a
Conclusions : I. Some wood is carbon. possibility
II. Some carbon is white. (a) Both I and II is true
III. No white is gold. (b) Only I is true
(a) Only II is true (c) Only II is true
(b) Only I is true (d) Either I or II is true
(c) Only III is true (e) Neither I nor II is true
(d) Both I and III is true
(e) None of these Directions (46-50) : In the questions below are given some
conclusions followed by five set of statements (a), (b), (c), (d)
42. Statements : All paper are tree. and (e). From this you have to take the statements to be true even
Only few paper is seed. if they seem to be at variance with commonly known facts. Read
No plant is paper. the conclusions and then decide which of the given statement
logically follows.
Conclusions : I. Some plant is tree is a possibility.
II. All tree is seed is a possibility. 46. Conclusions : All cats being horses is a possibility
III. No seed is tree. Some horses being dogs is a possibility
[ 34 ]

Statements : (d) No Sunflower are Jungle. No Jungle are Lotus. All Lotus
(a) All cats are dogs. No dogs is rats. All rats are horses. are Plant. All Plants are tree.
(b) No dogs is a cats. No cats is horses. No horses is Rats (e) Some Sunflower are Jungles. Some Jungle are Lotus.
(c) All cats are dogs. No cats is rats. No dogs is horses No Jungles are Plant. No Plants are tree.
(d) All dogs are cats. No dogs is rats. No cats is horses
49. Conclusions : I. Some cars are cycles.
(e) All cats are dogs. No dogs is horses. All rats is horses
II. All bikes are cars.
47. Conclusions : I. No MBA is an Engineer III. Some truck are cycles.
II. All Doctor are Teacher Statements :
Statements : (a) Some chains are cycles. All cycles are bikes.
(a) All Teacher are MBA. All MBA are Doctor. No Doctor All bikes are truck. No truck is car.
is an Engineer. (b) Some chains are cycles. All cycles are not bikes.
(b) All Doctor are MBA. All MBA are Teacher.Some All bikes are truck. All truck are cars.
Teacher are an Engineer.
(c) Some chains are cycles. Some cycles are bikes.
(c) All Doctor are MBA. No MBA are Teacher. Some
All bikes are truck. All trucks are cars.
Teacher are an Engineer.
(d) All Doctor are MBA. All MBA are Teacher. No Teacher (d) Some chains are cycles. Some cycles are not bikes.
is an Engineer. No bikes are trucks. All truck are cars.
(e) All Doctors are MBA. No MBA is Teacher. No Teacher (e) None of these
is an Engineer.
50. Conclusions : I. Some knifes are needle.
48. Conclusions : I. Some trees are Jungle II. Some saw are gun is a possibility.
II. All Sunflower being lotus is a III. Some needle are saw.
possibility. Statements :
III. Some trees are lotus (a) All saw are toys. No saw is needle.
Statements : Some toys are not guns. All guns are Knife.
(a) Some Sunflower are Jungle. Some Jungles are Lotus. (b) No saw are toys. All toys are needle.
All Lotus are plant. All plant are tree.
Some needle are not guns. All guns are knifes.
(b) Some Sunflower are Jungle. Some Jungles are not lotus.
No lotus are plant. All plants are tree. (c) All saw are toys. All toys are needle.
(c) All Sunflower are Jungle. No Jungle are Lotus. All Some needle are not guns. Some guns are knife.
Lotus are plant. All plant are tree. (d) Some saw are toys. All toys are needle.
Some needle are guns. All guns are knifes.
(e) None of these

NOTES :
 [ 183 ]

Sol. (41 - 45) : 46.(a) The distance b/w P and R is

A 20 km G Z
C PR2 = PB2 + BR2
33km 15km
15km PR2 = 202 + 482
40 km I
B 15km Y PR2 = 400 + 2304
15km
PR = 2704
N 40km H
PR = 52
41. (d) 42. (e) 43. (d) 44. (d) 45. (d)
P is northwest of R so the P is 52 m north west of R
Sol. (46 - 50) :
P
40 m
47.(e) The distance between Q and R is 32 + 42 + 48 = 122
m.
18 m

20 m
18 m

48.(c) The Position of Point Y is south east of Person C

16 24 32 40 48
A D Q S B R
49.(d) Person Q is 40 m right of Person A.
10m
15 m

30 m
18 m

5m
50.(e) A and R are standing at the extreme end of the row.
C Point O
Point Y

6 SYLLOGISM
6.(a) Converting of ‘some pens are rubbers’ is some rubbers
Lux are pens, so have only conclusion I follows.

1.(b) Red Soap Green

es
av
Le

Pens Pencils Rubber

Lux Car Jeep

2.(d) 7.(d)
Red Soap Green Parents
es
av
Le

Here, neither I nor II follows.

8.(d)
3.(c) Input Step Question Answer Option

Books Pens Pencils

Here, neither I nor II follows.

4.(d) Number Digit Odd Even Prime

9.(a) Chocolates
5.(e) Input Step Question Answer Option
Cakes
Mobiles
[ 184 ]

Conversion of ‘all mobiles are chocolates’ is ‘some I. It follows

chocolates are mobiles’. II. It does not follow, because cars and tables are
indepenent objects, and certain relation between
them can’t be established.
10.(d)
III. It follows

Chalks Here, only I & III follows.

Wires frames
Here, neither I nor II follows. 17.(e) Rains

11.(c) Conclusion I & II are complementary pair. Vegetables

Apples
Pens

Teachers
Doctors

12.(a) Nurses I. It follows. II. It follows.

III. It follows. IV. So, all follow.

Boxes
Books Roads
Pens 18.(c)
Here, only conclusion I follows. Mountains
13.(a) Girls
Trees

19.(b)

Writers Readers

Teachers

All readers are teachers conversion some teachers are Roads

readers. So, here only conclusion I follows.
Hills Rivers
Cheats
Rings
Lawyer
14.(a)
Women 20.(a)
Here, only conclusion I follows

Blades Hammers Knives axes

15..(c) Coupon Token × Gift
21.(e)

16.(c)
window X
Branches
chairs
Car

Trees Flowers
Leaves
Table
Hence, only II & III follow.
 [ 185 ]

22.(b) Cats
× 28.(c)
Rings

Tables Chairs
Soap Pens
Boxes
Beads
23.(e) 29.(d) Trains
Schools Chairs

Colleges Tables

Drink
Pens
Books
30.(a) Bottles Books
Here, only III follows.

24.(c)
31.(d)

X Rain Clothes Marbles Pencils

Shares
Tigers Birds
Trees 32.(d) X Unity
25.(e)
Hairs

X
33.(a)
Pages TV Computers
Trains Buses Boats Houses
Bags Pockets
26.(b)
34.(c) Pouches

X Rabbits

Horse Lion 35.(d)

Chairs
Lights Horns
Cars

Mountains
27.(c)
bicyle
taxi
36.(d) Truck bus train × car

Rivers
Hillocks
37.(d) chair car
seat
× cart bull
m al
Valley ani
[ 186 ]

Pen

38.(c) Scale × Roller Paper Eraser

45. (c)

Pin

39. (e) hammer Saw needle × ink

Horses

46.(a) Cats Rats

stones Dogs

40. (e) countainer weight letter Teacher

bus MBA

47.(d) Doctor

Carbon

Iron wood gold Engineer

41.(b)

48.(a) Sunflower Jungle Lotus

Plant
42.(a) Plant × Paper Seed Tree

Tree

49..(c) Chains Cycles Bikes

43. (a) Luck Key × Node Puzzle
Trucks
Cars

44. (e)
Saw Toys gun
50.(d)

Needles Knife
[ 40 ]

8 INPUT- OUTPUT
In input-output problems you are asked to imagine that there is Sol. : We can see in the direction a certain pattern is repeated
some kind of computer or a word-processing machine & this after every two steps.
machine performs some operation on a given input. These For convenience, we plot the movement of each word in
operations are performed repeatedly as per a prefixed pattern & each step by the numbers assigned to them in the input.
subsequently we have different output in different steps. i.e. cry-1, end-2, yes-3, stay-4, che-5.
There are two basic types of questions that are usually asked. Input : 1 2 3 4 5
They are Step 1 : 3 5 1 2 4
(1) Shifting - Step 2 : 3 5 4 2 1
In this type of questions, we usually shift the given words Step 3 : 4 1 3 5 2
(or numbers) of the given input as per a fixed pattern.
Step 4 : 4 1 2 5 3
(2) Arranging – Step 5 : 2 3 4 1 5
In this type of questions, the words or the numbers are Step 6 : 2 3 5 1 4
arranged as per a fixed order. This order can be an
Step 7 : 5 4 2 3 1
alphabetical order in case of words. It can be an increasing
or decreasing order in case of numbers. Step 8 : 5 4 1 3 2
Steo 9 : 1 2 5 4 3
* Shifting goes on endlessly arranging ends as some as the
order intended is achieved. Step 10 : 1 2 3 4 5
1.(c) From the table the numbers in step VII are
Example Based on Shifting
54231
Directions (1 - 3) : A word arrangement machine, when given over the pre new bone
a particular input, rearranges it following a particular input. The In step IV, we have numbers rearranged as
following is the illustration of the input & the steps of 41253
arrangement. the bone pre over new
Input : cry end yes stay che.
2.(b) From the table the numbers in input are
Step I : yes che cry end stay 12345
Step II : yes che stay end cry sym reach lad photo cal
Step III : stay cry yes che end Now the given arrangement is
Step IV : stay cry end che yes reach lad photo symcal
23415
And so on goes the machine, study the logic & answer the Which is step V.
questions that follow :
3.(d) Rus map ind eng pak.
Ex.1 If step VII of an input is ‘over the pre new bone’ what is
step IV of that input ? Example Based on Arrangement
(a) bone the pre over new Directions (4 - 8) : A word arrangement machine arranges the
(b) the pre bone new over given input of words in a particular manner. The following is
(c) the bone pre over new the illustration of the input & the steps of arrangement.
(d) pre bone the over new Input : fam mus tan san vic div ith
(e) None of these
Step I : div fam mus tan san vic ith
Ex.2 Given the following input – ‘sym reach lad photo cal’ Step II : div fam ith mus tan san vic.
What step will be the following arrangement ?
Step III : div fam ith mus san tan vic.
Arrangement : reach lad photo sym cal.
(a) VI (b) V (c) IV This is the final arrangement & Step III is the last step for this
(d) III (e) None of these input.
Ex.3 If Step VI of a given input be ‘map ind pak rus eng’. 4. If second step of a given input is “cen fro hum gin turn
What would be the input ? in tee” then what would be the fourth step?
(a) ind map pak rus eng (a) cen fro gin hum in turn tee
(b) ind map end rus pak (b) cen fro gin hum in tee turn
(c) eng rus ind pak map (c) cen fro gin in hum tee turn
(d) rus map ind eng pak (d) cen fro gin hum turn in tee
(e) None of these (e) None of these
 [ 41 ]

5. If the code for the first step is “amb dek dah pai con sem
ned” what would be the code for the fifth step ? 4 9 5 6 6 8 9 3 4 7 5 1
(a) amb con dah dek pai sem ned
(b) amb con dek dah pai sem ned Step - 1 3 4 3 0 1 3
(c) amb con dah dek ned pai sem
(d) there would be no fifth step Step - 2 5 5 9 1
(e) None of these
Step - 3 3 0 1 0
6. Which of the following could be the code for the input if
the step 4 is “do ele mex reh tem tru” ? Step - 4 2 0
(a) do reh ele tem tru mex (b) reh tru do ele tom mex
(c) reh ele tem tru do mex (d) can’t be determined
As per the rules followed in the step given above, find out in each
(e) None of these
of the following question the appropriate step for given Input
7. If the code for the second step is “ato fir har waj neh rus 3 1 6 5 5 6 9 4 4 5 9 1
mot”. Which of the following step read as “ato fir har
mot neh waj rus” ? 9. Find the difference between the two number obtained in
(a) fifth (b) third (c) sixth step II?
(d) fourth (e) None of these (a) 11 (b) 10 (c) 13
8. If the code for the input is “tod tex til ide nol lus ros”, (d) 20 (e) None of these
what would be the code for the third step ?
10. Find the sum of the squares of the digits obtained in last
(a) ide tod tex til nol lus ros
(b) ide lus tod tex til nol ros step?
(c) ide lus nol ros tod tex til (a) 63 (b) 61 (c) 72
(d) ide lus nol ros tex tod til (d) 81 (e) 98
(e) None of these
11. Find the sum of the numbers obtain in first step I?
Sol. (4 - 8) : The logic is very simple it is a alphabetical (a) 65 (b) 52 (c) 63
arrangement. (d) 72 (e) 85

4.(a) 2nd step : cen fro hum gin turn in tee Sol. (9-11) :
3rd step : cen fro gin hum turn in tee From Input to Step I
4th step : cen fro gin hum in turn tee.
3 × 6 – 5 × 1 = 13 So 1 3
st
5.(d) 1 step : amb dek dah pai con sem ned.
5 × 9 – 6 × 4 = 21 So 2 1
2nd step : amb con dek dah pai sem ned
3rd step : amb con dah dek pai sem ned 4 × 9 – 5 × 1 = 31 So 3 1
4th step : amb con dah dek ned pai sem
From Step I to Step II
This is the last step of above arrangement.
13 + 23 + 33 = 1 + 8 + 27 = 36 So 3 6
6.(d) Previous steps can’t be determined.
33 + 13 + 13 = 27 + 1 + 1 = 29 So 2 9
7.(d) Step II : ato fir har waj neh rus mot
Step III : ato fir har mot waj neh rus From Step II to Step III
Step IV : ato fir har mot neh waj rus 3 + 62 = 3 + 36 = 39 So 3 9
8.(e) Input : tod tex til ide nol lus ros.
2 + 92 = 2 + 81 = 83 So 8 3
Step I : ide tod tex til nol lus ros
Step II : ide lus tod tex til nol ros From Step III to IV
Step III : ide lus nol tod tex til ros 8–3=5 So 5 6
9–3=6
Example Based on Number Arrangement
9.(e) The numbers are in step II is 36
Directions ( 9 - 11) : Study the following information and answer
 36 – 29  7
the given questions.

An input-output is give in different step. Some mathematical 10.(b) Sum of the squares of the digit obtained in last step are
52 + 62 = 25 + 36 = 61
operation are done in each step.
[ 42 ]

11.(a) The numbers obtained in step – I is

13 + 21 + 31 = 65
45I 18Y 60 J
73D 37V
Directions (12-13) : Study following diagram and convert it in to
95Z 43O 53H
other diagram by Implementing the Instruction which is given in
each step to get next step.
12. Which element comes in the first column of third row in
step II ?
25I 16D 40J (a) 37D (b) 60Z (c) 45H
83C 23Z (c) 18O (e) None of these
45K 31E 93V 13. What is the sum of the numbers in first column of the second
row and in the third column of the second row in step III ?
Interchange the alphabets to get step I as arrows mention in above (a) 110 (b) 120 (c) 70
figure. (d) 130 (e) 105

Sol. (12-13):
93I 31D 45J
23C 83Z 45I 18Y 60 J
40K 16E 25V 73D 73V
95Z 43O 53H
Step I

For Step II : Interchange the alphabets to get step I as arrows mention in the
above figure.
(I) If the number is prime and the alphabet with that number
is consonant than number is substract by 2 and alphabet is 53I 43A 95J
increased by 2 places according to English alphabet series. 37 D 73V
(II) If the alphabet with the number is vowel than the number 60 Z 18O 45H
is increased by 4.
Step I
97I 29D 45J Changes done according to the given condition in above directions.
21E 81B So we get following diagram in step II.
40K 20E 25V
57 I 41Y 95J
Step II 35D 75X
60Z 22O 45H
For Step III :
Step II
(I) If the number is odd and the word with them is vowel then
alphabet change with its reverse alphabet according to Changes done according to given condition in above direction so
English alphabet series and the number is added by 2. we get diagram of final Step III.

(II) If the number in multiple of 5 and the alphabet with it is

59R 43Z 95H
consonant than the alphabet is decreased by there 2 places
according to English alphabet series. 35D 75V
60Z 22O 45F
99R 29D 45H
23V 81B Step III
40I 20E 25T 12.(b) 60Z is comes in step II in the I column of third row.

Step III 13.(a) In step III :

The number in the first column of the second row = 35
As per the rules followed in the above step, find out the appropriate The number in the third column of the second row = 75
steps for the given Input and answer the following question. Hence, required sum = 35 + 75 = 110
 [ 43 ]

EXERCISE

Directions (1 - 5) : A number and word arrangement machine, Input : 50 poor 31 star now 20 40 home
when given a particular input, rearranges it following a particular Step I : 20 50 poor 31 star now 40 home
rule. The following is the illustration of the input and the steps Step II : 20 star 50 poor 31 now 40 home
of arrangement : Step III : 20 star 31 50 poor now 40 home
Input : war 30 71 victory 20 new dog 15 Step IV : 20 star 31 poor 50 now 40 home
Step I : 71 war 30 victory 20 new dog 15
Step V : 20 star 31 poor 40 50 now home
Step II : 71 dog war 30 victory 20 new 15
Step VI : 20 star 31 poor 40 now 50 home
Step III : 71 dog 30 war victory 20 new 15
Step VI is the last step for the given input
Step IV : 71 dog 30 new war victory 20 15
Step V : 71 dog 30 new 20 war victory 15 6. The II step of an input is : 17 task bea cold dish 82 62 35
Step VI : 71 dog 30 new 20 victory war 15 How many more steps will be required to get the final
Step VII : 71 dog 30 new 20 victory 15 war. output ?
1. Step II of an input is : 51 blue 22 32 46 cloud sky red. (a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 5
How many more steps will be required to get the final (d) 6 (e) None of these
output?
7. Input : 71 58 38 gone for picnic 20 job. How many more
(a) three (b) four (c) five
(d) six (e) None of these steps will be required to get the final output ?
(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 5
2. The step III of an input is : (d) 6 (e) None of these
58 dive 41 16 tower silver mat 23. What will be the step
VI for the input ? 8. Input : nice flower 34 12 costly height 41 56
(a) 58 dive 41 mat 23 silver 16 tower For the given input, which of the following will be the
(b) 58 dive 41 mat 23 16 tower silver IIIrd step ?
(c) 58 dive 41 mat 16 tower silver 237 (a) 12 nice 34 height flower costly 41 56
(d) Can't be determind (b) 12 nice 34 height 41 flower costly 56
(e) None of these (c) 12 nice 34 flower costly height 41 56
(d) 12 nice flower 34 costly height 41 56
3. Input : 82 20 92 case over for 43 win
(e) None of these
How many more steps will be required to get the final
9. The II step of an input is : 10 victory 18 30 53 stay look too.
output from the following input ?
What will be the V step ?
(a) four (b) seven (c) five
(a) 10 victory 18 too stay 30 53 look
(d) six (e) None of these (b) 10 victory 18 too 30 stay 53 look
4. Step IV : 60 car 55 eyes 21 34 store lane. (c) 10 victory 18 too 30 53 stay look
Following is step IV for an input, what will be the input? (d) Can’t be determined
(e) None of these
(a) eyes car 21 60 55 store lane
(b) eyes 21 car 60 55 34 store lane 10. Input : Milk pot 17 28 our go 37 52.
(c) eyes 5560 34 store lane What will be the second last step for the following input?
(d) Can't be determined (a) VI (b) V (c) VII
(d) VIII (e) None of these
(e) None of these
Directions (11 - 15) : A number and word arrangement machine,
5. Input : field eyes 96 38 house rent 44 27. What will be
when given a particular input, rearranges it following a particular
the second last step for the following input ? rule. The following is the illustration of the input and the steps
(a) VI (b) V (c) VII of arrangement :
(d) VIII (e) None of these Input : 57 drow fee shy 30 60 70 off
Directions (6 - 10) : A number and word arrangement machine, Step I : 70 57 drow fee shy 30 60 off
when given a particular input, rearranges it following a particular Step II : 70 shy 57 drow fee 30 60 off
rule. The following is the illustration of the input and the steps Step III : 70 shy 60 57 drow fee 30 off
of arrangement :
[ 44 ]

Step IV : 70 shy 60 off 57 drow fee 30 16. The step II of an input : “22 work 48 32 pee blue 27
Step V : 70 shy 60 off 57 fee drow 30 game” What will be the V step ?
Step VI : 70 shy 60 off 57 fee 30 drow (a) 22 work 27 pee 48 32 blue game
(b) 22 work 27 pee 32 48 blue game
Step VI is the last step for the given input.
(c) 22 work 27 32 pee 48 blue game
11. The II step of an input is : 52 wind 43 50 door lock kee (d) 22 work 27 48 pee 32 blue game
38. How many more steps will be required to get the final (e) None of these
output.
(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 5 17. The step II of an input : “11 where 81 31 gem wap 41
(d) 6 (e) None of these ask”. What will be the last step ?
(a) VI (b) VII (c) VIII
12. Following is the step IV for an input : 63 sour 58 sleep (d) IV (e) None of these
roam present 32 48. What will be the input?
(a) sour 63 sleep 58 roam present 32 48 18. Input : “Phone cat 31 lamp 17 70 43 dairy”.
(b) sleep sour 63 58 roam present 32 48 What will be the III step for the following input ?
(c) 63 sour sleep 58 roam present 32 48 (a) 17 phone 43 lamp cat 70 31 dairy
(d) Can’t be determined (b) 17 phone 31 lamp 43 cat 70 dairy
(e) None of these (c) 17 phone 31 cat lamp 70 43 dairy
(d) 17 phone 31 lamp cat 70 43 dairy
13. Input : “Jocker fee 37 42 grow champ 21 46” . (e) None of these
What will be the III step for the following input ?
19. If the step II is given below, which of the following was
(a) 42 jocker grow fee 37 champ 21 46
the input ?
(b) 46 jocker 42 fee grow 37 champ 21 “21 unit 38 trading kill 47 73 jogger”
(c) 46 jocker 42 grow 37 fee champ 21 (a) Unit 21 38 jogger 47 trading 73 kill
(d) 46 jocker 42 fee 37 grow champ 21 (b) Unit trading 21 38 jogger 47 73 kill
(e) None of these (c) Unit 21 trading jogger 38 kill 47 73
(d) Can’t be determined
14. Following is the step II for an input : “62 sour 17 57 (e) None of these
grapes healthy 34 rise”. What will be the last step ?
(a) IV (b) V (c) VIII 20. If the I step of an input is : “18 43 fun rule exam 31 80
home”. Which of the following will be its III step ?
(d) VII (e) None of these
(a) 18 rule 31 43 fun exam 80 home
15. Following is the step I for an input : “85 journey train 36 (b) 18 rule 31 43 fun 80 exam home
54 daily 28 mansion”. What will be the step V ? (c) 18 rule 31 43 fun 80 exam home
(a) 85 train 54 mansion 28 journey daily 36 (d) Can’t be determined
(e) None of these
(b) 85 train 54 mansion journey 36 daily 28
(c) 85 train 54 mansion 36 journey daily 28 Directions (21 - 25) : A number and word arrangement machine,
(d) There is no such step when given a particular input, rearranges it following a particular
(e) None of these rule. The following is the illustration of the input and the steps
of arrangement :
Directions (16 - 20) : A number and word arrangement machine, Input : Sun day 41 90 get 30 kite 62
when given a particular input, rearranges it following a particular Step I : 90 sun day 41 get 30 kite 62
rule. The following is the illustration of the input and the steps
Step II : 90 day sun 41 get 30 kite 62
of arrangement :
Step III : 90 day 30 sun 41 get kite 62
Input : talk star 32 49 given 82 like 63
Step IV : 90 day 30 sun 62 41 get kite
Step I : 32 talk star 49 given 82 like 63
Step V : 90 day 30 sun 62 get 41 kite
Step II : 32 talk 49 star given 82 like 63
Step V is the last step for the given input.
Step III : 32 talk 49 star 63 given 82 like
21. If the III step of an input is : “92 go 27 man pet 42 lamp
Step IV : 32 talk 49 star 63 like given 82
38”. Then what will be the last step ?
Step V : 32 talk 49 star 63 like 82 given (a) VIII (b) VII (c) VI
Step V is the last step for the given input. (d) V (e) None of these
 [ 45 ]

22. If following is the step II : “53 at deep follow 42 17 road 27. Which word/number would be at 7th position from the left
33”. For an input, what will be the step V ? end in step IV.
(a) 53 at 17 road 33 deep follow 42 (a) 32 (b) burn (c) ways
(b) 53 at 17 road 42 deep follow 33 (d) 91 (e) None of these
(c) 53 at 17 road 33 follow 42 deep
28. What is the position of “heat” in step V.
(d) There is no such step
(a) 2nd from left (b) 5th from right (c) 6th from left
(e) None of these
(d) 4th from right (e) None of these
23. If following is the step III : “60 daily 11 tie 40 27 foreign
urgent”. Then what will be the input ? 29. Which step of the arrangement is “27 76 19 91 aways
(a) Foreign 60 tie urgent 11 40 27 daily burn 32 51 that heat fear cart”.
(b) Foreign 60 urgent tie 40 daily 27 11 (a) Step IV (b) Step III (c) Step II
(c) Foreign 60 11 urgent tie 40 daily 27 (d) Step I (e) None of these
(d) Can’t be determined 30. For the above input, which word / number will be 2nd
(e) None of these from the left in its 2nd last step?
24. If following is the step II : “70 from 49 super itself 57 10 (a) 27 (b) 76 (c) fear
went”. For an input, how many more step will be required (d) cart (e) None of these
to get the final output ?
(a) Five (b) Six (c) Four Directions (31 - 35) : A number and word arrangement machine,
when given a particular input, rearranges it following a particular
(d) Three (e) None of these
rule. The following is the illustration of the input and the steps
25. Input : “thirty days from now 33 50 88 25”. What will of arrangement :
be the III step for the following input. Input : walk 24 39 these high 19 72 while come 42
(a) 88 thirty days from now 33 50 25 Step I : while walk 24 39 these high 19 72 come 42
(b) 88 days thirty from now 33 50 25
Step II : while walk these 24 39 high 19 72 come 42
(c) 88 days 25 thirty from now 33 50
Step III : while walk these high 24 39 19 17 come 42
(d) 88 thirty 25 days 33 from now 50
Step IV : while walk these high come 24 39 19 72 42
(e) None of these
Step V : while walk these high come 19 24 39 72 42
Directions (26 - 30) : A number and word arrangement machine, Step VI : while walk these high come 19 24 39 42 72
when given a particular input, rearranges it following a particular
This is the last step.
rule. The following is the illustration of the input and the steps
of arrangement : 31. In how many steps will the input
Input : walk 68 38 98 cow fast 42 has 35 07 gas danger “Dome 47 Rome More 17 24 Calm 77” be completed.

Step I: 98 68 38 cow fast 42 has 35 07 gas danger walk (a) III (b) IV (c) V
(d) VI (e) None of these
Step II : 07 98 68 38 cow fast 42 35 gas danger walk has
Step III : 68 07 98 38 cow fast 42 35 danger walk has gas 32. For the above input which word/number will be 4th from
Step IV : 35 68 07 98 38 cow 42 danger walk has gas fast the right in its last step?

Step V : 42 35 68 07 98 38 cow walk has gas fast danger (a) 17 (b) 24 (c) Done
(d) More (e) None of these
Step VI : 38 42 35 68 07 98 walk has gas fast danger cow
This is the last step. 33. What is the position of the word “Rome” for the above
input in the 4th step?
As per the above input, answer the given questions for the
given input. (a) 2nd from left (b) 3rd from left (c) 4th form right
(d) 1st from left (e) None of these
Input : fear 91 aways that 27 19 burn cart 32 51 heat 76.
34. Which is the step of the arrangement : “Rome More
26. How many steps are required to complete the arrangement? Dome 47 17 24 Calm 77”?
(a) Four (b) Five (c) Six (a) Step I (b) Step II (c) Step III
(d) Seven (e) None of these (d) Step II (e) None of these
[ 46 ]

35. What will be the input if (d) unite or ice era small at rate gain full column
Step II : She 24 39 47 cry 17 for toys 93 (e) None of these
(a) Toys cry 24 39 17 for she 47
Directions (41- 43) : Study the given information carefully and
(b) cry toys 24 17 39 for she 47
answer the given question.
(c) Toys crys 17 39 24 for she 47
An Input – Output is given in different steps. Same Mathematical
(d) Can’t be determined
operations are done in each step.
(e) None of these

Directions (36 - 40) : A number and word arrangement machine, 4 2 2 3 5 1 1 3 2 1 2 4

when given a Particular input, rearranges it following a Particular

rule. The following is the illustration of input and the steps of
arrangement : Step - 1 3 2 2 6 2 2

Input : any red owl was talk ill pen until do eat Step - 2 1 4 3 0

Step 1 : until any red owl was talk ill Pen eat do
Step - 3 2.8 6
Step 2 : until owl any red was talk ill eat Pen do
Step - 4 3.2
Step 3 : until owl ill any was talk eat red Pen do
Step 4 : until owl ill eat any was talk red pen do As per the rule followed in the steps given above, find out in each
And step 4 is the last step for the given input. of the following Question the appropriate step for the given Input.
4 2 5 2 2 1 1 3 3 3 2 3
As per the rules followed in the above step find out the appropriate
step for following input : 41. Find the addition of the two number in step II?
Input : gain small at column or full rate unit era ice. (a) 24 (b) 60 (c) 83
(d) 88 (e) None of these
36. Which of the following is last step of given Input ?
(a) column gain full rate small unit or ice era at 42. Find the difference between sum of number which obtained
in Ist step and sum obtained in last second step?
(b) unit or ice era at column full gain rate small
(a) 148 (b) 162 (c) 138
(c) unit or ice era at small rate gain full column.
(d) 135 (e) None of these
(d) unit or ice era at small gain rate full column
(e) None of these 43. Find the multiplication of the numbers obtained step 3rd ?
(a) 30 (b) 42 (c) 36
37. Which of the following word is 6th from left end in step IV?
(d) 60 (e) None of these
(a) at (b) small (c) gain
Directions (44 – 45) : Study the following diagram and Convert
(d) None of these (e) era
it in to other diagram by implementing the instruction which is
38. Which step number would be the following output - given in each step to get next step.
Unit or gain small at rate era ice full coloumn
(a) I (b) II (c) III O3 MN 4 AG 6
(d) V (e) IV
BU 8 LJ 7
39. In step IV, If ‘or’ related to ‘era’ and ‘rate’ related to ‘full’
then ‘at’ related to which of the following word of same Q5 E9 IC 1
pattern is followed ? Interchange the Alphabets to get step 1 as arrows mention in the
(a) rate (b) ice (c) small above figure
(d) gain (e) None of these
IC 3 E4 Q6
40. Which of the following is step VII ?
(a) unit or ice era at small rate gain full column LJ 8 BU 7
Step - I
(b) unit or ice era at rate small full gain column
AG 5 MN 9 O1
(c) unit or ice era at column full gain rate small
 [ 47 ]

For Step – 2: as per the rules followed in the steps given above, find out in each
I. If the alphabets contain one consonant and one vowel and of the following questions the appropriate step for the given input.
the number with them is less than 5, then add 4 in given Note that you may also get fractional value in the boxes.
number 1 4 5 3 1 1 2 3 4 1 2 1

II. If the alphabets are two consonants and the number with
them is greater than 6 then replace the letters with their 46. Find the sum of the two numbers obtained in last second
reverse alphabet according to the English alphabetical series step?
(a) 36 (b) 29 (c) 39
IC 7 E4 Q6 (d) 24 (e) None of these

Step - II OQ 8 BU 7 47. Find the average of the numbers obtained in step 2nd ?
(a) 48 (b) 78 (c) 96
AG 5 NM 9 O1 (d) 84 (e) None of these

For Step – 3 : Step 3 is coded in some special pattern. 48. Find the difference between the sum of the numbers of step
1st and step 2nd ?
AG 5 I4 O1 (a) 11 (b) 5 (c) 21
(d) 13 (e) None of these
Step – III IC 7 Q6
Directions (49-50): Study the following diagram and convert it
OQ 8 WV 9 BU 7 into other diagram by implementing the instruction which is given
in each step to get next step.
As per the rules followed in the above step, find out the
appropriate steps for given input and answer the following AC 3 G5 LH 4
question.

U2 RV 5 ZB
BF 6 C9

DI 7 HW 4 YO RJ 8 K
Y8 K3 QO 6 Interchange the alphabets to get step I according to the arrows in
the above figure.
44. Which element comes in step 2 in the second column of
third row?
(a) ZB 8 (b) K 5 (c) DI 4 K3 RJ 5 YD 4
(d) RV 3 (e) None of these
C6 BF 9
45. Which element replaces QO 6 in step 3?
(a) SD 7 (b) AY 8 (c) Y LH 7 G8 AC
(d) RV 3 (e) None of these
Step – I
Directions (46-48) : Study the following information and answer
I. If the number with the alphabet is even then the alphabet is
the following question.
replaced by their reverse alphabet according to the English
An input output is given in different steps. Some Mathematical alphabet series
operations are done in each step No mathematical operations is
II. If the number with alphabet is odd but less than 7 then the
repeated in the next step.
alphabet is replaced by successive 4th alphabet further from
2 1 5 3 1 0 4 2 5 2 1 1
the place of alphabet according to English alphabet series

Step - 1 2 1
O3 VN 5 BW 4
4 5 7 8

X6 BF 9
Step - 2 5 6 4 0

LH 7 T8 AC
Step - 3 14 10

Step – II
Step - 4 4
[ 48 ]

I. If the alphabet contain two consonant and the number with

them is greater than 4 then substract 2 from given number X3 AD 9 WU 7
II. If the alphabet or the pair of alphabet contain one vowel Q8 CE 4
then change the letters with previous letter in the
alphabetical series HP RO 2 ZG 6

N3 VN 3 BW 4 49. In step 2 which element will replace ‘CE8’ ?

(a) CE 7 (b) XV 8 (c) XE 9
X6 BF 7 (d) J 4 (e) None of these
LH 5 T8 ZB 50. Which element come in the third column of the second row
in last step?
Step - III
(a) XY 6 (b) HP 5 (c) QN 4
as per the rules followed in the above step find out the appropriate
(d) ZW 2 (e) None of these
step for the given Input and answer the following :-

NOTES :
[ 190 ]

44.(a) Given statements : P < Q, Q  U, U > M  T  P > M = S  R

I. Relation between M and Q : Conclusion : I. T $ R  T > R (false)
M < U, U  Q  M < U  Q  M < Q II. P $ R  P > R (false)
i.e. M % Q. III. T $ S  T > S (true)
II. Relation between P and U : IV. T * S  T = S (false)
P < Q, Q  U  P < Q  U
III. Relation between P and M : P < Q, 48.(b) P % J  P  J, N $ L  N > L,
Q  U,U > M  P < Q  U > M J % N  J  N, P # K  P < K  K > P  J  N
 M < Q > M. >L
So, only I is true. Conclusion : I. K $ P  K > P (true)
II. J $ L   J > L (true)
45.(a) Given statements : D = J, J < V, E  V
III. L # K  L < K (true)
I. Relation between E and J :
IV. L $ J   L > J (false)
E  V, V > J  E  V > J
II. Relation between D and V : 49.(a) B % D  B  D, D $ A  D > A,
D = J, J < V  D = J < V  D < V C  E  C  E, A # C  A < C
i.e. D % V.
 B  D > A < C  E
III.Relation between D and E :
Conclusion : I. B % C  B C (false)
D = J, J < V, V  ED = J<VE D < V  E
II. B $ E  B > E (false)
Thus, none of I, II and III is true.
III.C $ D  C > D (false)
46.(d) W % U  W  U, W * V  W = V, IV. E % D  E  D (false)
U $ Y  U > Y, X  Y = X  Y
50.(c) M % P  M  P, T*PT=P
V = W  U > Y  X
Q % M  Q  M, T  R  T  R
Conclusion : I. V * U  V = U (depend)
II. V $ U  V > U (depend)  Q  M  P = T  R
Conclusion : I. M $ T  M > T (depend)
III. V # Y  V < Y (false)
II. R $ P  R > P (false)
IV. U $ X  U > X (true)
Here, either I or II and IV is true. III. M * T  M = T (depend)
IV. P # R  P < R (false)
47.(d) M * S  M = S, S  R  S  R, Here, either I or III follows.
P $ M  P > M, T % P  T  P

8 INPUT - OUTPUT

1.(b) Step II : 51 blue 22 32 46 cloud sky red. 3.(c) Input : 82 20 92 case over for 43 win
Step III : 51 blue 46 22 32 cloud sky red. Step I : 92 82 20 case over for 43 win
Step II : 92 case 82 20 over for 43 win
Step IV : 51 blue 46 cloud 22 32 sky red.
Step III : 92 case 82 for 20 over 43 win
Step V : 51 blue 46 cloud 32 22 sky red.
Step IV : 92 case 82 for 43 20 over win
Step VI : 51 blue 46 cloud 32 red 22 sky. Step V : 92 case 82 for 43 over 20 win
Step VI is the last step.
4.(d) Input can't be determined
2.(a) Step III : 58 dive 41 16 tower silver mat 23
Step IV : 58 dive 41 mat 16 tower silver 23 5.(e) Input : field eyes 96 38 house rent 44 27
Step V : 58 dive 41 mat 23 16 tower silver Step I : 96 field eyes 38 house rent 44 27
Step VI : 58 dive 41 mat 23 silver 16 tower Step II : 96 eyes field 38 house rent 44 27
 [ 191 ]

Step III : 96 eyes 44 field 38 house rent 27 Step V : 52 wind 50 lock 43 kee door 38.
Step IV : 96 eyes 44 field 38 house 27 rent Step VI : 52 wind 50 lock 43 kee 38 door.

Sol. (6 - 10) : Numbers are arranged in ascending order 12.(d) Previous steps can’t be determined
whereas words are arranged in alphabetical descending order. 13.(e) Input : Jocker fee 37 42 grow champ 21 46
Step I : 46 Jocker fee 37 42 grow champ 21
6.(c) Step II : 17 task bea cold dish 82 62 35
Step II : 46 Jocker 42 fee 37 grow champ 21
Step III : 17 task 35 bea cold dish 82 62
Step III : 46 Jocker 42 grow fee 37 champ 21
Step IV : 17 task 35 dish bea cold 82 62
Step V : 17 task 35 dish 62 bea cold 82 14.(e) Step II : 62 sour 17 57 grapes healthy 34 rise.

Step VI : 17 task 35 dish 62 cold bea 82 Step III : 62 sour 57 17 grapes healthy 34 rise.
Step IV : 62 sour 57 rise 17 grapes healthy 34.
Step VII : 17 task 35 dish 62 cold 82 bea
Step V : 62 sour 57 rise 34 17 grapes healthy.
7.(d) Input : 71 58 38 gone for picnic 20 job Step VI : 62 sour 57 rise 34 healthy 17 grapes.
Step I : 20 71 58 38 gone for picnic job
15.(c) Step I : 85 journey train 36 54 daily 28 mansion
Step II : 20 picnic 71 58 38 gone for job Step II : 85 train journey 36 54 daily 28 mansion
Step III : 20 picnic 38 71 58 gone for job Step III : 85 train 54 journey 36 daily 28 mansion
Step IV : 20 picnic 38 job 71 58 gone for Step IV : 85 train 54 mansion journey 36 daily 28
Step V : 20 picnic 38 job 58 71 gone for Step V : 85 train 54 mansion 36 journey daily 28
Step VI : 20 picnic 38 job 58 gone 71 for
Sol. (16 - 20) : Numbers are arranged in ascending order
Step VI is the last step.
whereas words are arranged in alphabetical descending order.
8.(a) Input : nice flower 34 12 costly height 41 56 16.(b) Step II : 22 work 48 32 pee blue 27 game
Step I : 12 nice flower 34 costly height 41 56 Step III : 22 work 27 48 32 pee blue game
Step II : 12 nice 34 flower costly height 41 56 Step IV : 22 work 27 pee 48 32 blue game
Step III : 12 nice 34 height flower costly 41 56 Step V : 22 work 27 pee 32 48 blue game

9.(d) Step II : 10 victory 18 30 53 stay look too 17.(a) Step II : 11 where 81 31 gem wap 41 ask
Step III : 10 victory 18 too 30 53 stay look Step III : 11 where 31 81 gem wap 41 ask
Step IV : 10 victory 18 too 30 stay 53 look Step IV : 11 where 31 wap 81 gem 41 ask
Step IV is the last step Step V : 11 where 31 wap 41 81 gem ask
Step VI : 11 where 31 wap 41 gem 81 ask
10.(b) Input : milk pot 17 28 our go 37 52
18.(d) Input : Phone cat 31 lamp 17 70 43 dairy
Step I : 17 milk pot 28 our go 37 52
Step I : 17 phone cat 31 lamp 70 43 dairy
Step II : 17 pot milk 28 our go 37 52
Step II : 17 phone 31 cat lamp 70 43 dairy
Step III : 17 pot 28 milk our go 37 52
Step III : 17 phone 31 lamp cat 70 43 dairy
Step IV : 17 pot 28 our milk go 37 52
Step V : 17 pot 28 our 37 milk go 52 19.(d) Previous steps can’t be determined.

Step VI : 17 pot 28 our 37 milk 52 go 20.(a) Step I : 18 43 fun rule exam 31 80 home
Hence step V will be the second last step. Step II : 18 rule 43 fun exam 31 80 home
Step III : 18 rule 31 43 fun exam 80 home
Sol. (11 - 15) : Numbers are arranged in alphabetical descending
order and words are also arranged in descending order.
Sol. (21 - 25) : Numbers are arranged in special manner, in
11.(b) Step II : 52 wind 43 50 door lock kee 38. which first number is greatest one, then smallest and so on.
Step III : 52 wind 50 43 door lock kee 38. Similarly, words are arranged in opposite manner, in which first
Step IV : 52 wind 50 lock 43 door kee 38. word is smallest alphabet word, then greatest and so on.
[ 192 ]

21.(b) Step III : 92 go 27 man pet 42 lamp 38 Step I : Rome Dome 47 More 17 24 Calm 77
Step IV : 92 go 27 pet man 42 lamp 38 Step II : Rome More Dome 47 17 24 Calm 77
Step V : 92 go 27 pet 42 man lamp 38 Step III : Rome More Dome Calm 47 17 24 77
Step VI : 92 go 27 pet 42 lamp man 38 Step IV : Rome More Dome Calm 17 47 24 77
Step VII : 92 go 27 pet 42 lamp 38 man Step V : Rome More Dome Calm 17 24 47 77
22.(b) Step II : 53 at deep follow 42 17 road 33 32.(a) 17
Step III : 53 at 17 deep follow 42 road 33 33.(d) First from left
Step IV : 53 at 17 road deep follow 42 33 34.(b) Step II
Step V : 53 at 17 road 42 deep follow 33 35.(d) Input can’t be determined.

23.(d) Previous steps can’t be determined. Sol. (36 - 40) :

24.(c) Step II : 70 from 49 super itself 57 10 went Input : gain small at column or full rate unit era
ice.
Step III : 70 from 10 49 super itself 57 went
Step I : unit gain small at or full rate era ice
Step IV : 70 from 10 went 49 super itself 57 column
Step V : 70 from 10 went 57 49 super itself Step II : unit or gain small at rate era ice full
Step VI : 70 from 10 went 57 itself 49 super column
Step III : unit or ice small at rate era gain full
25.(c) Input : Thirty days from now 33 50 88 25
column
Step I : 88 thirty days from now 33 50 25
Step IV : unit or ice era small at rate gain full
Step II : 88 days thirty from now 33 50 25 column
Step III : 88 days 25 thirty from now 33 50 Step V : unit or ice era at small rate gain full
column
Sol. (26 - 30) :
36.(c) Last step of given input is step V, i.e. unit or ice era at
Input : fear 91 aways that 27 19 burn cart 32 small rate gain full column.
51 heat 76
Step I : 91 fear aways 27 19 burn cart 32 51 37.(a) In step IV : unit or ice era small at rate gain full
heat 76 that column.
Step II : 19 91 fear aways 27 burn cart 32 Here, ‘at’ is 6th word from left.
51 76 that heat
38.(b) Step - II.
Step III : 76 19 91 aways 27 burn cart 32
51 that heat fear 39.(d) Step - IV : unit or ice era small at rate gain full
Step IV : 27 76 19 91 aways burn 32 51 column.
that heat fear cart In this following pattern only one letter is there, between
Step V : 51 27 76 19 91 aways 32 that ‘or’ and ‘era’, similarly in ‘rate’ and ‘full’.
heat fear cart burn
Then ‘at’ is related to ‘gain’.
Step VI : 32 51 27 76 19 91 that heat
fear cart burn aways. 40.(e) There is no such step, step Vth is the last step.

26.(c) Six Sol. (41 - 43) :

27.(a) 32
4 2 5 2 2 1 1 3 3 3 2 3
28.(d) 4th from right
29.(a) step IV
30.(a) 27
Step - I 3 2 6 6 6 2
31.(c) Input : Dome 47 Rome More 17 24 Calm 77
 [ 193 ]

In step I we multiply I block element to second block element In step 3, the elements arranged in the first and third column in
if there product is in two digit then its sum is taken in each the same column in such a way that the element in third row
block placed in first row and first row element is placed in second
row and second row element is placed in third row. The
Step II 3 0 3 0 alphabets of second column will be replaced by the alphabets
For step II : All digit of first block is added and written in I succeeding by respective no. of place associate with that alphabet.
block and II digit of each block is added and written as II block
and if there sum is even number, then it is multiply by 3 and AY 8 P5 U6
if their sum is an odd number then it is multiplied by 2
QO 6 Y
For step III : 6 6 Step III
SD 7 UY 3 DI 8
In step III number is divided by 5
44.(d) RV3
for step IV 0
45.(b) AY8
Subtraction of both number of step III.
Sol. (46 - 48) :
41.(b) In given Input step II number is 30 and 30
1 4 5 3 1 1 2 3 4 1 2 1
So, the sum of both number is
30 + 30 = 60

42.(a) Sum of first step is = 66 + 62 + 32 = 160 Step - 1 4 6 6 7 3 2

Sum of last second step is = 6 + 6 = 12

Step - 2 7 2 8 4
160 – 12 = 148
Step - 3 18 21
43.(c) In step 3rd the no. is 6 and 6
6 × 6 = 36 Step - 4 3

Sol. (44 - 45) : From input to Step 1st

1 + 3 = 4, 4 + 2 = 6 So, 4 6
U2 RV 5 ZB

DI 7 HW 4 5 + 1 = 6, 3 + 4 = 7 So, 6 7

Y8 K3 QO 6 2 + 1 = 3, 1 + 1 = 2 So, 3 2
From Step 1st to 2nd
The alphabets are arranged according to the direction of arrows.
4 × 6 × 3 = 72 So, 7 2
QO 2 K5 Y 6 × 7 × 2 = 84 So, 8 4
Step I HW 7 DI 4 From Step 2nd to 3rd
72
ZB 8 RV 3 U6 18 So, 18
4

Changes done according to the given condition in above direction. 84 So,

 21
21
So, we get following diagram in step II.
4
From Step 3rd to 4th
QO 6 K5 Y
21 – 18 = 3, So, 3
Step II SD 7 DI 8

AY 8 RV 3 U6
[ 194 ]

46.(c) In second last step numbers are 18 + 21 = 39

72  84 156 DL 3 RO 9 HP 7
rd
47.(b) In step 3 the numbers are = = = 78
2 2 XV 8 J4
Step – II :
48.(a) The sum of step 1st is 46 + 67 + 32 = 145
The sum of step 2nd is 72 + 84 = 156 WU ZW 2 C6
 The difference between step 1st and 2nd is
156 – 145 = 11

Sol. (49 - 50) : DL 3 QN 9 HP 5

Step – III : XV 6 J4
X3 AD 9 WU 7
WU ZW 2 C6
Q8 CE 4

HP RO 2 ZG 6
49.(b) According to the given condition of step second if the
number with the alphabet is even then the alphabet is
ZG 3 RO 9 MP 7 replaced by their reverse alphabet according to the
English alphabet series.
CE 8 Q4 So CE8 is replaced by XV8.
Step – I :
50.(e) J4 comes in third column of the second row in last
WU AD 2 X6
step.

9 SEATING ARRANGEMENT
Sol. (1 - 3) : 4.(a) From the above circular arrangement, it is clear that,
‘Ram’ is sitting next to the right by kiran.
Note : If direction in which they are facing is not given
in question then always take north direction as a 5.(e) Clearly, ‘Kiran’ is sitting immediate or next to the left
standard direction. of Ram.
6.(d) Clearly, from the above arrangement, ‘Maya’ is sitting
North next to left of Manoj.
7.(d) “Pradeep” is sitting third to the right of Ram.
E I D C A F H G B 8.(c) “Maya” is sitting second to the right of Pradeep.
(Left end) (Right end)
9.(a) From the given sitting arrangement it is clear that,
1.(c) A is sitting in the middle of the row. Kanha, Ram and Kabir will satisfy the condition,
given in question.
2.(d) E is at the other end of the row
Sol. (10 - 14) : Tom
3.(b) There is one person between C and F. Rayn Oliver

Sol. (4 - 9) :

Pradeep Paul Kane

Yash Kabir

Maya Kanha
Chris Tony
Manoj Ram Kevin
Kiran
10.(e) 11.(d) 12.(d) 13.(e) 14.(a)
 [ 49 ]

9 SEATING ARRANGEMENT
Usually there are four types of sitting arrangement asked in the SOLVED EXAMPLES
examination.
(1) Linear Arrangement (2) Circular Arrangement (i) Linear Arrangement
Ex.1 Eight friends, F, G, H, L, M, N, O and Q are sitting in a
(3) Square Arrangement (4) Floor Arrangement
straight line facing North but not necessary in the same
Linear Arrangement order.
 H is sitting second to the right of N and L is sitting fourth to
(1) If we have to arrange the objects in a row then consider the right of H.
right end of your right hand side & left end your left hand
 M is sitting to the right of F.
side.
 Number of persons can sit between G and L is same as the
Left end Right end
number of persons are sitting between O and F.
If we have to go right then go your right hand side & if
 O is sitting to the immediate left of G who is not an
we have to go left then go your left hand side.
immediate neighbour of L.
For example :
 F is not an immediate neighbour of N.
(i) A is third to the left of B
(i) If all the arranged persons are rearranged in alphabetical
A __ __ B order from left to right, positions of how many of them will
3 2 1 remain unchanged?
(a) None (b) One (c) Two
(ii) C is second to the right of D
(d) Three (e) More than three
D __ __ C
1 2 (ii) Which amongst the following two are sitting at the corners?
(a) N, M (b) Q, L (c) O, Q
(2) If there are number of persons (or objects) are s it t in g (d) None of these (e) Cannot be determined.
in two rows facing towards each other then left & right
(iii) Based on the given arrangement, Q is related to O and H is
end of these two rows are opposite to each other.
related to G in a same way as O is related to ?
1st Row  (a) M (b) F (c) L
(d) Q (e) None of these
 Right end Left end
(iv) How many persons are sitting between Q and M?
(a) One (b) Two (c) Three
2nd Row 
(d) Four (e) More than four
 Left end Right end
(v) Who is sitting third to the left of H?
Circular Arrangement  (a) Q (b) N
Around a circle : If few persons are sitting around a circular (c) No one, as only two persons are sitting to the left of H.
table facing towards the centre then for left go clockwise & for (d) L (e) None of these
right go anticlockwise.
SOLUTION
i.e. : B is sitting second to the right of C.
STEP I : H is sitting second to the Right of N, and L is sitting
B 2 Fourth to the Right of H. All eight friends are facing towards
North direction.
1

C Case I : N H L
D is third to the left of A A
1 Case II : N H L
2
STEP II : Now to solve this seating arrangement we need to
D
3 collect information regarding Variable N, H, and L and in
[ 50 ]

Fourth line it is Mentioned that, O is sitting to the SOLUTION

Immediate left of G who is not an immediate Neighbour of
L. STEP 1 : A sits third to the left of B, while second to the Right of
F. So Read the information of A, B and F and make all the possible
L cases. All Friends are Facing the Centre.
Case I : N H
Case - I :
Case II : N H L

STEP III : Number of Persons can sit between G and L is same A F

as the Number of Persons sitting between O and F.

Case I : N H O G F L

Case II : N H O G F L

STEP IV : M is sitting to the Right of F. B

Case I : N Q H O G F L M Only one Possible diagram form From above condition can be
drawn.
Case II : N H O G F L STEP - 2 : D doesn’t sit Next to A or B,

Here In case (II) M is sitting to the Right of F does not Case - I :

satisfy. So case 2 is rejected.
Answers : (i) - (b) ; (ii) - (a); (iii) -(b); (iv) - (e); (v) - (c)
A F
(ii) Circular Arrangement
Ex.2 Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting around
a circle facing the centre. A sits third to the left of B, D
while second to the right of F. D does not sit next to A
or B. C and G always sit next to each other. H never sits
next to D and C does not sit next to B.
(i) Which of the following pairs sit between H and E?
(a) F, D (b) H, B (c) C, G
B
(d) E, G (e) None of these
After applying this condition only one vacant seat is
(ii) Starting from A’s position, if all the eight are arranged in remained i.e. Second to the Right of B.
alphabetical order in clockwise direction the seating position
of how many members (excluding A) not change? STEP - 3 : Only two Vacant seats are available b/w A and B,
where C and G sit next to each others so here also we are not sure
(a) None (b) One (c) Two
about Positions of C and G. Thus we will make two cases i.e. case
(d) Three (e) None of these I(a) and Case I (b).
(iii) Which of the following pairs has only one person sitting Case - (I) (a)
between them, if the counting is done is clockwise direction?
(a) A, B (b) C, D (c) E, F
(d) G, H (e) None of these A F
(iv) Who sits to the immediate right of E?
(a) A (b) D (c) F D
C
(d) H (e) None of these
(v) What is the position of B with respect to C?
(a) Second to the left (b) Third to the right G
(c) Third to the left (d) Can’t be determined B
(e) None of these
 [ 51 ]

Case - (I) (b) the right of U. U sits at one of the middle side of table.
X sits second to the right of B. B is not the neighbour of
U and A. There are three persons sits between A and M.
A F J is not the neighbour of U. V sits second to the right of
W.
(i) Which of the following is not true with respect to the given
G D seating arrangement?
(a) Two persons sit between A and W
(b) B and M do not face each other in the seating
C
arrangement
B (c) X and A are immediate neighbours of each other
(d) W sits opposite to B
STEP 4 : H Never sits next to D and C doesn’t sit Next to B.
(e) U sits in the middle of one of the sides of the square
Case I : (a) table
(ii) Who amongst the following is sitting third to the right of
H V?
A F (a) J (b) M (c) X
(d) W (e) Cannot be determined
(iii) How many people sit between X and W when counted in
C D
anti-clockwise direction from W?
(a) None (b) One (c) Two
G E (d) Three (e) More than three

B (iv) Who among the following sits opposite to U?

(a) A (b) W (c) V
So Case I (a) Satisfies the Condition, whereas case I (b) (d) J (e) None of these
doesn’t hence Case I (b) is eliminated.
(v) What is the position of X with respect to J?
Case I : (b) (a) Immediate left (b) Second to the left
(c) Third to the right (d) Immediate right
H (e) Second to the right
A F
SOLUTION
STEP I : A is sitting second to the Right of U and U sits at one of
G D the Middle sides of table. Persons sitting at the corners, face the
centre, while Persons sitting at the middle of sides face Outside
the Centre. So make the possible cases.
C E Case - I :
B

C doesn’t sit Next to B. So Case I (b) contradicts with the

above diagram.
Answers : (i) - (a) ; (ii) - (d); (iii) -(c); (iv) - (b); (v) - (e) A

(iii) Square Arrangement

Ex.3 Eight persons U, V, J, A, X, W, B and M are sitting
around a square table in such a way that four of them sit U
at four corners of the the square while four sit in the
middle of each of the four sides. The ones who sit at the STEP II : X sits second to the Right of B and B is not the
four corners face the centre while those who sit in the Neighbour of U and A. So From above Condition we need to
middle of the sides faces outside. A is sitting second to Make two possible diagrams.
[ 52 ]

Case - I (a) : Case - I (b) : Only one place is Vacant where we can arrange J
i.e. between X and B, and It fulfill, the above condition.
B
STEP V : V sit second to the Right of W.

A X X J
B

U A M
Case - I (b) :

X B W U V

Case I (b) : W sits second to the Right of V which is also satisfied

A in case I (b).
Answers : (i) - (a) ; (ii) - (a); (iii) -(e); (iv) - (d); (v) - (a)

U (iv) Floor Arrangement

STEP III : There are three Persons sitting between A and M.
Case - I (a) : In case I (a) we cannot place three persons between Ex.3 Seven neighbours S, P, L, Q, R, M and I live on different
A and M because X is already there so case I (a) is rejected. floors in the same building having seven floors numbered
one to seven. (The first floor is numbered one, the floor
B above it is numbered two and so on and the topmost floor
is numbered as seven.) Three persons live between I and
M. M lives on the floor above S, who does not live on an
odd- numbered floor. P is neither live on odd number nor
topmost floor. I does not live on the first floor. Two
A X
persons live between R and S. Q lives neither on the first
floor nor on the fourth floor.
(i) Who lives on the floor just above M?
U (a) L (b) P (c) Q
Case - I (b) : In case I (b) we can place three person between A (d) R (e) None of these
and M.
(ii) How many persons live between L and P?
X B (a) None (b) One (c) Two
(d) Three (e) Can’t be determined
(iii) Which of the following pairs live on the first floor and the
A M topmost floor respectively?
(a) L, Q (b) Q, P (c) I, Q
(d) L, I (e) Can’t be determined
U (iv) Who among the following lives on the topmost floor?
STEP IV : J is not the Neighbour of U. (a) I (b) Q (c) P
(d) L (e) None of these
X J
B
(v) Which of the following combinations is true?
(a) First floor - S (b) Fourth floor -R (c) Third floor-M
A M (d) Sixh Floor - I (e) None of these
SOLUTION
STEP I : Read the Information of Variable which you want to
U arrange first, then make the possible No. of cases.
 [ 53 ]

Case I : Three Persons sit b/w I and M. M lives on the floor In Case 4 : P Neither lives on odd Number floor nor on topmost
above S. S doesn’t live on odd numbered Floor. I doesn’t live on
floor and the vacant floors are 7, 5, 3, 1 where P Can’t sits so case
first floor. So keeping this information in mind, we need to make
possible cases. 4 is rejected.

Case - I Case - II STEP : 3 : So after step 2 : we found that case 2 and case 4 are
I already rejected. Hence the Remaining condition we have to apply
7 M
7 in case 1 and case 3. Now the condition is that Q lives Neither on
6 S
6 the first Floor nor on the Fourth floor.
5 5
4 4 Case I (a) : Case I (a) is also Rejected because here also
M I
3 3 Remaining vacant floors are no. 4 and no. 1, where Q can’t sit.
S
2 2 I
1 1 7
P
Case - III Case - IV 6
R
M 5
7 7
M
6 6 4
5 M
5
S S 3
4 4 S
I 2
3 3
I
2 2 1
1 1
Case I (b) : Q doesn’t sit on Floor No. 4 and Floor No. 1 So in
STEP 2 : P neither lives on odd number floor nor on topmost
this case vacant Floor is Floor No. 6 and Floor 1. So Q will sit on
Floor. Two persons live b/w R and S. Now apply this condition in
the below cases and we will find that case 4 will be Rejected. Floor No. 6.
I
Case - I (a) Case - I (b) Case - II 7
I I M
Q
7 7 7 6
P S R
6 6 6 5
R R P
5 5 5 4
P M
4 4 4 3
M M I S
3 3 3 2
S S P
2 2 2 L
1
1 1 1
Case 3 : In this case we are not sure about the exact floor location
In Case 2 : We Can’t apply the second condition i.e. two person
live b/w R and S. So case 2 is also Rejected. of Q. So Case 3 is also rejected.
M
Case - III Case - IV 7
M P
7 7 6
P M
6 6 5
S
5 5 4
S S I
4 4 3
I
3 3 2
I R
2 2 1
R Answers : (i) - (b) ; (ii) - (c); (iii) -(d); (iv) - (a); (v) - (c)
1 1
[ 54 ]

EXERCISE

Directions (1 - 3) : Read the following information carefully 9. In which of the following first person is sitting in between
and answer the questions given below. second & third person ?
(a) Kanha, Ram, Kabir (b) Kiran, Ram, Kanha
Nine hockey fans are watching a match in a stadium. Seated in
(c) Maya, Manoj Kiran (d) Maya, Yash, Pradeep
one row, they are A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I. C is the right
(e) None of these
of D and at third place at the right of E. B is at one end of the
row. H is immediately next to F and G. F is at the third place Directions (10-14) : Study the information and answer the given
to the left of B. A is immediate left of F. questions:
Eight persons- Tom, Kevin, Kane, Ryan, Tony, Chris, Paul and
1. Who is sitting in the centre of the row ?
Oliver are sitting around a circular table. Some of them are facing
(a) C (b) F (c) A inside the center while some are facing outside the center. Kane
(d) H (e) None of these sits third to the right of Chris who is facing inside the center.
2. Who is at the other end of the row ? Kevin sits 2nd to the right of Kane. Kevin sits third to the left of
Oliver. Tom sits second to the left of Kane. Both Paul and Ryan
(a) I (b) A (c) G
sits immediate left to each other. Only two persons sit between
(d) E (e) None of these
Tom and Tony. Kevin faces same direction as Ryan but opposite
3. Which of the following statements is true ? to Oliver. Paul sits second to the left of Tom. Paul and Tony facing
(a) I and G are neighbours same direction but opposite to Kane.
(b) There is one person between C and F 10. Who among the following sit opposite to the one who sits
(c) D is at one extreme end 3nd left of Ryan?
(d) E is two seats away from A (a) Kane (b) Oliver (c) Ryan
(e) None of these (d) Kevin (e) None of these

Directions (4 - 9) : Read the information carefully and answer 11. Who among the following faces Chris?
(a) Tom (b) Kevin (c) Ryan
the questions given below.
(d) Oliver (e) Paul
Kabir, Kanha, Kiran, Manoj, Maya, Yash, Pradeep and Ram are
sitting around a circle facing towards center, Kiran is sitting 12. How many persons sits between Kane and Chris when
counted in clockwise direction with respect to Chris?
third to the left of Kabir and second to the right of Maya. Kanha
(a) One (b) Three (c) Two
is sitting second to the right of Kiran, Manoj is second to the (d) Four (e) No one
right of Yash. Who is second to the right of Kabir. Pradeep is
13. If Oliver is related to Tony and Kane is related to Tom, then
not a neighbor of Kiran.
Ryan is related to whom among the following?
4. Who is sitting next to the right of Kiran ? (a) Tony (b) Chris (c) Paul
(a) Ram (b) Pradeep (c) Manoj (d) Tom (e) Oliver
(d) Data insufficient (e) None of these 14. Who among the following sits immediate right of Tony?
(a) Kane (b) Ryan (c) Oliver
5. Who is sitting next to the left of Ram?
(d) Kevin (e) Chris
(a) Manoj (b) Pradeep (c) Kabir
(d) Data insufficient (e) None of these Directions (15 - 19) : Study the following carefully and answer
the given questions :
6. Who is sitting next to the left of Manoj?
(a) Kiran (b) Ram (c) Yash Eight friends, Ramesh, Rahul, Rakesh, Rajesh, Rajni, Raju,
(d) Maya (e) Data insufficient Ram and Rakhi are sitting in a circle facing the centre and each
of them like a toothpaste product i.e. Colgate, Pepsodent,
7. Who is sitting third to the right of Ram? Dabur, Close up, Neem, Cibaca, Glister and Meswak but not
(a) Maya (b) Yash (c) Manoj necessarily in the same order :
(d) Pradeep (e) None of these
 Rahul is sitting second to the left of Ram and third to
8. Who is sitting second to the right of Pradeep ? the right of Rajni. Ram like Pepsodent.
(a) Kabir (b) Manoj (c) Maya  Ramesh is not immediate neighbor of Ram and Rahul,
(d) Data insufficient (e) None of these Ramesh does not like Colgate and Neem.
 [ 55 ]

 Rakhi is immediate neighbor of Rajni who likes Glister. 22. Who among the following persons are standing at the
 Rakesh and Raju are sitting infront of each other who extreme ends?
like Dabur and Neem respectively. (a) Kittu, Hemant (b) Ishan, Jojo (c) Hemant, Ishan
 Raju is sitting second to the right of Rajesh who like (d) Kittu, Jojo (e) None of these
Close up.
 Rakhi is an immediate neighbor of Rakesh and likes 23. How many persons is /are standing between Hemant and
Meswak. Jojo?

15. Who is sitting third to the right of Raju? (a) Three (b) Four (c) Two
(a) Rakhi (b) Raju (c) Rahul (d) One (e) None
(d) Ram (e) None of these
24. If all of them standing in alphabetical order according to
16. Who is sitting third to the right of Ramesh ? first letter of their names from right to left, then positions
(a) Rakhi (b) Rakesh (c) Rajni of how many persons will remain unchanged?
(d) Ramesh (e) None of these
(a) One (b) Two (c) Three
17. Who is sitting third to the left of Rakesh? (d) Four (e) None
(a) Rajni (b) Ram (c) Raju
(d) Ramesh (e) None of these Directions (25 - 29) : Read the following information carefully
18. Who is sitting infront of Ram? to answer the given questions:
(a) Rajni (b) Rakhi (c) Raju Twelve people are sitting in a straight line in such a way that
(d) Rakesh (e) None of these some of them facing towards north and some of them facing
towards south. Each of the them likes either Pizza or Burger. The
19. If the position of Rajesh and Rajni are interchanged then
one who likes Pizza are facing towards north and the one who
who is sitting to the immediate right of Rahul?
likes Burger are facing towards south. Not more than two people
(a) Rakhi (b) Rakesh (c) Ramesh
likes same dish sit together.
(d) Ram (e) Rajni
Two people sit between B and H, who likes Burger. Four people
Directions (20 - 24) : Study the following information carefully sit between H and E, who doesn’t sit to the left of B. C sits
and answer the question given below. immediate left of H. Both the immediate neighbor of B likes Pizza.
Eight persons Gopi, Hemant, Ishan, Jojo, Kittu, Lokesh, Montu G sit second to the left of A. Both the immediate neighbors of C
and Nitin are standing in a row. Some of them face north and faces in opposite direction as C. D is not an immediate neighbor
some of them face south but not necessarily in the same order. of B but likes Pizza. Only two people sit left of J. G faces in
Gopi and Hemant do not face same direction. Not more than two opposite direction as L. B faces towards south. Not more than
persons standing together face the same direction. Three persons two people sit between E and J, who likes Pizza. A sit second to
are standing between Kittu and Ishan, both of them do not face the left of K, who sits third to the right of F. K likes Pizza. Only
same direction. Gopi is not standing at any of the extreme ends. two people sit between I and F, who is not an immediate neighbor
Not more than four persons face south direction. Either Kittu or of J. Neither C nor A sit at any extreme end of the line. E likes
Ishan is standing at one of the extreme ends. Two persons are Burger.
standing between Lokesh and Montu, who is immediately next to
25. Who among the following sits third to the left of K?
Ishan. Lokesh and Montu are facing the direction same as Ishan.
Jojo and Nitin are immediately standing next to each other and (a) G (b) J (c) L
they face opposite in direction to each other. Hemant is standing (d) F (e) D
third to the left of Nitin. Gopi is second to the left of Hemant.
26. Four of the following five from a group, which among the
20. What is the position of Gopi with respect to Nitin? following does not belong to this group?
(a) Third to the right (b) Immediate right
(a) D (b) L (c) C
(c) Second to the left (d) Fourth of the right
(d) B (e) A
(e) Fifth to the left
21. Who among the following persons are immediate neighbors 27. How many persons sit between H and the one who sits
of Lokesh? immediate right of A?
(a) Gopi and Montu (b) Hemant and Gopi (a) None (b) two (c) three
(c) Ishan and Nitin (d) Hemant and Ishan
(d) Four (e) More than Four
(e) None of these
[ 56 ]

28. Which of the following statement is true about L? Directions (35 – 39) : Study the following information carefully
(a) L sits third to the right of E to answer the given questions.
(b) L likes Pizza
There are ten cars Parked in two parallel rows of a parking lot
(c) More than two persons sit C and L containing five cars each, in such a way that there is an equal
(d) the one who likes Pizza sits immediate left of L distance between adjacent cars. All cars of different color viz.
(e) Only three persons sit between L and J Green, Black, Blue, Red, Magenta, Pink, White, Yellow, Grey
29. What is the position of G with respect to B? and Silver. In row 1 cars – C, D, E, F and G are parked in which
(a) Fifth to the right (b) Immediate left some of them are facing south and some of them are facing north.
(c) Third to the left (d) Second to the right In row 2 cars – M, N, O, P, and Q are parked, in which some of
(e) None of these them are facing south and some of them are facing north. Therefore
in the given arrangement, each car parked in a row either faces
Directions (30-34) : Read the following information carefully another car of the other row or parked behind each other.
and answer the questions that follows.
The Red color car parked to the immediate right of car N, who
Twelve persons are sitting in two parallel rows containing six parked exactly in the middle of the row. One of the immediate
persons in each. In row 1, Pritam, Quadir,Rudra, Siraj, Tejas and neighbour of the car, who is in magenta color behind the car who
Ujwal are sitting and all of them are facing north. In row 2, Amit, is in Blue color. Car P is not in Blue color. Color of car F is neither
Bhavesh, Chetan, Dhanush, Eravat and Faisal are sitting and all Magenta nor Pink. M is Parked immediate right of the car who is
of them are facing south. In the given seating arrangement, each in Grey color. Car E is parked third to the right of the car who is
member seated in a row faces another member of the other row in black color. Car M does not faces car C and faces south
but not necessarily in the same order. The following information direction. The car who is in Green color parked exactly between
is known about them. the cars who is in Silver and Magenta color. Car C is in magenta
color and parked in the middle of the row 1. Car Q faces North
Amit sits third to right of Faisal. One of the immediate neighbor Direction and parked immediate left of car N. Only one car is
of Faisal faces Pritam. Only one person sits between Pritam and parked between the cars who is in Blue and Red color. Car M
Ujwal. Neither Amit nor Faisal sits on the extreme end of the faces one of the immediate neighbours of the cars who is in black
row. Three person sits between Quadir and Tejas. Tejas does color. F faces one of the immediate neighbour of the car who is in
not sit at any of the extreme end of the row. Chetan sits second to blue color. Only One car is parked between the car who is in Grey
the right of Dhanush. Neither Chetan nor Dhanush is the color and car N, who is in white color. Car E is parked to the
immediate neighbor of Amit. Rudra sits immediate left of Siraj. immediate right of the car who faces car P. Only two car parked
Immediate neighbor of Pritam faces Bhavesh. between car E and G. Car P neither is in green nor yellow color.
The car who is in Magenta color parked second to the right of the
30. Who among following sit at the extreme end of the line?
one who faces the North direction. car O who parked one of the
(a) Rudra,Chetan (b) Siraj,Amit
extreme ends of the line and is in Grey color. Car C is facing to
(c) Quadir,Bhavesh (d) Eravat,Dhanush
the opposite direction to the car who is in white color. Car F faces
(e) Bhavesh,Siraj
north direction and the car who faces car F, faces south direction.
31. How many persons sit between Rudra and Ujwal? Car D faces north direction.
(a) One (b) Two (c) Four 35. Who amongst the following faces the car D?
(d) Five (e) Three (a) The cars who is in Green color
32. Who among the following sits diagonally opposite to (b) F
Dhanush? (c) The car who is in Magenta color
(a) Quadir (b) Rudra (c) Siraj (d) The car who is in Red color
(d) Pritam (e) Tejas (e) D

36. Which of the color of car O?

33. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way based
(a) Green (b) White (c) Grey
on their seating positions and so form a group. Which of
(d) Pink (e) Blue
the following is different from the group?
(a) Faisal (b) Tejas (c) Chetan 37. Which of the following is true regarding car Q?
(d) Eravat (e) Pritam (a) Car Q faces south direction
(b) None of the given options is true
34. Who among following faces Amit?
(c) Car Q is in Blue color
(a) Pritam (b) Quadir (c) Rudra
(d) The car who is in Yellow color faces car Q
(d) Siraj (e) Tejas
(e) Car Q is M’s immediate neighbour
 [ 57 ]

38. Which one is the immediate neighbour of car F? Direction (45-49) : Read the following information carefully and
(a) O answer the following questions.
(b) P Eight persons sitting around a circular table in such a manner
(c) The one who is in Blue color some are facing inside, and some are facing outside the center.
(d) The one who is in Green color All of them was born in different years- 2010, 1988, 1975, 1958,
(e) The one who is in Pink color 1951, 1997, 1980 and 1991 (Their age is considered as on the
same month and day of 2015 as their date of births).Jojo sits third
39. Who amongst the following car is sitting between the one to the left of Ricky whose age is a cube of an odd number. Vini is
who is in the Magenta color car and the one who is in the younger than Sunny. Abhi who is 35years old sit second to the
silver color car ? right of Jojo. Pinku is 17years younger than Monty who sits second
(a) G (b) D (c) E to the left of Vini. The one who is 57 years old sits third to the
(d) C (e) None of these right of the one who is third youngest person of the group. Jojo is
younger than Ricky but older than Sunny. Pinku sits third to the
Directions (40-44) : Read the following information carefully to right of Sunny who is facing same direction of Jojo but opposite
answer the questions given below. to Pinku. Abhi is facing opposite direction to Vicky who is facing
Seven friends Amogh, Bala, Chetak, David, Ehan, Faizan and same direction as youngest person. The third oldest person facing
Gabbar are sitting in a row facing towards north direction. Each inside. Pinku and Monty face same direction.
one of them has birthday on different days of the same month
July. Amogh sits fourth to the left of the one whose birthday is on 45. Who among the following sits immediate left of the one
15thJuly and either of them sits at the end of the row. The one who is 57 years old?
whose birthday is on 15th July sits third to the right of the one (a) Ricky (b) Sunny (c) Pinku
whose birthday is on 16th July. Faizan’s birthday is on 7th July. (d) Vini (e) Sunny
The one whose birthday is on 4th July is sitting second to the left
46. Who among the following was born in 2001?
of the one whose birthday is on 16th July. Amogh’s birthday is on
(a) Pinku (b)Vini (c) Sunny
16th of July. Ehan and Bala are immediate neighbours. Faizan sits (d) Jojo (e) Monty
third to the left of Bala, who does not have his birthday on 13thJuly.
Chetak sits third to the right of the one whose birthday is on 22nd 47. How many persons sit between Jojo and Monty, when
July. Gabbar sits on the immediate right of the one whose birthday counted right of Monty?
is on 29th July. (a) Three (b) One (c) More than three
(d) Two (e) None
40. Who among the following sits on the immediate right of
Gabbar? 48. Who among the following is third oldest person?
(a) Amogh (b) Chetak (c) Bala (a) Pinku (b) Vini (c) Jojo
(d) Sunny (e) Monty
(d) Ehan (e) Faizan
49. Who among the following sits third to the right of the one
41. David have his birthday on which date?
who is fourth youngest person?
(a) 7thJuly (b) 22ndJuly (c) 29thJuly (a) The one who is 18 years old
(d) 4thJuly (e) None of these (b) The one who is 35 years old
(c) Jojo
42. Who among the following sits on the right end of the row?
(d) Pinku
(a) David (b) Bala (c) Amogh
(e) Monty
(d) Faizan (e) Chetak
Directions (50 - 54): Read the following information carefully
43. What is the position of Gabbar with respect of Amogh?
and answer the questions that follow.
(a) 2nd to the right (b) 2nd to the left
(c) 3rd to the right (d) 3rd to the left There are eight members of a family - P, Q, R, S, J, K, L and M.
(e) None of these All of them are sitting around a circular table facing the centre.
They belong to three different generations and there are three
44. Who among the following sits on the immediate left of married couples among them. Also, four of them are males and
Faizan? four of them are of the opposite gender (though not necessarily in
(a) David (b) Faizan (c) Amogh the same order). The son-in-law and grandson of M are immediate
(d) Bala (e) None of these neighbours. L cannot be an immediate neighbour of her sister-in-
[ 58 ]

law. Q, a spinster, is sitting two persons to the right of her 56. Which one of the following sits immediate left of Jerry?
grandfather J. P and his sibling S can’t sit together. There are (a) Donald (b) Micky (c) Goofy
only three persons sitting between Q and her aunt S. R, a married (d) Bluto (e) None of these
male, cannot be an immediate neighbour of either J or Q. K and
57. How many persons are there between Jerry and Goofy, when
Q are not siblings. There is only one person sitting between R counted from the left of Jerry?
and his brother-in-law. (a) Four (b) Two (c) Three
50. What is the relationship of R with J? (d) More than Four (e) None
(a) Father-in-law (b) Son (c) Son-in-law 58. Who sits opposite to Oswal?
(d) Brother-in-law (e) Can’t be determined (a) Bluto (b) Micky (c) Goofy
51. What is the position of M with respect to her grand - (d) Donald (e) None of these
daughter ? 59. What is the position of Donaldwith respect to Bluto?
(a) Second to the left (b) Third to the left (a) Fourth to the left (b) Third to the right
(c) Fourth to the right (d) Third to the right (c) Second to the left (d) Second to the right
(e) None of these (e) None of these

52. Which of the following is definitely the group of females ? Directions (60 – 64) : Study the information carefully and
(a) MLKQ (b) LSQP (c) QMSR answer the question given below.
(d) LSQM (e) LSRM Eight persons – Lokesh, Manan, Ojas, Palkesh, Bhuvan, Rudra,
Naman and Sumit are sitting in a circle at equal distances.
53. Who among the following is sitting exactly between L’s
Three of them are facing toward the centre and other five are
daughter and R’s son?
facing opposite to the centre of the circle. Two persons are
(a) P’s father (b) S’s son (c) M’s husband sitting between Sumit and Palkesh and two are sitting between
(d) Q’s father (e) None of these
Bhuvan and Palkesh. Naman is sitting to the second left of
54. How many persons are sitting between L and her brother - Rudra, who is facing the centre of the circle. Manan is facing
in-law? the centre of the circle. Manan is sitting to the third right of
(a) One (b) Two (c) Three Bhuvan. Ojas is not near to Sumit. Naman is sitting third to
(d) Four (e) Can’t be determined the left of Ojas, who is second right of Lokesh, who is facing
opposite to the centre of the circle. Palkesh is not opposite to
Directions (55-59) : Study the following information carefully Bhuvan and Naman. Immediate neighbours of Bhuvan faces
and answer the question given below opposite direction (Opposite direction means if one of the
neighbor of Bhuvan faces towards the centre then other
Micky, Bluto, Oswal, Pumbaa, Timon, Goofy, Donald and Jerry
neighbor of Bhuvan faces opposite to centre and vice – versa).
are eight people sitting around a circular table with some of them
are facing towards the centre while some are facing opposite to 60. Who among following sits fourth to right of Lokesh?
centre. (a) Bhuvan (b) Ojas (c) Palkesh
(d) Naman (e) Sumit
Micky sits second to the left of Jerry. Two persons sit between
Micky and Oswal. Donald sits third to the right of Oswal. Bluto 61. Who is sitting third to the left of Palkesh?
sits second to the right of Goofy. Bluto does not sit adjacent to (a) Ojas (b) Bhuvan (c) Manan
Donald. Both the immediate neighbours of Goofy faces the same (d) Sumit (e) None of these
direction as Goofy( the same direction means if Goofy faces 62. Who among following sits immediate left of Bhuvan?
towards the centre then both neighbour of Goofy faces towards (a) Naman (b) Lokesh (c) Palkesh
the centre and vice-versa). The immediate neighbours of Oswal (d) Ojas (e) Sumit
faces opposite direction (Opposite direction means if one
neighbour of Oswal faces towards the centre then other faces 63. Who is second right to Rudra?
opposite to centre and vice-versa). Bluto and Pumbaa face each (a) Bhuvan (b) Sumit (c) Manan
other. Timon sits immediate right of Pumbaa. (d) Ojas (e) Lokesh

55. Which one of the following sits opposite to Jerry? 64. How many people are sitting between Sumit and Ojas,
when counting in clockwise direction from Ojas?
(a) Pumbaa (b) Timon (c) Donald
(a) Three (b) Four (c) One
(d) Goofy (e) None of these.
(d) Two (e) None of these
 [ 59 ]

Directions (65 -69) : Study the following information carefully order. Only two person sits between Ajit and Golu, when counted
and answer the questions given below: right of Ajit. Viru sits second to the right of the one who sits third
to the right of Dev. Ajit faces opposite direction of Viru. Golu
Eight candidates J, K, L, M, N, P, Q and R are sitting around a
does not sit opposite to Ajit. Chetan sits third to the left of Harsh
circular table for the lunch. They all are facing towards the center
who is an immediate neighbour of Ajit. Balram sits second to the
of the table. They all belong to different cities viz. Mumbai, Goa,
left of Dev, both are facing opposite directions. Three persons sit
Pune, Nashik, Indore, Bhopal, Delhi and Surat but not necessarily
between Faruk and Golu who is facing same direction of Chetan
in the same order. They all ordered three different meal packages
but opposite to Faruk. Balram doesn’t faces inside. Balram and
– Biryani, Spaghetti and Risotto. At least two persons order one
Harsh are not immediate neighbor.
food package. Only M and N order Biryani and M sits third to the
right of N. J is from Indore and he orders Spaghetti and sits on 70. Who among the following sits second to the right of the
the immediate right of N. P is from Nashik and he orders Risotto. one who sits opposite to Harsh?
R orders the same food as Q. Q is third to the left of P. K sits (a) Golu (b) Chetan (c) Faruk
opposite the person who is from Surat. L sits exactly opposite the (d) Viru (e) Ajit
person who belongs to Mumbai. The persons who belong to
Bhopal and Pune order Spaghetti. Q is from Surat. K is from Pune. 71. How many persons faces inside?
The persons who order Spaghetti do not sits adjacent to each other. (a) one (b) three (c) more than three
The one who is from Delhi does not order Spaghetti or Biryani. R (d) two (e) None
is not from Bhopal. 72. Who among the following sits third to the left of Golu?
65. Who among the following is from Goa? (a) Dev (b) Chetan (c) Viru
(a) The one who orders Risotto (d) Ajit (e) Harsh
(b) M 73. How many persons sit between Viru and Harsh?
(c) The one who orders Spaghetti (a) Three (b) Two (c) None
(d) N (d) Four (e) One
(e) None of these

66. Who sits fifth to right of R? 74. Who among the following sits immediate right of the one
(a) P (b) L (c) K who sits second right of Golu?
(d) Q (e) J (a) Faruk (b) Ajit (c) Harsh
(d) Dev (e) Balram
67. N belong to which of the following cities?
(a) Bhopal (b) Goa (c) Mumbai Directions (75 - 79) : Study the following information carefully
(d) Delhi (e) None of these and answer the questions given below:

68. Which of the following combinations is true? There are eight persons Amit, Vinod, Chotu, Vikram, Dennis,
(a) Q – Spaghetti – Surat Jignesh, Golu and Hamid are sitting around a square table in such
(b) M – Biryani – Mumbai a way that four of them sit at four corners and are facing center,
(c) L – Risotto – Goa while those who sit in the middle of the side of the square are
(d) J-Risotto- Indore facing outside the centre. They all like different brands of soft
(e) None is true drinks namely Sprite, Dew, Coke, 7up, Maaza , Frooti, Appy and
Mirinda but not necessarily in the same order.
69. Which of the following statements is/are true?
Vikram likes Sprite and sits third to the right of Dennis, who
(a) Q is from Surat and orders Spaghetti.
doesn’t like either Maaza or 7up. Hamid sits at the corner. The
(b) L is from Bhopal and orders Spaghetti.
one who likes 7up sits opposite to the one who likes Mirinda.
(c) P does not order Risotto
Vinod does not like 7up. Vinod sits 3rd to the right of Chotu who
(d) R belongs to Goa and orders Biryani
likes Dew. Golu likes Coke and faces outside the centre. The one
(e) None of these
who likes Sprite sits immediate left of one who likes Coke. The
Directions (70-74): Study the following information carefully and one who likes yellow sits 2nd to the right of one who likes Appy.
answer the given questions. Hamid likes 7up and sits 2nd to the left of Amit.
Eight persons are sitting around a rectangular table in such a way 75. Who among the following likes Frooti?
that two persons sits on each side and some are facing centre (a) Amit (b) Dennis (c) Jignesh
while rest are facing outside the centre, not necessarily in the same (d) Chotu (e) Vikram
[ 60 ]

76. Vinod likes which of the following soft drink? 82. Who faces the one who sits 2nd left of the one who study
(a) 7up (b) Mirinda (c) Maaza Biology?
(d) Frooti (e) None (a) L (b) K (c) J
(d) C (e) B
77. In the given question some follows a pattern find the one
which is not following the pattern? 83. Who study Chemistry?
(a) Amit and Vikram(b) Jignesh and Chotu (a) L (b) A (c) B
(c) Dennis and Golu (d) Vikram and Dennis (d) K (e) J
(e) Hamid and Vinod 84. Who sits 2nd left of the one who study Economics?
78. If Amit is related to Sprite, and in the same way Jignesh is (a) The one who study Chemistry
related to Dew then following the same pattern Dennis is (b) A
related to? (c) J
(a) Sprite (b) Mirinda (c) Frooti (d) The one who study Economics
(e) None of these
(d) Coke (e) 7up

79. Which of the following condition is/are is correct about Directions (85 - 89) : Study the given information carefully and
Vinod? answer the following questions :
(a) Vinod faces outside the centre Eight persons M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and T live on a seperate
(b) Vinod likes red floor, each of live on 8-floor building but not necessarily in the
(c) Vinod sits third to the right of Dennis same order. The ground floor is numbered 1, the first floor is
(d) All are correct numbered 2 and so on until the topmost floor is numbered
(e) Vinod sits 2nd to the right of Amit eight.
Only two persons live below the floor on which S lives. Only
Directions (80-84) : Study the information carefully and answer one persons lives between S and M. T lives on an odd-
the questions given below. numbered floor but not on floor no. 7. Only two persons live
There are eight students i.e. A, B, C, D, J, K, L and Q are seated between T & N. N does not live on the topmost floor. M
around a two square table, in which on square table is smaller doesnot live on the lowermost floor. P lives immediately below
than 2nd square table. Four have seated at the middle side of a O. Neither O nor Q live on floor no. 6. R lives immediately
larger square table, facing towards as centre and four students above M.
have seated at the middle side of smaller square table facing 85. How many persons live between the floors on which M
outside and facing that person who has seated on larger square and P live ?
table. They all are study different subject i.e. Physics, Chemistry, (a) None (b) one (c) two
Biology, Maths, Botany, Economics English and Sanskrit. The (d) three (e) more than three
one who is study Physics faces outside of the square table. There
86. Who livers on the floor immediately below S ?
is one student between A and L. D sits immediate left of K who
(a) T (b) M (c) Q
sits opposite of Q who does not study Physics. The 2nd left of the
(d) N (e) None of these
one who study Physics, study Maths. The one who study Chemistry
faces that student who sits immediate left of B. K does not faces 87. On which of the following floor numbers does P live?
J who sits 2nd right of C. Q does not sits on larger square table. B (a) One (b) Two (c) Six
faces the one who sits immediate left of L. The one who study (d) Seven (e) Five
Physics does not faces K who study Botany. The one who study
88. Who lives on the floor numbered 4?
Maths faces the one who study Sanskrit. The one who faces J
(a) S (b) N (c) R
study Biology. C does not study English. The one who study
(d) Q (e) None of these
Botany, sits immediate right of the one who sits opposite of Q.
89. Which of following is true with respect to O as per the
80. Who study English subject ? given arrangement?
(a) A (b) B (c) C (a) O sits on odd numbered floor
(d) D (e) K (b) R sits three floor below the floor on which O sits
81. Who faces K? (c) Only One person lives between O and R
(d) Only two person live above O
(a) J (b) L (c) C
(e) None of these
(d) A (e) D
 [ 61 ]

Directions (90-94) : Study the information and answer the given Directions (95-100): Study the following information carefully
questions and answer the questions given below.
Seven people A, B, C, D, E, F and G live on separate floors of a 7- Ten persons are sitting in two parallel rows, facing each other.
floor building. Ground floor is numbered 1, first floor is numbered Ajay, Raj, Vicky, Depu and Hari are facing south while Chiku,
2 and so on until the topmost floor is numbered 7. Each one of Sinu, Tanu, Sonti and Kiku are facing North. All of them lives in
them have different pet animal viz. Cat, Rat, Frog, Snake, Tortoise, the same building having five floors, ground floor is numbered as
Rabbit and Dog but not necessarily in the same order. 1 and topmost is numbered as 5. There are two people living on
each floor of the building. Tanu faces Vicky. Raj, who is sitting
Only three people live below the floor on which A lives. Only one
to the immediate left of Depu, is facing Kiku, who lives on the
person lives between A and the one who have Rabbit. F lives
floor immediately below Raj. Vicky, who lives on the same floor
immediately below the one who have Rat. The one who have Rat
as Kiku, sits on one of the extreme ends. Hari sits opposite to
lives on an even-numbered floor. Only three people live between
Sinu and both live on the same floor. There is only one floor
the one who have Rabbit and the one who have Frog. E lives
between Chiku and Sinu. Vicky lives below Tanu. Kiku sits to
immediately above C. E does not have Frog. Only two people live
the immediate left of Chiku who faces Ajay. Chiku who lives on
between B and the one who have Tortoise. The one who have
the topmost floor sits on one of the extreme ends. Depu and Chiku
Tortoise lives below the floor on which B lives. The one who have
lives on the same floor. Tanu, who is an immediate neighbour of
Cat does not live immediately above or immediately below B. D
Sinu lives on the same floor as Raj.
does not live immediately above or immediately below A. G does
not have Snake. 95. Who is sitting third to the right of the of one of the persons
who lives on the third floor?
90. Which of the following is true with respect to G as per the
(a) Kiku (b) Chiku (c) Tanu
given information?
(d) Sonti (e) None of these
(a) The one who have Rat lives immediately below G
(b) G lives on the floor no. 7 96. Which two persons live on the fourth floor?
(c) G lives immediately below E (a) Kiku – Hari (b) Sonti – Raj
(d) G lives on the lowermost floor (c) Chiku – Depu (d) Sonti -Ajay
(e) G have Rabbit (e) None of these
91. Who among the following lives on the floor no. 3 97. Who sits between Sonti and Chiku?
(a) The one who have Snake (a) Sinu (b) Kiku (c) Sonti
(b) The one who have Tortoise (d) Vicky (e) Hari
(c) C (d) G (e) E
98. Who among the following does not live on an even
92. Who lives on the floor immediately above E? numbered floor?
(a) A (b) B (c) D (a) Sonti (b) Ajay (c) Tanu
(d) G (e) F (d) Raj (e) None of these
93. D have which of the following pet animal? 99. Who is sitting opposite to the person who sits second to the
(a) Rat (b) Rabbit (c) Frog right of Sonti?
(d) Tortoise (e) Snake (a) Raj (b) Ajay (c) Vicky
(d) Depu (e) Hari
94. How many people live between the floors on which D and
the one who have Rat? 100. Which of the two person live on the lowermost floor?
(a) None (b) Two (c) One (a) Ajay and Depu (b) Hari and Raj
(d) More than three (e) Three (c) Tanu and Sonti (d) Kiku and Vicky
(e) None of these

NOTES :
[ 194 ]

46.(c) In second last step numbers are 18 + 21 = 39

72  84 156 DL 3 RO 9 HP 7
rd
47.(b) In step 3 the numbers are = = = 78
2 2 XV 8 J4
Step – II :
48.(a) The sum of step 1st is 46 + 67 + 32 = 145
The sum of step 2nd is 72 + 84 = 156 WU ZW 2 C6
 The difference between step 1st and 2nd is
156 – 145 = 11

Sol. (49 - 50) : DL 3 QN 9 HP 5

Step – III : XV 6 J4
X3 AD 9 WU 7
WU ZW 2 C6
Q8 CE 4

HP RO 2 ZG 6
49.(b) According to the given condition of step second if the
number with the alphabet is even then the alphabet is
ZG 3 RO 9 MP 7 replaced by their reverse alphabet according to the
English alphabet series.
CE 8 Q4 So CE8 is replaced by XV8.
Step – I :
50.(e) J4 comes in third column of the second row in last
WU AD 2 X6
step.

9 SEATING ARRANGEMENT
Sol. (1 - 3) : 4.(a) From the above circular arrangement, it is clear that,
‘Ram’ is sitting next to the right by kiran.
Note : If direction in which they are facing is not given
in question then always take north direction as a 5.(e) Clearly, ‘Kiran’ is sitting immediate or next to the left
standard direction. of Ram.
6.(d) Clearly, from the above arrangement, ‘Maya’ is sitting
North next to left of Manoj.
7.(d) “Pradeep” is sitting third to the right of Ram.
E I D C A F H G B 8.(c) “Maya” is sitting second to the right of Pradeep.
(Left end) (Right end)
9.(a) From the given sitting arrangement it is clear that,
1.(c) A is sitting in the middle of the row. Kanha, Ram and Kabir will satisfy the condition,
given in question.
2.(d) E is at the other end of the row
Sol. (10 - 14) : Tom
3.(b) There is one person between C and F. Rayn Oliver

Sol. (4 - 9) :

Pradeep Paul Kane

Yash Kabir

Maya Kanha
Chris Tony
Manoj Ram Kevin
Kiran
10.(e) 11.(d) 12.(d) 13.(e) 14.(a)
 [ 195 ]

Sol. (15 - 19) : (Cibaca) Sol. (30 - 34) :

Ramesh (Neem)
(Glister)
Rajni Raju

(Meswak)
Eravat Amit Bhavesh Chetan Faisal Dhanush
(Pepsodent)
Rakhi Ram South Row 2

(Dabur) (Closeup)
Rakesh (Colgate) Rajesh North Row 1
Rahul Quadir Rudra Siraj Pritam Tejas Ujwal

15.(a) ‘Rakhi’ is sitting third to the right of Raju. 30.(d) Eravat and Dhanush sit at the extreme end of the line.
16.(b) Clearly, ‘Rakesh’ is sitting third to the right of Ramesh.
31.(e) Three persons are sit between Rudra and Ujwal.
17.(d) ‘Ramesh’ is sitting third to the left of Rakesh.
32.(a) Quadir sit diagonally opposite to Dhanush.
18.(b) ‘Rakhi’ is sitting infront of Ram.
33.(d) Faisal and Tejas are setting opposite to each other in
19.(e) When Rajesh and Rajni interchanged their positions
same way chetan and pritam are sitting opposite to
arrangement will be :
each other but there is no one opposite to Eravat. So
Ramesh Eravat is different from group.
Rajesh
Raju
34.(c) Rudra faces Amit.

Rakhi Ram Sol. (35 – 39) :

Rakesh P Q N M O
Rajni
Rahul
Row 2
So, after interchanging ‘Rajni’ is sitting immediate right Pink Blue White Red Grey
of Rahul.

Sol. (20 - 24) : Silver Green Magenta Yellow Black

       Row 1
Jojo Nitin Montu Ishan Hemant Lokesh Gopi Kittu F E C D G

20.(e) Gopi is fifth to the left of Nitin.

21.(b) Hemant and Gopi are immediate neighbour of Lokesh. 35.(d) 36.(c) 37.(c) 38.(d) 39.(c)
22.(d) Kittu and Jojo are standing at the extreme ends.
23.(a) Three persons are standing between Hemant and Jojo. Sol. (40 - 44) :

24.(e) After rearrangement the position of Lokesh remain th

4 July
th
7 July
th
16 July
th
22 July
th
29 July h
15 July
h
13 July
unchanged.

David Faizan Amogh Ehan Bala Gabbar Chetak

Sol. (25 - 29) :
40.(b) Chetak sits immediate right of Gabbar.

D G J A E K B L F H C I 41.(d) David’s birthday is on 4th July.

(Pizza) (Burger) (Pizza) (Pizza) (Burger) (Pizza) (Burger) (Pizza) (Burger) (Burger) (Pizza) (Burger)

42.(e) Chetak sits on the extreme right and of the row.

25.(b) 26.(d) 27.(d) 28.(b) 29.(a)
43.(c) Gabbar sits 3rd to the right of Amogh.
[ 196 ]

44.(a) David sits immediate left top Faizan. 53.(d) In the above figure L’s daughter is Q and R’s son is K.
Therefore Q’s father who is P sits between Q & K.
Sol. (45 - 49) : 54.(c) L’s brother is S. So there are three persons sit between
L and S.
Abhi (1980)
Sol. (55 - 59) :
Vini (2010) Monty (1958) Donald

Pumbaa Goofy

Jojo (1991) Sunny (1997) Timon Micky

Oswal Bluto
Pinku (1975)
Ricky (1988) Jerry

Vicky (1951) 55. (c) Donald sits opposite to Jerry.

56. (d) Bluto sits immediate left of Jerry.
45.(e) 46.(c) 47.(d) 48.(a) 49.(b) 57. (b) There are two person sit between Jerry and Goofy.
58. (c) Goofy sits opposite to Oswal.
Sol. (50 - 54) : (+)
K 59. (b) Donald sits third to the right of Bluto.
(+)
R P
(+)

Sol. (60 - 64) :

Ojas

Palakesh Manan
(–)
S(–) Q

Lokesh Sumit

M
(–)
L (–)
Naman Rudra
(+)
J
Bhuvan

Family Tree Diagram

(+) Male
60.(e) Sumit sits fourth to the right of Lokesh.
(–) female
61.(b) Bhuvan sits third to the left of Palkesh.
62.(a) Naman sits immediate left of Bhuvan.
M(–) J(+)
63.(c) Manan is second to the right of Rudra.
64.(c) Only one person sits between sumit and Ojas when
counting clock wise from sumit.
L(–) P(+) S(–)
R(+)
Sol. (65 - 69) : (Bhopal)
L (Spaghetti)
(–) (+)
Q K (Risotto) P M (Biryani)
(Nasik) Goa

50.(c) R is Son-in-law of J. K Q (Risotto)

(Spaghetti) (Surat)
(Pune)
51.(b) Q is grand-daughter of M and M is third to the left of
Q. R
(Risotto) J (Spaghetti)
(Delhi) (Indore)
N
52.(d) There are four female member in family i.e. L,S,Q & (Biryani)
(Mumbai)
M.
65. (b) 66. (b) 67. (c) 68. (e) 69.(b)
 [ 197 ]

Sol. (70 - 74) : Sol. (85 - 89) :

Floor Persons
Ajit Harsh
8 O
7 P
Faruk Dev 6 R
Chetan 5 M
Golu
4 N
3 S
Viru Balram 2 Q
70. (b) 71. (b) 72. (d) 73. (a) 74. (e) 1 T

Sol. (75 - 79) : 85.(b) Only R lives between M and P.

Jignesh 86.(d) Q lives immediately below S.

Vinod Amit
Appy
Mirinda Frooti 87.(b) P lives on floor number - 7.

88.(c) N lives on floor number - 4.

Golu Dennis
Coke Maza 89.(a) According to arrangement, only one person i.e. P lives
between O and R.

Vikram Sol. (90 - 94) :

Chotu Hamid
Sprite Dew 7up
Floor Person Animals
7 D Snake
75.(a) Amit like Frooti. 6 B Frog
5 G Dog
76.(b) Vinod like Mirinda. 4 A Rat
3 G Tortoise
77.(d) All are sits opposite to each other except Vikram and
2 E Rabbit
Dennis.
1 C Cat
78.(c) Dennis is related to Coke.
90.(a) The one who have Rat lives immediately below G’s
79.(e) nd
Vinod sits 2 to the right of Amit. floor.

Sol. (80 - 84) : L 91.(b) The one who have Tortoise lives on third floor.
Chemistry
92.(e) F leaves immediately above E.

93.(e) D have snake as a pet animal.

K
Physics
94.(b) Their are two people live between the floor on which
C D B J
English Biology Botany
D lives and the one who have Rat.
Economics
Maths
Q Sol. (95 - 100) :

A
Sanskrit

80.(d) 81. (b) 82. (d) 83. (a) 84. (e)

[ 198 ]

Floor Persons 95.(b) Chicku

5 Chiku and Depu 96.(d) Sonti-Ajay
4 Ajay and Sonti 97.(b) Kiku
3 Hari and Sinu 98.(e) None of these
2 Tanu and Raj 99.(b) Ajay
1 Kiku and Vicky 100.(d) Kiku and Vicky

10 PUZZLES
Sol. (1 - 5) : - -
9.(a) R+ - S and U+ - Q

Month Mobile 10.(c) Teacher

January X Sol. (11 - 15) :

February Y
Day Students Subject
March R
Monday Chinmay Economics
April S
Tuesday Bholu Sanskrit
May Q
Tuesday Zakir Botany
June P
Wednesday Aamir English
1.(d) Two mobiles, Q and P were sold after the mobile S Wednesday Veer Hindi
sold.
Thursday Kabir Accounts
2.(e) Only one mobile i.e. X were sold before the mobile Y
sold. Friday Dev Civics

3.(d) The mobile P was sold immediately after month of

May. 11.(a) English subject is studied on wednesday.
4.(c) Subhendra purchased the mobile R which is sold on 12.(c) Accounts subject is studied by Kabir.
March.
13.(b) Botany subject is studied on Tuesday.
5.(d) None
14.(d) Civics subject is studied on Friday.
Sol. (6 - 10) :
15.(d) Bholu and Zakir both are studied on Tuesday.

Profession Relation Sol. (16 - 20) :

P Engineer Unmarried
-
Day Person
Q Doctor Wife of U
R+ Engineer Husband of S Monday Arjun

S- Advocate Wife of R Tuesday Rishi

T Teacher Unmarried Wednesday Chinmay
+ Teacher Husband of Q
U Thursday Bala
- Friday Viraj
6.(e) None (S )
Saturday Gurmit
7.(c) Teacher (U)
Sunday Dhruv
8.(b) Doctor
[ 88 ]

14 CAUSE AND EFFECT

It is a basic property of nature that events do not just happen, Ex. 2 Event A : Mohan succeeded
they happen because there was a cause behind them. These Event B : Mohan worked hard.
causes are the conditions under which these effects happen. Sol. Event A is effect and B is its immediate and principal
In order to solve these types of problems, we have to find – cause, because we take hard work to be sufficient cause
(i) Events are related to each other or not. for success.
(ii) If events are related to each other, then which one is Ex. 3 Event A : Ravi failed
cause and which one is effect. Event B : Ravi did not buy books of xyz institute.
(iii) Cause is principal cause or not. Sol. There is no link between the two statements, they are
uncorrected.
 Immediate Cause : It means a cause that immediately
precedes the effect. Ex. 4 Event A : The private engineering colleges have
increased the tution fees in the current
 Principal Cause : It means a cause that was the most
year by 150% over the last year’s fees
important reason behind the effect.
to meet the expenses.
SOLVED EXAMPLES Event B : The government engineering colleges
have not increase their fees in spite of
Ex. 1 Event A : Rama died while on way to the hospital. prize escalation.
Event B : A bus dashed into the scooty Rama was Sol. The increase in the fees of the private colleges and there
driving. being no increase in the same in government colleges
Sol. So, Event A is the effect and B is its immediate and seem to be policy matters undertaken by the individual
principal cause, Rama died because of the accident. decisive boards at the two levels.

EXERCISE

Directions (1-5) : Below in each of the questions are given two 2. Statements :
statements I and II. These statements may be either independent I. The State Government has excluded students to apply
causes or may be effects of independent causes or a common cause.
for the seats in the medical colleges, from other States.
One of these statements may be the effect of the other statements.
Read both the statements and decide which of the following II. The Government has decided to hold a single entrance
answer choice correctly depicts the relationship between these test for admission to all the medical colleges in India.
two statements.
3. Statements :
Mark answer
I. There has been a huge misfit from the primary schools
(a) If statement I is the cause and statement II is its effect.
in rural areas.
(b) If statement II is the cause and statement I is its effect.
II. Large number of Primary Schools in the rural areas is
(c) If both the statements I and II are independent causes. run by only one teacher.
(d) If both the statements I and II are effects of independent
causes. 4. Statements :

(e) If both the statements I and II are effects of some common I. Few people visited the temple during the week days.
cause. II. Many people visited the temple during the week-end.

1. Statements : 5. Statements:
I. There is an increasing awareness about health in the
I. Many parents have detached their children from the
society.
local schools.
II. Importance of Yoga and exercise is being realized by
II. All the schools in the area had to be kept closed.
all sections of the society.
 [ 89 ]

Directions (6 - 35) : Given below are pairs of event ‘A’ and ‘B’. Event B : The university administration made all the
You have to read both the events ‘A’ and ‘B’ and decide their arrangements for smooth conduct of
nature of relationship. You have to assume that the information examination with the help of outsiders.
given in ‘A’ and ‘B’ is true and you will not assume anything
beyond the given information in deciding the answer. 13. Event A : In the university examination, overall
Mark answer - performance of students from college ‘A’ was
better than that of students from college ‘B’.
(a) If ‘A’ is the effect and ‘B’ is its immediate and principal
cause. Event B : Majority of the students depend upon tutions
(b) If ‘A’ is the immediate and principal cause and ‘B’ is its for university examinations.
effect. 14. Event A : The Government of state ‘A’ decided to ban
(c) If ‘A’ is an effect but ‘B’ is not its immediate and principal working of women in night shifts and also in
cause. late evening hours.
(d) If ‘B’ is an effect but ‘A’ is not its immediate and principal Event B : The percentage of working women has a
cause. significant rise in the last one decade.
(e) None of these.
15. Event A : Frequent loots in jewellery shops were
6. Event A : The prices of petrol dropped marginally last recorded in distant small towns of the city.
week. Event B : Shop owners in the small towns demanded
Event B : The State Govt. reduced the tax on petrol last improvement in security situation from the
week.
police authorities.
7. Event A : Majority of the people in the locality belong
16. Event A : The second World War stopped after the US
to higher income group.
dropped two atomic bombs in Japan.
Event B : The sales in the local supermarket are
comparatively much higher than in other Event B : Hitler never surrendered during or after the
localities. War.

8. Event A : A major fire destroyed part of the oil refinery 17. Event A : The Government has announced that it will
owned by a private company. take measures to remove subsidies on diesel
Event B : Govt. has decided to increase the supply to in a phase manner.
retailers from the public sector refineries. Event B : Subsidies on diesel results in a extra burden
on the government treasures.
9. Event A : The Govt. management college has decided
to increase the number of seats in 18. Event A : Sunanda Pushkar is said to have had illicit
undergraduate course from the next academic relations with the MOS for external affairs.
session.
Event B : A lot of journalists are reporting interviews
Event B : The Govt. has decided to withdraw its grant
of Sunanda Pushkar and giving her media
from all the Govt. management colleges from
attention.
the next academic session.
19. Event A : ABC Co. has benefited immensely by the
10. Event A : Every year a large number of people spend
their vacation in various historical places Finance ministry’s decision to free naphtha
within the country. from import duty.
Event B : Every year large number of people spend their Event B : The turnover of ABC Co. has almost doubled
vacation in various historical places outside in the last financial year.
the country.
20. Event A : Japan is very prone to earthquakes.
11. Event A : Party ‘A’ won clear majority in the recently Event B : According to seismologists, there is a lot of
held state assembly election. tectonic activity going on the belt below
Event B : Of late, there was unrest in public and also Japan.
among the members of the power party in of
the state. 21. Event A : The US crushed Iraq in the gulf war.
Event B : The US had almost total Global support in
12. Event A : Professors of the university decided to go on
the gulf war.
strike in protest during the examinations
[ 90 ]

22. Event A : India won the world cup cricket in 1983 35. Event A : There is hardly any visible activity in the city
despite being the underdogs. and the shops are closed.
Event B : Kapil Dev played very well in the 1983 world Event B : Curfew has been declared in the city.
cup.

23. Event A : Dhirendra Singh has been expelled from the Directions (36 - 50) : In each of the following questions, two
Election party. statements numbered I and II are given. There may be cause and
Event B : Dhirendra Singh was the founder member of effect relationship between the two statements. These two
Election party. statements may be the effect of the same cause or independent
causes. These statements may be independent causes without
24. Event A : Sushil Kumar has been awarded the Arjuna
having any relationship. Read both the statements in each
Award for excellence in Sports.
questions and mark your answer as
Event B : Sushil Kumar is a very dedicated wrestler.
(a) If statement I is the cause and statement II is its effect.
25. Event A : Ramlal succeeded. (b) If statement II is the cause and statement I is its effect.
Event B : Ramlal worked hard. (c) If both the statements I and II are independent causes.
26. Event A : Rahul failed. (d) If both the statements I and II are effects of independent
Event B : Rahul did not buy books of XYZ Publishing cause.
House. (e) If both the statements I and II are effects of some common
cause.
27. Event A : Dharmendra Singh has been expelled from
Party. 36. I. The government has recently fixed the fees for
Event B : Dharmendra Singh was planning to form a professional courses offered by the unaided institutions
new party, it was heard some time back. which are much lower than the fees charged last year.

28. Event A : The crowd pelted stones at the policeman. II. The parents of the aspiring students launched a severe
Event B : The policemen resorted to lathi-charge. agitation last year protesting against the high fees
charged by the unaided institutions.
29. Event A : There has been a communal riot in the city
following rumours that an important Muslim 37. I. The literacy rate in the district has been increasing for
leader has been assassinated. the last four years.
Event B : The collector has declared curfew in the city.
II. The district administration has conducted extensive
30. Event A : Annual production of diamonds (for which training program for the workers involved in the literacy
this city is famous) is going to drop. drive.
Event B : Curfew has been declared in the city.
38. I. The employees of the biggest bank in the country have
31. Event A : People in Uttaranchal take bath early in the given an indefinite strike call starting from third of the
morning even very cold. next month.
Event B : In Uttaranchal cleanliness is valued more
II. The employees of the central government have
than in the rest of the India.
withdrawn their week long demonstrations.
32. Event A : The doctor has advised Rani to take
Vitamin C tablets. 39. I. The farmers have decided against selling their kharif
Event B : Rani complained of cough and cold. crops to the Government agencies.
II. The Government has reduced the procurement price of
33. Event A : Pakistan’s proposal for a third party Kharif crops starting from last month to the next six
mediation in Kashmir has been rejected by months.
India.
Event B : India considers Kashmir to be a purely 40. I. The government has decided to make all the information
related to primary education available to the general
bilateral issue.
public.
34. Event A : Ram Verma has been expelled from Party. II. In the past, the general public did not have access to all
Event B : Verma has formed a new Party. these information related to primary education.
 [ 91 ]

41. I. The life today is too fast, demanding and full of variety 46. I. To fulfill the increasing demand of the public, cable
in all aspects which at times leads to stressful situations. operators have started broadcasting cricket matches.
II. Number of suicide cases among teenagers is on increase. II. An increasing number of people crowd around waiting
to watch these matches in the stadium.
42. I. There has been a high increase in the incidents of
atrocities against women in the city during the past few 47. I. Terrorist operations have ruined the Peace of mind of
months.
the public.
II. The police authority has been unable to nab the culprits
II. Our country’s venture into exploration of heavy water
who are committing crime against women.
has come as a conciliation to its people.
43. I. The Government has imported large quantities of sugar
as per trade agreement with other countries. 48. I. Liberalization policy has attracted many MNCs to our
country.
II. The prices of sugar in the domestic market have fallen
sharply in the recent months. II. Indian manufactures face intense competition from
MNCs.
44. I. Majority of the students in the college expressed their
opinion against the college authority’s decision to break 49. I. Procuring animal feed is getting to be a difficult task
away from the university and become autonomous. very expensive in Maharashtra.
II. The university authorities have expressed their inability II. There has been inadequate rainfall for the last three year
to provide grants to its constituent colleges. in Maharashtra.

45. I. The Reserve Bank of India has recently put restrictions 50. I. The prices of gold have already witnessed a
on few small banks in the country. disproportionate increase worldwide.
II. The small banks in the private and co-operative sector II. Crowds of people throng jewellery shops in Mumbai in
in India are not in a position to withstand the order to buy gold on the occasion of Diwali.
competitions of the bigger in the public sector.

NOTES :
 [ 211 ]

38.(d) According to the passage, only three U.S. states promote 46.(c) The correct answer is option (c), i.e. The court was
race matching in adoption, while 40 others favour the hearing a habeas corpus petition filed by the corporal’s
practice. This contradicts the fact given in the question. father, claiming his son was being illegally confined at
the Army Base Hospital.
39.(a) According to the passage, among the adoptable children,
40% are white and 48% are black. Thus, the remaining, 47.(d) The correct answer is option (d), i.e. In India, Netflix
i.e. 12% are neither black or white. competes with a host of OTT players, including Amazon
Prime Video and Star TV-run Hotstar that charge lower
40.(c) It is mentioned that 70% of the families willing to subscription fees.
adopt a child are white, but the percentage of white
families willing to adopt a black child, is not given in 48.(b) From the given statement it is clear that Politician’s
the passage. are less concerned about common people and more
about themselves because according to statement 20,000
41.(a) It is the real concern of the passage.
VIPs have on an average three cops to protect each of
42.(b) According to the passage, since August 1998, them while there is huge shortage of Police Personnel
government control on sugar mills is getting diluted. for ordinary citizen.
But we do not know how much the government control
49.(c) Though government may not have increased the
has been diluted.
government jobs, there has been increase in the new
43.(c) There is no such information regarding the position of business set up by young entrepreneurs in the country.
the Indian sugar industry (prior to August 1998) in the So, option (c) is a valid answer
world ranking of large nations. 50.(b) Both II and III can be inferred from the given statement
44.(c) No such information is provided for bankrupt sugar as it is clear that the turnover is below 32.5 million
mills, in India. currently and 35% of 1.5 lakh i.e. 52500 newly hired
employee in new unit the turnover will reach to 32.5
45.(b) It may be probably true according to passage. million.

14 CAUSE AND EFFECT

1.(a) As the awareness about health in the society is 9.(a) Withdrawal of grant will increase the financial burden
increasing, the importance of Yoga and exercise is of the government management college, whereas the
being realized by all sections of the society. increase in the number of seats will increase the
revenue of the government management college. Hence
2.(e) Both the statements are effects of some common cause.
‘B’ is the cause and ‘A’ is its effect.
3.(b) Since large numbers of primary schools in the rural
areas are run by only one teacher so there has been a 10.(e) None of these because both events A and B are
huge misfit from the Primary Schools in rural areas. independent causes.

4.(e) Both the statements I and II are the effects of some 11.(e) It can be safely assumed that Party A was earlier in the
common cause. opposition and has benefited from anti-incumbency.
Both the events are consequences of a common cause
5.(e) Both the statements I and II are the effects of some – bad governance by the ruling party.
common cause.
12.(b) Since the Professors have gone on strike, the help of
6.(a) Reduction in taxes affects the prices of the product.
outsiders has been sought.
Hence ‘B’ is the cause and ‘A’ is its effect.
13.(b) This seems to have happened as A is a better college.
7.(b) Paying capacity of a customer plays an important role
Event B seems to be the result of the falling standard
in shopping. Hence ‘A’ is the cause and ‘B’ is its
of teaching in college.
effect.
8.(b) Destruction of an oil refinery can create problem in 14.(b) It might have happened because harassment of women
ensuring smooth availability of oils. Hence ‘A’ is the is on the rise. While (B) seems to be the result of a
cause and ‘B’ is its effect. change in gender role perception.
[ 212 ]

15.(b) The loots have led to a demand of improvement in 30.(c) The chain of events goes like this : curfew – closure of
security situation. shops and factories drop in monthly production – drop
in annual production. Obviously, curfew is a cause for
16.(e) The two statements have no correlation with each
the drop in annual production but it is not an immediate
other.
cause.
17.(a) Loss of revenue must be the main cause behind 31.(c) If cleanliness were more valued in North Bihar, still
Government’s decision to stop subsidies. people would have cleaned themselves by an afternoon
18.(b) Obviously the media attention is (principally) caused bath. Early, morning bath must be more of a tradition.
by her alleged affair with MOS for External Affairs. Yet B must be a cause of A, else people would not
Had she had relations with a common man, she have bothered to take early morning baths. But B is not
wouldn’t have got so much attention. the principal cause : principal cause is societal tradition.

19.(b) The doubling of turnover is caused by a favourable 32.(a) The doctor must have given his advice because of
policy. Rani’s complaint.

20.(a) Tectonic activities underneath are the immediate and 33.(a) B is the cause of A. If you are conversant with current
principal cause for the area being prone to earthquake. affairs, you know the answers.

21.(c) Crushing of Iraq is an effect. One of the several causes 34.(b) Since he was expelled, he formed a new party.
could be the Global support US got in the war. But this 35.(a) Activities have gone down because of the curfew.
does not give a sufficient condition for victory : it is
not the principal cause. [The principal cause could be 36.(b) The parents’ protest against high fees being charged by
the US’ technological supremacy and advanced the institutions led the government to interfere and fix
weaponry.] the fees at a more affordable level.

22.(c) India’s victory is an effect but merely one persons’ 37.(b) Clearly, the increase in the literacy rate may be attributed
good performance does not give sufficient condition directly to the stringent efforts of the district
for victory. So B does not constitute the principal administration in this direction.
cause. That all persons played very well may be taken 38.(d) The employees of a bank going on strike and the
as a sufficient condition and hence as the principal government employees calling off their protest seem to
cause but not the performance of merely one players. be two independent events that might have been
23.(e) The two events have no causative link with each other. triggered by individual causes.

24.(c) The award is an effect. The cause of this effect is his 39.(b) The reduction in procurement price of crops must have
success in various races. The cause of his success is instigated the farmers not to sell their produce to
his talent and his dedication. Therefore, his dedication Government agencies.
is a cause of the award but it is not the immediate 40.(b) The government must have seen the unawareness of
cause. the people as a strong factor in the primary education
25.(a) Normally, we take hard work to be a sufficient cause programme being not successful. The step indicated in
for success. I must, thus, have been sought for as a remade for the
same.
26.(e) There is no link between the two statements. Unless
we assure that books of XYZ Publication are necessary 41.(a) Stress in everyday life is a major cause of frustration
for success ; the two statements are uncorrelated. And among the youth and is bound to lead them to take
there is nothing for us to make these assumptions. harsh steps as suicide.

27.(a) Since he was planning to form a new party, he got 42.(c) An increase in the cases of atrocities on women and
expelled. the police being unable to nab the culprits involved in
28.(b) Lathi-charge was a result of the pelting of stones. the same are independent happenings in themselves.

29.(b) Curfew has been imposed because of the rumors 43.(a) The increase in supply always triggers a reduction in
the prices.
 [ 213 ]

44.(b) Clearly, the university’s decision to refuse grant to the 47.(d) Both the statement I and II are effects of some
colleges must have triggered the college authority to independent causes.
become autonomous.
48.(a) Our country is having many attractive libralization
45.(b) The inability of the small banks to compete with the policies, many MNCs are attracted towards our country
bigger ones shall not ensure security and good service and that’s why Indian manufacturers face intense
to the customers, which is an essential concomitant compitition.
that has to be looked into by the Reserve Bank. It
seems to be a remedial step for the same. 49.(b) Due to rain it is very difficult to procure animal feeds.

46.(c) Both statements are independent cause. 50.(d) Both the statements are independent from each other
and we can’t relate them. So statements I and II are
effects of some independent causes.

15 STATEMENT AND ASSUMPTIONS

1.(a) It is logical to say that at the age of 4, the child reaches allowance to all unemployed youths. However,
appropriate level of development and ready to learn. Hence, assumption II, that Government has sufficient funds,
assumption I is very much implicit in the statement. does not give valid reasoning. Hence, only assumption
Assumption II is not implicit as it is not relevant. I is implicit.

2.(d) None is implicit. Assumption I is a more twisted form 9.(d) None of the assumptions is implicit as each assumption
of the given statement. Smoking is injurious. It means lacks proper reasoning.
that non-smoking is not injurious. And that’s it. It
10.(e) It is directed in the statement that consultation is
doesn’t mean that non-smoking promotes health.
necessary before making any decision on the export.
II obviously is just the opposite of what is true. Public
warnings are given only when they are assumed to be Therefore, assumed that person directed may take a
necessary. wrong decision. Secondly, it is assumed in the light of
the statement that it is important to take a right
3.(d) None of the assumptions is implicit as nothing can be decision.
said definitely.
11.(a) Leaning out of a running bus must be dangerous,
4.(e) Since the statement speaks of the essentiality and
otherwise the warning would not have been there.
requirement of rain for farmers, hence both the
Hence I is implicit. But II is not implicit. If the
assumptions are implicit in the statement
authorities would have assumed that children do not
5.(b) Since X advises Y to join institute A to study Maths, pay any attention to such warning, they would not
hence it is assumed that institute A provides good have put it up there.
coaching for Maths. Secondly, it is also assumed that
Y listens to X’s advice. 12.(e) Specific instruction has been given in writing to prevent
chance of claim of reimbursement for traveling
6.(a) When mother gives warning to the child she must be
expenses. Moreover, it is also assumed that instruction
assuming that her warning would be successful. II is
has been given because expenses are paid by other
not relevant to the statement made by the mother
organization. Hence, both the assumptions are implicit
7.(b) The statement says that a car is available on rent. It in the statement.
does not say that any vehicle is available. So the
13.(b) It is mentioned in the invitation that you are requested
statement cannot be said to have assumed that any
to take your seats before 4 pm. It means that functions
vehicle is available for rent. But II is obviously implicit;
will start as scheduled. Hence, assumption II is implict.
whenever an advertisement is made it is assumed that
people will respond to it. 14.(e) It is clear that penalty will be imposed for improper
use, hence it is clear that some people misuse the
8.(a) Assumption I, that Indian unemployed youths need
chain. Hence assumptions I and II, both are implicit.
monetary support, is the solid bade for providing
[ 106 ]

17 STATEMENT AND ARGUMENTS

In such types of problems, question consist of a statement. The Answer : None is strong. It is not true that we
statement is usually in the form of a suggested course of action. are a rich nation. Similarly, the
Followed by two arguments one argument advocates the reasons mentioned in the second are
suggested course of action by pointing out the positive features not sufficient to put a stop on money
& other argument against the suggested course of action by spending.
pointing out the negative features. Our job is to determine
whether a given argument is forceful or not. Ex.3 Statement : Should new big industries be started
in Delhi ?
Argument is two types : (1) Strong argument (2) Weak Argument
Arguments : I. Yes, it will create new job
When argument is weak opportunities
(1) In case of example & analogies argument is weak. II. No, it will further add to the
(2) In case of reverse question argument is weak. pollution of the city.
(3) In case of negative approach argument is weak. Answer : Both are correct & strong arguments.
(4) In case of superfluous arguments.
Ex.4 Statement : Should workers be allowed to
(5) Some keywords like only, always and no other way, make
participate in the management of
the sentence weak.
factories in India ?
When argument is strong Arguments : I. Yes, it is the present management
(1) In case of established fact. theory.
(2) Logically the result is probable. II. No, many workers are illiterate &
so their contributions will not be
Ex.1 Statement : Should private sector be permitted to of any value.
operate telephone services. Answer : None is strong. First based on example.
Arguments : I. Yes, they are operated in advanced Second says that many workers are
western countries. illiterate what about the remaining one
II. No, it is risking to put them in & who are literate & whose suggestions
private hands. will be of same value ?
Answer : None is strong. First is based on
example while second is superfluous Ex.5 Statement : Should government jobs in rural areas
argument. have more incentives
Arguments : I. Yes, incentive are essential for
Ex.2 Statement : Should so much money spent on attracting government servants
games or sports ? there
Arguments : I. Yes, we are a rich nation & can
II. No, rural areas are already cheaper,
easily spent any amount of money
healthier, & less complex than big
for games.
towns. So why offer extra
II. No, our team are unable to put up incentives.
a good show in international
competitions. Answer : Both are strong. Incentives do cure
people. Second is also an established
fact.

EXERCISE

Directions (1 - 25) : Each question given below is followed by (d) if neither I nor II is strong ; and
two arguments numbered I and II. You have to decide which of (e) if both I and II strong.
the arguments is a ‘strong’ argument and which is a ‘weak’
argument. 1. Statement : Should primary school education be
Give answer : made free in India ?
(a) if only argument I is strong Arguments : I. Yes, this is the only way to improve
the level of literacy.
(b) if only argument II is strong
II. No, it will add to the already heavy
(c) if either I or II is strong burden on the exchequer.
 [ 107 ]

2. Statement : Should more universities be established Arguments : I. Yes, it is a sort of brain wash to
in India ? make the smokers realize they are
Arguments : I. No, we have not yet achieved the inhaling toxic stuff.
target of literacy. II. No, it hampers the enjoyment of
II. No, we have to face the problems smoking
of highly educated but unemployed 9. Statement : Should poaching be banned completely?
youths.
Arguments : I. Yes, it has been proved to be a
3. Statement : Should all the state owned educational definite environmental hazard.
institutions be given to private sector? II. No, what will poachers do ?
Arguments : I. Yes, there will be upgradation of 10. Statement : Does synonym mean exactly the same ?
educational standard in these
institutions Arguments : I. Yes, a rich language has many
words for one word.
II. Yes, the educational standard of
these institutions will decrease. II. No, each so called synonym is
4. Statement : Should the tuition fees in all post different from the other word and if
graduate courses be increased used in its place, it changes the
considerably ? meaning slightly.
Arguments : I. Yes, this will bring in some sense
11. Statement : Should the age for marriage for boys be
of seriousness among the students
and will improve the quality. increased to 25 years ?

II. No, this will force the meritorious Arguments : I. No, it is arbitrary
poor students to stay away from
post-graduate courses II. Yes, it may solve the population
problem
5. Statement : Should India allow the international
companies to explore the resources 12. Statement : Should there be reservation of seats and
available under sea in its vast economy posts on the basis of religion?
zone ?
Arguments : I. Yes, India do not have enough Arguments : I. Yes, it will check most of the inter
technical and financial resources to religion basis.
conduct such explorations.
II. No, ours is a secular state.
II. No, this will be threat to the
sovereign status of the country 13. Statement : Should there be a ban on commodity
advertising ?
6. Statement : Should corporate be allowed to operate
passenger train services in India ? Arguments : I. No, it is an age of advertising.
Arguments : I. Yes, this will improve the quality Unless your advertisement is better
of service in Indian Railways as it than your other competitors, the
will have to face severe product will not be sold.
competition
II. No, the private companies may not II. Yes, the money spent on advertising
agree to operate in the non profitable is very huge and it inflates the cost
sectors. of the product.

7. Statement : Will the newly elected MP’s fulfill their 14. Statement : Should be abolished the Public
promises? Distribution System in India ?
Arguments : I. Yes, otherwise their very existence
Arguments : I. Yes, protectivism is over everyone
will be at risk.
must get the bread on his/her own.
II. No, elected members never seem to
remember their promise and II. Yes, the poor do not get any benefit
commitments. because of corruption.
8. Statement : Should words like “smoking is injurious
15. Statement : Should there be a complete ban on strike
to health” necessarily appear on cigarette
packs ? by public servants in India ?
[ 108 ]

Arguments : I. Yes, this is the only way to teach 23. Statement : Should those who demand dowry,
discipline to the employees ? despite the law prohibiting it, be
punished ?
II. No, this deprives the citizens of their Arguments : I. Yes, those who disobey the law
democratic rights. must be punished
16. Statement : Should internal assessment in college be II. No, dowry system is firmly rooted
removed? in the society since time
immemorial.
Arguments : I. Yes, this will help in reducing the
possibility of bias. 24. Statement : Are small families better than joint
II. No, teaching faculty will lose families ?
control over students. Arguments : I. No, joint families ensure security
and also reduce the burden of work.
17. Statement : Should there be only one central
II. Yes, small families ensure greater
university throughout India ?
freedom.
Arguments : I. Yes, This is the only way to bring
about uniformity in educational 25. Statement : Should taxes on Air conditioner be
standards increased further ?
II. No, This is administratively Arguments : I. Yes, air conditioner is a luxury item
impossible. and only rich people buy it.
II. No, A.C. are bought by the poor too.
18. Statement : Should computers be used in all sectors
in India ? Directions (26 - 40) : Each question given below is followed by
Arguments : I. Yes, It will bring efficiency and two arguments numbered I and II. You have to decide which of
accuracy in the work the arguments is a ‘strong’ argument and which is a ‘weak’
II. No, It will be an injustice to the argument.
monumental human resources Give answer :
which are at present underutilized (a) if only argument I is strong ;
19. Statement : Should our nation not fully utilize go in (b) if only argument II is strong ;
for computerization in industry? (c) if both I and II strong ;
Arguments : I. No, computerization requires a lot (d) if neither I nor II is strong .
of money. We should not waste (e) if either I or II is strong
money on it
26. Statement : Should girls learn arts of self defence?
II. Yes, when advanced countries are
introducing computers in various Arguments : I. Yes, it will enable them to defend
areas, how can we afford to lag themselves from hooligans and
behind ? ruffians.
II. No, they will lose their feminine
20. Statement : Should we take care of the ozone layer ? elegance.
Arguments : I. Yes, it protects us from the harmful
ultraviolet rays 27. Statement : Should all the practicing doctors be
brought under government control so
II. There is no harm from it
that they get salary from the government
21. Statement Should shifting agriculture be practiced? and treat patients free of cost ?
Arguments : I. No, it is a wasteful practice Arguments : I. No, how can any country do such
II. Yes, modern methods of agriculture an unconstitutional act ?
are too costly. II. Yes, despite many problems, it will
22. Statement : Should so much money be spent on certainly help minimize, if not
games and sports infrastructure ? remove, unethical medical
Arguments : I. Yes, we are a rich nation and can practices.
easily spend any amount of money 28. Statement : Should there be more than one High
for games and sports infrastructure. Court in each state in India ?
II. No, our teams are unable to put up
Arguments : I. No, this will be a complete wastage
a good performance in international
events. of tax payers’ money.
 [ 109 ]

II. Yes, this will help reduce the II. No, then, only the developed
backlog of cases pending for a very countries will dominate in the
long time. government.

29. Statement : Should junk food be totally banned in 36. Statement : Is the Government justified in spending
so much on defense ?
our country ?
Arguments : I. Yes, safety of the country is of
Arguments : I. Yes, it is expensive and therefore it
utmost importance.
is beyond the means of most people
II. No, during peace, this money could
in our country
be used for the development of the
II. No. nothing should be banned in a country.
democratic country.
37. Statement : Should all the annual examinations upto
30. Statement : Should there be a ban on product Std. IV be eliminated ?
promotions ? Arguments : I. Yes, the young students should not
Arguments : I. No, it is an age of advertising. be burdened with such examin-
Unless your promotion is better ations which hampers their natural
growth.
than your other competitors, the
product will not be sold. II. No, the students will not study
seriously as they will get automatic
II. Yes, the money spent on promotions promotion to the next class and this
is very huge and it inflates the cost will affect them in future.
of the product.
38. Statement : Should all news be scanned by
31. Statement : Should Income tax be abolished in India? Government in a democracy ?
Arguments : I. Yes, it is an unnecessary burden on Arguments : I. Yes, variety of news only confuses
the wage earners. people.
II. No, it is a good source of revenue. II. No, scanned news loses credibility.

32. Statement : Does India need so many plans for 39. Statement : Should there be students’ union in
college/university ?
growth ?
Arguments : I. No, this will create a political
Arguments : I. Yes, nothing can be achieved
atmosphere in the college premises.
without proper planning.
II. Yes, it is very necessary. Students
II. No, too much time, money and are future political leaders.
energy is wasted on planning.
40. Statement : Should the government open more
33. Statement : Should Indian engineers working abroad agriculture college in the country?
be called back to India ? Arguments : I. No, because the Government should
Arguments : I. Yes, they must serve the motherland ensure quality education in the
first and forget about honours and existing agriculture colleges as
facilities and all. majority of the colleges lack
necessary infrastructure.
II. No, we have enough talent , let them
II. Yes, this will help to produce a
stay where they want.
greater no. of qualified agriculture
34. Statement : Should the vehicles older than 18 years scientists.
be rejected in metros in India ? Directions (41-45) : Each Question below is followed by three
Arguments : I. Yes, this is significant step to lower arguments numbered (A), (B) and (C). You have to decide which
down the pollution level in
metros. of the argument is a 'strong' argument and which is a 'weak'
II. No. It will be very difficult for argument.
vehicle owners to shift to other parts
41. Statement : Should there be a cap on drawing ground water
in country because they will not get
suitable job for their very existence. for irrigation purposes in India ?

35. Statement : Should there be a world government ? Arguments :

Arguments : I. Yes, it will help in eliminating (A) No, irrigation is of prime importance for food
tensions among the nations. production in India and it is heavily dependent on
groundwater in many parts of the country.
[ 110 ]

(B) Yes, water labels have gone down to alarmingly low (a) None of strong.
levels in some parts of the country where irrigation is (b) Only (A) is strong
primarily dependent on groundwater, which may lead (c) Only (C) is strong
to serious environmental consequence.
(d) Only (B) and (C) are strong
(C) Yes, India just cannot afford to draw groundwater any
(e) None of these
further as the international agencies have cautioned
India against it. 45. Statement : Should all the deemed universities be
(a) Only (A) and (B) are strong derecognised and attached to any of the Central or State
(b) Only (B) and (C) are strong universities in India ?
Arguments :
(c) Only (A) and (C) are strong
(A) Yes, many of these deemed universities do not conform
(d) All (A), (B) and (C) are strong
to the required standards of a full-fledged university
(e) None of these and hence the level of education is compromised with.
42. Statement : Should there be a complete ban on setting up (B) No, these deemed universities have been able to
thermal power plants in India ? introduce innovative courses suitable to the
requirement of various industries as they are free from
Arguments :
strict Govt controls.
(A) Yes, this is the only way to arrest further addition to (C) Yes, many such universities are basically money-
environmental pollution. spinning activities and education takes a backseat in
(B) No, there is a huge shortage of electricity in most parts these institutions.
of the country and hence generation of electricity needs (a) Only (A) and (B) are strong
to be augmented.
(b) Only (B) and (C) are strong
(C) No, many developed countries continue to set up
(c) Only (A) and (C) are strong
thermal power plants in their countries.
(d) All (A), (B) and (C) are strong
(a) None is strong
(e) None of these
(b) Only (A) is strong
(c) Only (B) is strong 46. Statements : In a survey conducted among School students,
(d) Only (C) is strong it was found that almost 70% students had limited
(e) Only either (A) or (B) is strong vocabulary. Furthermore, it was found that these students
often made grammatical errors. This could be the reason
43. Statement : Should there be a restriction on the construction why School Teachers suggest students to read more and
of high rise buildings in big cities in India?
more and to develop a habit of writing. Reading and writing
Arguments : are two of the best exercises to improve one’s grammar and
(A) No, big cities in India do not have adequate open land vocabulary.
plots to accommodate the growing population. Which of the following argument could be made from the
(B) Yes, only the builders and developers benefit from the above passage?
construction of high-rise buildings. (A) School students have no interest in learning.
(C) Yes, the Govt should first provide adequate (B) Vocabulary can only be improved in School.
infrastructural facilities to the existing buildings before
(C) School teachers are making efforts to improve the
allowing the construction of new high-rise buildings.
grammar and vocabulary of their students.
(a) Only (B) is strong
(D) Grammar cannot be improved in school.
(b) Only (C) is strong (E) None of these
(c) Only (A) and (C) are strong
(d) Only (A) is strong 47. Statements : In a major boost to the employment guarantee
scheme, the Rural Development Ministry has demanded
(e) None of these
an additional allocation of Rs.10,000 crore besides the
44. Statement : Should road repair work in big cities be carried money allocated in the budget. As the monsoon season is
out only late at night? coming to end, the ministry expects a spike in demand for
Arguments : employment guarantee act work from the coming months.
(A) No, this way the work will never get completed. Which of the following can be a weak argument for the
(B) No, there will be unnecessary use of electricity. money demanded for the employment guarantee act by the
(C) Yes, the commuters will face a lot of problems due to Rural Development Ministry?
repair work during the day. (A) Employment guarantee act workers constitute about
one–third of the rural jobs provided in the country.
 [ 111 ]

(B) There are other jobs available in the market for (a) Railways will lose out the percentage of people
employment guarantee act workers. travelling.
(C) The ministry expects a spike in demand for the (b) Railways will minimize its loss incurred on the senior–
employment guarantee act workers from the upcoming segment section in the country.
months. (c) Senior citizens will not given up the subsidy as one–
(D) Increase in the number of skilled workers will bring third of population is that of senior citizens in the
down the demand for the worker in the long run. country.
(E) Only (b) and (d) (d) Fare of the Indian Railways is quite less compared to
48. Statement : It has been reported in a recent study that in that in other parts of the world.
take of moderate quantity of milk chocolate reduces the risk (e) Railway is the most convenient mode of transport used
of suffering from central nervous system related illnesses. by the Indian citizen
Which of the following would weaken the findings of the 50. Statement : Majority of the students who appeared in the
study reported in the above statement?
final examination of post graduate course in management
(a) People generally prefer to eat chocolate when they are
in the local college have secured first class which is
young
comparatively higher than the performance of students of
(b) Majority of those not diagnosed with diseases related
other management colleges in the state.
to central nervous system have stayed away from eating
Which of the following may indicate that the results of the
chocolates in their lives
final examination of post graduate course in management
(c) Chocolates contain certain elements which strengthen
in the local college are not in line with the general trend?
the functions of the central nervous system
(a) The students of the local college are qualitatively better
(d) Majority of those suffering from central nervous system
than those of other colleges.
related diseases are middle aged
(b) The authorities of the other management colleges in
(e) Many of those who suffer from diabetes also suffer
the state are stricter in their standard of evaluation for
from other major ailments
their students.
49. Statement : Now senior citizens will have the option to (c) The students of other management colleges in the state
avail either the full concession provided to them on rail have performed better than students of the local college
tickets or half of it. The new system will be operationalised in all the previous examinations.
shortly after upgrading the ticketing software. The Railways (d) The local management college recently retrenched
bears 43 per cent of the cost of train fare. many of its regular faculty members.
Which of the following statements, if true, would tend to (e) None of these
STRENGTHEN the argument?

NOTES :
[ 218 ]

17 STATEMENT AND ARGUMENTS

1.(b) Argument I is not strong because word ‘only’ makes customer leads to buy it. So, argument I is valid, But
the argument weak as it is not the real and practical on the contrary advertising of any commodity on various
solution to improve the level of literacy. Argument II is media has become a costly matter and the expenses on
strong as it describe the practical problem which may it add to the price of commodity. So, argument II is
arise out of the decision of making education free in also strong.
India, hence (b) is our answer.
14.(d) The PDS is indeed necessary to provide basic amenties
2.(d) Both the arguments are not related to be statement. to the proper sections of society. So, argument I is not
clear. Also, if the objectives and purposes of any
3.(a) Private sector is supposed to be more disciplined and
system are not fulfilled because of corruption then
efficient than Govt. sector, hence argument I is strong.
getting rid of the system is not a proper solution,
4.(b) Argument I is irrelevant. Argument II is strong because efforts should be made to end corruption and we
poor and deserving students will be affected by such should extend its benefit to the needful people. So,
increase in the fee. argument II is also not valid.

5.(a) Only argument I is strong because Indian has the 15.(b) Clearly, strike is not a means of indiscipline but only
plenty resources but does not have technical skill for a practice and tool in which the peoples of any particular
exploration. So, India should go for foreign help. country exercise their fundamental rights. So, argument
Secondly, India’s sovereign status does not get affected I is not clear and argument II is valid.
at all by doing so. 16.(a) Removing the internal assessment would surely reduce
6.(a) Argument I is strong as entry of corporate sector will favouritism on personal grounds because the teachers
certainly improve the services of existing Govt. sector of that college would not be involved in examination
because of the healthy competition. Argument II is system so that they cannot extend personal benefit to
weak because we are here concerned with inviting anyone whom they like. So, argument I is strong. But
it will not affect the control of teaching faculty on
corporates in Railways sector only.
students because still the teachers would be teaching
7.(e) Both the arguments are strong. Elected MP’s have to them. So, argument II is not clear.
face the electorates after each completion of their term
17.(b) Second is strong. First is weak because it is not
as their existence is decided by people. Secondly, at
correct. (It is the only way ?) Second is perhaps
the time of elections, so many commitments are made
correct, on logical thinking
which are hardly fulfilled
18.(e) Both are strong. Using computer does have the positive
8.(a) Argument I is strong because the smokers will be feature as mentioned in I but the negative feature as
cautioned of its ill-effects by such wordings. Argument mentioned in II.
II is a weak argument as such wording do, in no way,
reduce the enjoyment of smoking 19.(d) None is strong. We do not ‘waste’ money if we invest
in computers. The second is based upon example.
9.(a) Logically, only argument I is strong.
20.(a) Argument one is strong. Argument two has no
10.(b) Second argument is strong because synonyms do not substance, reject able in preliminary screening.
have exact meaning of given word. It is nearest in the
meaning to the word. 21.(a) First is strong in the sense that it is an established fact
that a lot of resource are wasted in shifting agriculture.
11.(d) Both the arguments are weak. Second is not a strong argument as it is, to begin with,
debatable if other methods are really more expensive in
12.(b) Clearly, reservations on the basis of religion will widen
the long run than why the resource – cropping shifting
inter communal biases. So, argument I is not clear.
agriculture.
Also, it will be against our secular policy. According to
which no communal group is given preference over the 22.(d) None is strong. It is not true that we are a rich nation.
others. So, only argument II is strong. Similarly, the reasons mentioned in the second are not
sufficient to put a stop on money spending (lack of
13.(e) Clearly, it is the advertisement which makes the
proper relation).
customer aware of the qualities of the commodity and
 [ 219 ]

23.(a) Only, first is strong. Second is weak. Even if dowry towards the target. So, spending a part of money on it
system is deep-rooted, it is still illegal and hence is no wastage. Thus, argument II is not valid.
punishable.
33.(d) Clearly, every person must be free to work wherever
24.(e) Both are strong. Both talk of certain features of joint he wants and no compulsion should be made to
families and small families respectively and both the confine one to one’s own country. So, argument I is
features are desirable in themselves. vague. However, talented engineers can be of great
25.(d) None is strong. First is debatable. AC may or may not benefit to the nation and some alternatives as special
be a luxury item. The second argument does not talk incentives or better prospects may be made available
about AC. to them to retain them within their motherland. So,
argument II also does not hold.
26.(a) Learning arts of self defense is necessary for girls. So,
argument I holds. However, argument II is not clear 34.(a) Clearly, 18 year old vehicles are not Euro-complaint
since a training in these arts has nothing to do with and hence cause much more pollution than the recent
their feminine elegance. ones. So, argument I holds. Argument II is vague since
owners of these vehicles need not shift themselves.
27.(b) A doctor treating a patient individually can mislead the
They might sell off their vehicles and buy new ones –
patient into wrong and unnecessary treatment for his
a small price which every citizen can afford for a
personal gain. So, argument II holds strong. Also, a
healthy environment.
policy beneficial to common people cannot be termed
‘unconstitutional’. So I is vague. 35.(b) Clearly, a world government cannot eliminate tensions
among nations because it will also have the ruling
28.(b) Clearly, an increase in the number of High Courts will
surely speed up the work and help to do away with the group and the opposition group. Further, the more
pending cases. So, argument II holds strong. In light of powerful and diplomatic shall rule the world to their
this, the expenditure incurred would be ‘utilization’, interests. So, only argument II holds.
not ‘wastage’ of money. So, argument I does not hold. 36.(a) Clearly, defense is necessary for the safety of the
29.(b) Clearly, restriction on the diet of people will be denying country, which is of utmost importance. So, argument
them their basic human right. So, only argument II I holds. Also, a country can concentrate on internal
holds. progress and development only when it is safe from
external aggressions. So, argument II does not hold.
30.(c) Clearly, it is the promotions which makes the customer
aware of the qualities of the product and leads him to 37.(c) Clearly, neither the students can be burdened with
buy it. So, argument I is valid. But at the same time, studies at such a tender age, nor can they be left free
promotions nowadays has become a costly affair and to take studies casually, as this shall weaken their
the expenses on it add to the price of the product. So, basic foundation. So, both the arguments holds.
argument II also holds strong.
38.(b) Clearly, the variety of news helps people to develop
31.(b) Income-tax is levied so that every citizen can contribute
their own views. So, argument I is not clear. Also,
a share of his earning towards the infrastructural
development of the nation. So, argument I seems to scanned news shall be a partial product. So, it loses
be vague. However, income-tax is no doubt a good credibility. Thus, argument II holds.
source of revenue for the government. Hence, argument
39.(c) The students’ union formation shall be a step towards
II holds strong.
giving to students the basic education in the field of
32.(a) Before indulging in new growth programme it is much politics. However, it shall create the same political
necessary to plan the exact target, policies and their
atmosphere in the college premises. Thus, both the
implementation and the allocation of funds which
arguments hold strong.
shows the right direction to work. So, argument I holds
strong. Also, planning ensures full utilization of 40.(c) I is strong because if existing agriculture colleges lack
available resources and funds and stepwise approach
necessary infrastructure then opening new agriculture
[ 220 ]

colleges will not be an appropriate step. II is strong exercises that will be helpful for them. It is clear that the
because assuming things to be in a proper shape, more teachers are suggesting them these exercises so as to help
them. Therefore, only argument 3 can be stated from the
agriculture college does mean a greater number of
passage and hence, option 3 is the right answer.
qualified agricultural scientists.
47.(e) Both (b) and (d) defeat the purpose of employment
41.(a) (A) is strong as it addresses the problem of food
guarantee act.
scarcity. (B) is strong as environment is a very important
issue. (C) is weak because "the caution" part is neither
48.(b) The study reported that chocolate reduces the risk of
convincing nor mature.
suffering from central nervous system is weaker by the
42.(c) (A) is weak because it is not true: note the use of statement (b) which says that “Majority of these not
'only'. (B) is strong as the country's power needs can't diagnosed with diseases related to central nervous
be ignored. (C) is weak as it is argument by example. system have stayed away from eating chocolates in
their lives”
43.(c) (A) is strong as space constraints to play a crucial role.
(B) is false: the buyers also benefit in terms of cost and 49.(b) Since Railways earns very less revenue from the
greenery. (C) is strong as mere buildings do not make passenger segment, the giving up of subsidy will help
sense. Without proper infrastructure, they become worse it minimize its loss incurred on the segment.
than rural houses to live in.
50.(c) The students of other management colleges in the state
44.(c) (A) is not true for all roads; work is often done in have performed better than students of the local college
phases and meets completion. (B) is weak : such use in all the previous examinations.=> This is definitely
of electricity can't be termed 'unnecessary'. (C) is an indicator that the given statement is not in line with
strong as it shows concern for the commuters. the general trend because the students of other
management colleges in the state have performed better
45.(e) Only (B) is strong. (A) and (C) are weak as "ill" can't
than students of the local college in all the previous
be punished for the fault of "many".
examinations. It is then expected that those students
46.(c) From the given passage, we can understand that School would continue to perform better than students in the
students are struggling with poor vocabulary and local college. This is why it is not in line with general
grammar and that their teachers ask them to practice trend.

18 STATEMENT AND CONCLUSION

1.(a) Only conclusion I follows. 8.(c) Clearly both the conclusions I and II follow. If all
Conclusion II is already included in the statement. wealthy people are happy in life, then it can be said
that wealth and happiness are directly related.
2.(a) Disturbances in the society are due to people without
self discipline. Only I conclusion follows. 9.(b) Only Conclusion II follows. It is mentioned in the
statement that finance companies collapse due to
3.(e) Both conclusion clearly bring out the central theme of mismanagement. It implies that proper management
Proverb given in the statement, So both conclusions I
can help finance companies to thrive successfully.
and II follow.
10.(e) Clearly both the Conclusions follow. The tone of the
4.(d) Neither conclusion I nor II follows.
statement indicates that the present system is no longer
5.(b) From the statement it is clear that religion nurtures useful and it needs thorough overhauling for
virtues. So, II follows. improvement.
6.(d) Neither I nor II follows. 11.(a) Clearly only Conclusion I follows. Hard work is
7.(d) Neither Conclusion I nor Conclusion II follows. The prerequisite for development, progress and growth.
person always listens to 9 O’clock news on radio to
12.(d) Neither I nor II follows.
keep himself upadated. This does not imply that he
does not read newspaper. The use of term ‘only’ in the 13.(e) According to the statement, National Aluminium
conclusion II makes it unsuitable. company has moved India from a position of shortage
[ 92 ]

15 STATEMENT AND ASSUMPTIONS

An assumption is something which is assumed, supposed and Some important points -
taken for granted. It is the missing link of the logical structure of
an argument, it is left unsaid and therefore, assumed. 1. Some words like only, each, any, every, all, Question
indicating words (why, these, what), Answer indicating
Types of Assumptions words (therefore), Definitely, But, Certainly exist in the
Generally we can face two types of assumptions mostly. They can assumption and that assumption will always be False.
be categorised as “ 2. Always remember that Assumption is always indefinite and
Direct assumptions Indirect assumptions positive.

Direct Assumptions 3. Any assumption that is conveying the message of

advertisement, notice and appeal, that assumption will
In this case, from the statement itself, we can assume the
always be True.
assumptions very easily. Just a careful reading of the statement is
enough to solve your problem. Let’s take an example to understand 4. Some words like some, to large extent, many much exist in
it better. the assumption and that will always be True.
5. Comparison are always wrong.
Ex. Statement : A banana a day, keeps a doctor away.
6. If Any assumption is talking about past and future that
Assumptions : I. Banana is good for health.
assumption will always be False.
II. Banana is not good for health. 7. If any assumption showing the word like suggestion, order,
 Answer : If consuming an banana everyday will request that will always be True.
eradicate the need of doctor, then off 8. Remember that restatement is never implicit.
course we can assume that it is good
9. Any assumption that is talking about the social welfare
for health. Hence; assumption I is
(positive), govt. policies that assumption will alwaysbe
practical but II is not.
True.
Indirect Assumptions 10. By keeping all above points you can solve questions of
Indirect assumptions can only be traced out by properly assumptions easily.
understanding the meaning of the given statement. This is because
SOLVED EXAMPLES
wrong interpretation can lead to choice of possibly wrong option.
Let’s take an example. Ex. 1 Statement : The book is intended to guide the naive
to study English in the absence of a
Ex. Statement : The only possible way of getting
teacher.
success is to treat everything that comes
on your way positively. Assumptions : I. A teacher of English may not be
available to everyone.
Assumptions : I. If you score low marks in any exam,
instead of cursing yourself, you II. English can be learnt with the help
should find the faults and just work of a book.
upon them hard.  Answer : Both assumptions are correct.
II. Whatever will happen to you, all
depends upon your luck. You have Ex. 2 Statement : Ram is clever to fail in the examination.
no role to play in it. Assumption : Very clever boys do not fail in the|
examination.
 Answer : If you will redirect all your results
towards you luck, then your action will  Answer : The assumption is correct. Obviously
not be hard, which is not an example of it is assumed that very clever boys do
leading optimistic life. Instead working not fail.
upon your weak points, so that, not to
Ex. 3 Statement : Of all the mobile sets manufactured in
repeat them in the next exam is a perfect
India, brand ‘A’ has the largest sale.
way of dealing your life positively.
 [ 93 ]

Assumption : No, other brand of mobile sets has as  Answer : Invalid assumption, because it is a
high a sale as brand ‘A’. restatement in a negative sense.
 Answer : The assumption is invalid because it is Ex. 5 Statement : If you are a western dancer, we have a
a restatement. challenging job for you.

Ex. 4 Statement : “Smoking is injurious to health” – a Assumptions : I. We need a western dancer.

notice II. You are a western dancer.
Assumption : Non-smoking promotes health.  Answer : Assumption I is implicit otherwise there
wouldn’t have been the advertisement.
But II is not necessarily implied.

EXERCISE

Directions (1 -17) : In each question below are given a statement Assumptions : I. Timely rain is essential for farming.
followed by two assumptions numbered I and II. An assumption II. Most of the farmers are generally
is something supposed or taken for granted. You have to consider dependent on rains.
the statement and the following assumptions and decide which of
the assumption is implicit in the statement. 5. Statement : X advises Y, “If you want to study
Maths, join Institute A”.
Give answer
(a) If only assumption I is implicit Assumptions : I. Y listens to X’s advise.
(b) If only assumption II is implicit II. Institute A provides good coaching
(c) If either I or II implicit for Maths.
(d) If neither I nor II is implicit 6. Statement : “If you bother me, I will slap you.” – A
(e) If both I and II are implicit mother warns her child.
Assumptions : I. With the warning, the child may
1. Statement : It is desirable to put the child in the
stop bothering her.
school at the age of 4 or so.
Assumptions : I. At that age the child reaches II. All children are basically naughty.
appropriate level of development 7. Statement : “A car is available on rent” – an
and ready to learn. advertisement.
II. The school do not admit children Assumptions : I. All types of vehicles are available
after 4 years of age. on rent.
2. Statement : Warning : Smoking is injurious to II. People will respond to the
health. advertisement
Assumptions : I. Non smoking promotes health
8. Statement : Unemployed allowance should be given
II. Really, this warning is not to all unemployed Indian youths above
necessary. 18 years of age.
3. Statement : “You must refer to learn to dictionary if Assumptions : I. There are unemployed youths in
you want to become a good writer” – India who need financial support.
Ram advises Shyam. II. The Government has sufficient
Assumptions : I. Only writers refer to the dictionary. funds to provide allowance to all
unemployed youth.
II. All writers, good or bad, refer to the
dictionary. 9. Statement : Everybody loves reading comic stories.

4. Statement : If it does not rain throughout this month, Assumptions : I. Comic stories are the only reading
material.
most farmers would be in difficulty this
year. II. Nobody loves reading any other
material.
[ 94 ]

10. Statement : Please consult before making any II. The company’s legal advisor is
decision on export from the company. thoroughly briefed about this case.
Assumptions : I. You may take wrong decision if you 17. Statement : A good manager must draw the
don’t consult me. maximum from each employee.
II. It is important to take a right Assumptions : I. It is possible to get the utmost from
decision. each employee.
11. Statement : “Do not lean out of the door of the bus” II. Managers are expected to get the
– a warning in a school bus. best from their employees.
Assumptions : I. Leaning out of a running bus is Directions (18 - 30) : A statement is given followed by three
dangerous. assumptions. An assumption is something assumed or taken for
II. Children do not pay any attention granted. Read the statement carefully and decide which of the
to such warnings. following assumption/s is/are implicit in the statement.

12. Statement : A statement in the letter to the 18. Statement : “I think that he has gone mad. Last night
candidates called for written exams- I saw him barking like a dog” – Roma
“You have to bear your travel expenses.” tells Riya about Ram.
Assumptions : I. If not clarified, all the candidates Assumptions : I. Ram is a friend of Roma.
may claim reimbursement of travel II. Riya knows Ram.
expenses. III. Some people do not bark like dogs.
II. Many organizations reimburse (a) I and II are implicit (b) II and III are implicit
expenses on travel to candidates (c) I and III are implicit (d) All are implicit
called for written examination.
(e) Either I or II and III are implicit
13. Statement : The function will start at 4 pm. You are
19. Statement : “I do not like to give consumer goods as
requested to take your seats before 4
a birthday gift. I prefer to give cash” –
pm.
X tells Y.
Assumptions : I. If the invitee is not in his seat before
Assumptions : I. X is invited to birthdays.
4 pm, the function will not start.
II. Function will start as scheduled. II. Some people give consumer goods
as birthday gifts
14. Statement : A warning in a train compartment – “To
III. Some people give useless things as
stop train, pull chain. Penalty for
birthday gifts.
improper use Rs. 1000”.
(a) I and II are implicit (b) II and III are implicit
Assumptions : I. Some people misuse the chain.
II. On certain occasion, people may (c) I and III are implicit (d) All are implicit
want to stop a running train. (e) None is implicit

15. Statement : Lack of stimulation in the four or five 20. Statement : “The Prime Minister is expected to
years of life can have adverse announce an expansion in his ministry
consequences. shortly” a newspaper report.
Assumptions : I. A great part of the development of Assumptions : I. The newspaper has quoted authentic
observed intelligence occurs on the sources
earliest years of life.
II. The newspaper has reliable sources
II. 50 percent of the measurement
for the news
intelligence at 17 is predictable by
the age of four. III. The Prime Minister has the power
to expand his cabinet.
16. Statement : In case of any difficulty about this case,
(a) I and II are implicit (b) II and III are implicit
you may contact to company’s legal
advisor. (c) I and III are implicit (d) All are implicit
Assumptions : I. Each company has a legal advisor (e) Only I is implicit
of his own.
 [ 95 ]

21. Statement : “You cannot solve geometry questions 25. Statement : “You won’t get chocolates at any cost.
without consulting a diagram. Difficult I will not let you eat things that are not
questions need diagrams for solving” – good for your teeth” – A mother tells
A teacher tells his students. her child.
Assumptions : I. The students are not intelligent. Assumptions : I. The mother cares for her child
II. The problem cannot be solved. II. Chocolate are not good for health
III. Geometry questions are difficult. III. The mother has the authority to
decide what her child is to eat
(a) I and II are implicit (b) II and III are implicit
(a) I and II are implicit (b) II and III are implicit
(c) Only II is implicit (d) Only III is implicit
(c) I and III are implicit (d) All are implicit
(e) None is implicit.
(e) None of these
22. Statement : “You should not drink Rum. You must
take care of your health” – A tells his 26. Statement : “Washing powder : Chamak. For a
friend. washing that is brightest and cleanest.
And cheap too” – an advertisement
Assumptions : I. A knows about the ill-effects of
Rum. Assumptions : I. Chamak is a good washing powder
II. People want cheap washing
II. Rum is intoxicating.
III. People accord price a secondary
III. Rum is not good for health.
importance
(a) Only III is implicit (b) I and II are implicit
(a) I and II are implicit (b) II and III are implicit
(c) II and III are implicit (d) I and III are implicit
(c) I and III are implicit (d) All are implicit
(e) All are implicit
(e) None of these
23. Statement : “I have decided to cut down on tea.
27. Statement : “It’s so noisy out here. How can a
People tell me that nicotine is not good
sincere student study here ?” mother of
for health” – X tells Y. a student tells her husband.
Assumptions : I. Tea contains nicotine Assumptions : I. Noise is not very conducive to
II. People are correct in their views children.
about tea. II. Noise may disturb study.
III. Y may also cut down on tea. III. The mother cares for her child’s
health.
(a) I and II are implicit (b) All are implicit
(a) Only II is implicit (b) I and II are implicit
(c) Only I is implicit (d) Only II is implicit
(c) II and III are implicit (d) Only III is implicit
(e) Only III is implicit
(e) All are implicit
24. Statement : “We buy used imported items. Contact 28. Statement : “I think we will win. We have got the
us at the earliest” – an advertisement most talented players on our side” – The
Assumptions : I. Used imported items may not be national cricket coach in an interview.
useless Assumptions : I. Talented players are crucial for any
II. There are people who are willing to team’s victory.
sell used imported items II. Cricket is different from other
sports.
III. The advertisement will be read by
people who may sell such items. III. Chances of victory are different
from actual occurrences of victory.
(a) I and II are implicit (b) II and III are implicit
(a) Only I is implicit (b) Only II is implicit
(c) I and III are implicit (d) All are implicit
(c) Only III is implicit (d) I and II are implicit
(e) Only II is implicit
(e) I and III are implicit
[ 96 ]

29. Statement : “This is gun in my hand. So you better Assumptions : I. The existing trains are not sufficient
behave like a good girl and bring out all to provide accommodation to all
your valuable things without calling passengers.
the police” – A thief tells a lady II. The new and additional trains
Assumptions : I. When people see a gun they behave would have sufficient passengers so
like good girl that they will be economically
II. Fear brings a sense of surrender viable.
III. The police should not be called 33. Statement : The Government should engage the
when people are afraid Army for the rapid rehabilitation of
(a) I and II are implicit (b) II and III are implicit people affected by the tsunami.
(c) I and III are implicit (d) Only II is implicit Assumptions : I. Only the Army can rehabilitate the
(e) Only I is implicit people affected by the tsunami
30. Statement : “The death of the convict in the police quickly.
custody was a result of excessive torture. II. The Army can take up works other
His autopsy proves it” – An advocate to than war also.
the court
34. Statement : It is not true always that the adoption of
Assumptions : I. The convict died in police custody latest technology ensures increased
II. Autopsy can be used to find the productivity and efficiency.
reason of death
Assumptions : I. It is possible to prove that increased
III. An advocate is an expert on autopsy productivity and efficiency are due
(a) Only I is implicit (b) Only II is implicit to adoption of latest technology.
(c) Only III is implicit (d) I and II are implicit II. The productivity and efficiency can
(e) I and III are implicit be increased by discarding latest
technology.
Directions (31 - 45) : In each question below are given a statement
35. Statement : “Learn computer for free and make your
followed by two assumptions numbered I and II. An assumption
life worthy” – An advertisement.
is something supposed or taken for granted. You have to consider
the statement and the following assumptions and decide which of Assumptions : I. People prefer to join courses that are
the assumption is implicit in the statement. free.

Give answer II. Knowledge in computer makes life

(a) If only assumption I is implicit worthy.
(b) If only assumption II is implicit 36. Statement : The government has decided to pay
(c) If either I or II is implicit compensation of Rs. 5 lakh to the family
(d) If both I and II are implicit members of those who were killed in
(e) If neither I nor II is inplicit railway accidents.
31. Statement : The regulatory authority has set up a Assumptions : I. The government has sufficient funds
review committee to find out the reasons to meet the expenses due to
for fluctuating stock prices. compensation.

Assumptions : I. The investors may regain II. There may be deduction in incidents
confidence in stock exchange by this of railway accidents in near future.
step. 37. Statement : “If you are first class engineer, our
II. The review committee has the organization is the best place for you to
expertise to find out the reasons for work.” – A Recruitment Notice.
volatility in the stock exchange. Assumptions : I. No other organization may require
first class engineers as they may not
32. Statement : Railway ministry have started twenty
get adequate number of appli-
new trains and increased the frequency
cations.
of twenty-five running trains.
 [ 97 ]

II. First class engineers may get II. People generally decide their tour
attracted and apply to this after getting information from such
organisation. advertisements.

38. Statement : Enrol with us before-30th December to 43. Statement : The General Administration Department
get the advantage of our 30% discount has issued a circular to all the employees
offer.” – An advertisement by a coaching informing them that hence forth the
class. employees can avail their lunch break
Assumptions : I. Discount offer is bound to attract at any of the half-hour slots between 1.00
good students as well. pm and 2.30 pm.
II. Even those students who cannot Assumptions : I. The employees may welcome the
afford to pay the fees of coaching decision and avail lunch break at
classes may join this class. different time slots.
39. Statement : If you want to get a good job you must II. There may not be any break in the
have at least the basic knowledge of work of the organization as the
English. employees will have their lunch
Assumptions : I. All good jobs involve use of English break at different time slots.
II. English knowledge has been made
44. Statement : The state government has decided to
an essential criterion by most of the
companies now a days. appoint four thousand primary school
teachers during the next financial year.
40. Statement : In view of the large number of cases of
Assumptions : I. There are enough schools in the
suicides committed by the farmers in
state to accommodate four thousand
State X, the State Government has
decided to remove the burden of additional primary school teachers.
agricultural loans repayment from the II. The eligible candidates may not be
farmers. interested to apply as the
Assumptions : I. This may stop further cases of Government may not finally appoint
suicides committed by the farmers such a large number of primary
in State X. school teachers.
II. This move of the Government may
45. Statement : Even though the number of sugar
be welcomed by the public at large.
factories is increasing at a fast rate in
41. Statement : The civic authority announced before the India, we still continue to import it from
onset of rainy season that the roads other countries.
within the city will be free of potholes
Assumptions : I. Even the increased number of
Assumptions : I. The roads were repaired so well that factories may not be able to meet
potholes may not reappear. the demand of sugar in India.
II. People may not complain even if the II. The demand for sugar may increase
potholes reappear.
substantially in future.
42. Statement : “Our South-America Holiday Package Directions (46-50) : In each question below is given a statement
costs less than some of the holiday followed by two assumptions numbered I and II. An assumption
packages within the country.” – An is something supposed or taken for granted. You have to consider
advertisement by local travel company. the statement and the following assumptions and decide which of
the assumptions is implicit in the statement.
Assumptions : I. People may prefer to travel to
Give answer:
foreign destinations than to the
(a) If only assumption I is implicit.
places within the country at (b) If only assumption II is implicit.
comparable cost. (c) If either assumption I or II is implicit.
[ 98 ]

(d) If neither assumption I nor II is implicit. Assumptions : I. The local candidates would be
(e) If both assumptions I and II are implicit. having some other arrangement for
their stay.
46. Statement : “Enroll with us before 20th November
II. The company plans to select only
to get the advantage of our 20%
local candidates.
discount offer” – An advertisement by
a coaching class. 49. Statement : Lack of stimulation in the first four or
Assumptions : I. Discount offer is bound to attract five years of life can have adverse
good students as well. consequences.
II. Even those students who cannot Assumptions : I. A great part of the development of
afford to pay the fees of coaching observed intelligence occurs in the
classes may join this class. earliest years of life.
II. 50 percent of the measurable
47. Statements : In view of the large number of cases of intelligence at age of 17 is already
suicides committed by the farmers in predictable by the age of four.
State Y the State Government has
decided to waive off the agriculture 50. Statement : The State government has decided to
loans granted to the farmers. appoint 5000 primary school teachers
Assumptions : I. This may stop further cases of during the next financial year.
suicides committed by the farmers
in State Y. Assumptions : I. There are enough schools in the
II. This move of the Government may state to accommodate five thousand
be welcomed by the public at large. additional primary school teachers.
48. Statement : Please note that the company will II. The eligible candidates may not be
provide accommodation to only outside interested to apply as the
candidates if selected.- A condition in government may not finally appoint
an advertisement. such a large number of primary
school teachers.

NOTES :
 [ 213 ]

44.(b) Clearly, the university’s decision to refuse grant to the 47.(d) Both the statement I and II are effects of some
colleges must have triggered the college authority to independent causes.
become autonomous.
48.(a) Our country is having many attractive libralization
45.(b) The inability of the small banks to compete with the policies, many MNCs are attracted towards our country
bigger ones shall not ensure security and good service and that’s why Indian manufacturers face intense
to the customers, which is an essential concomitant compitition.
that has to be looked into by the Reserve Bank. It
seems to be a remedial step for the same. 49.(b) Due to rain it is very difficult to procure animal feeds.

46.(c) Both statements are independent cause. 50.(d) Both the statements are independent from each other
and we can’t relate them. So statements I and II are
effects of some independent causes.

15 STATEMENT AND ASSUMPTIONS

1.(a) It is logical to say that at the age of 4, the child reaches allowance to all unemployed youths. However,
appropriate level of development and ready to learn. Hence, assumption II, that Government has sufficient funds,
assumption I is very much implicit in the statement. does not give valid reasoning. Hence, only assumption
Assumption II is not implicit as it is not relevant. I is implicit.

2.(d) None is implicit. Assumption I is a more twisted form 9.(d) None of the assumptions is implicit as each assumption
of the given statement. Smoking is injurious. It means lacks proper reasoning.
that non-smoking is not injurious. And that’s it. It
10.(e) It is directed in the statement that consultation is
doesn’t mean that non-smoking promotes health.
necessary before making any decision on the export.
II obviously is just the opposite of what is true. Public
warnings are given only when they are assumed to be Therefore, assumed that person directed may take a
necessary. wrong decision. Secondly, it is assumed in the light of
the statement that it is important to take a right
3.(d) None of the assumptions is implicit as nothing can be decision.
said definitely.
11.(a) Leaning out of a running bus must be dangerous,
4.(e) Since the statement speaks of the essentiality and
otherwise the warning would not have been there.
requirement of rain for farmers, hence both the
Hence I is implicit. But II is not implicit. If the
assumptions are implicit in the statement
authorities would have assumed that children do not
5.(b) Since X advises Y to join institute A to study Maths, pay any attention to such warning, they would not
hence it is assumed that institute A provides good have put it up there.
coaching for Maths. Secondly, it is also assumed that
Y listens to X’s advice. 12.(e) Specific instruction has been given in writing to prevent
chance of claim of reimbursement for traveling
6.(a) When mother gives warning to the child she must be
expenses. Moreover, it is also assumed that instruction
assuming that her warning would be successful. II is
has been given because expenses are paid by other
not relevant to the statement made by the mother
organization. Hence, both the assumptions are implicit
7.(b) The statement says that a car is available on rent. It in the statement.
does not say that any vehicle is available. So the
13.(b) It is mentioned in the invitation that you are requested
statement cannot be said to have assumed that any
to take your seats before 4 pm. It means that functions
vehicle is available for rent. But II is obviously implicit;
will start as scheduled. Hence, assumption II is implict.
whenever an advertisement is made it is assumed that
people will respond to it. 14.(e) It is clear that penalty will be imposed for improper
use, hence it is clear that some people misuse the
8.(a) Assumption I, that Indian unemployed youths need
chain. Hence assumptions I and II, both are implicit.
monetary support, is the solid bade for providing
[ 214 ]

15.(a) What the statement says has no direct correlation with 25.(d) I is obvious, in fact, it is taken as a universal truth. II
assumption II. Assumption I directly follows from the is obvious because the mother forbids chocolates as
statement. Percentage amount makes the assumption II they are not “good for teeth”. III is obvious by the tone
doubtful as it can be more or less than 50% of the author’s language.

16.(b) It is not necessary that every company has a legal 26.(d) I is obvious in the advertisement. II is obvious
advisor. So, assumption I is not implicit. Since it is [Whenever an advertisement highlights an aspect of a
advised in the statement that for any difficulty about product it is assumed that people expect that aspect :
the case consult company’s legal advisor. Therefore, Remember this rule]. The ad does assume that price is
assumed that company’s legal advisor is thoroughly of secondary importance to people because otherwise
briefed about the case. Hence, assumption II is implicit. they would have highlighted the cheapness of the
product and not its quality. So III is implicit.
17.(e) Both the assumption are clearly implicit in the
statement. 27.(a) The mother is concerned because the noise may disturb
her son’s study. Hence II is implicit. But there is
18.(b) Since Roma is telling Riya about Ram in a matter-of- nothing which can suggest that noise is not conducive
fact tone, this much may be assumed that both of them to children in general. All that we can infer from the
know Ram. But is not certain whether this acquaintance statement is that noise is not conducive to their study;
is to the extent of friendship. Hence I is not implicit that’s all. Also, we may not be able to conclude from
while II is implicit III, of course, is the whole logic on the statement that the mother cares for her child’s
the basis of which Roma reaches his conclusion (that health: in the statement the mother has shown concern
Ram has gone mad). not for her childs health, but for child’s study.

19.(a) I is implicit because X cannot give birthday gifts 28.(a) I is obvious. But there is nothing to suggest that
without being invited to birthdays. II is implicit because cricket is a different game or that chances of victory
are different from actual victories. So II and III are not
X wouldn’t have raised the point of “consumer goods”
implicit.
as birthday gifts. III is not implicit because X never
mentions consumer goods as “useless” gifts. 29.(d) The thief uses the gun to arouse fear. This fear brings
a sense of command or compulsion. Hence II is implicit.
20.(b) The newspaper must have had authentic and reliable But I is not. The thief uses the phrase “behave like a
sources to publish such news but it is no where good girl” in a tone of sarcasm only : we should not
mentioned that it has quoted such sources. Hence I is take it in a literal sense. Similarly, III is also not
not implicit but II is implicit and III is obvious. implicit.
21.(d) The teacher does not mean that the students are not 30.(b) I is not an assumption; it is merely a restatement. II is
intelligent. He only says that questions are difficult and implicit; if the advocate cites autopsy to prove that the
need additional strategy. Hence I is not implicit but III cause of death was torture, he must be assuming that
is. II is not implicit; in fact, the teacher says that the autopsy can help in determining the cause of death. III
problem can be solved if you have drawn suitable is not implicit : it is not told that the advocate performed
diagrams. the autopsy himself.
31.(d) Why a review committee to find out the reasons for
22.(d) I and III are obvious. But “intoxicating effect” of Rum
unstable stock prices ? Concerned authority must have
has never been mentioned.
assumed I. Hence I is implicit. One does not entrust a
23.(a) I is obvious by the way the two sentences have been work to another unless the former assumes that the
put together. II is obvious. If X thought that people’s later has the efficiency to do that work. Hence, II is
view about tea (that it was bad for health) was not also implicit.
correct, why would he decide to cut down on it ? But 32.(d) The reason for starting new train is to provide sufficient
Y may or may not act on X’s line of action : III may accomodation to all passengers and new trains would
or may not follow. It is not sure whether Y drink tea at have sufficient no. of passengers, so it will become
all. very economical to the passengers. So both assumptions
I and II are implicit.
24.(d) I is obvious from the very fact that there are some
33.(b) Engaging the Army for the rehabilitation work by the
persons who want to buy used imported items. II is
government implies that the government assumes that
obvious because had there been no such people willing the Army possesses the required ability to rehabilitate
to sell such items, the advertisers wouldn’t have place the affected people rapidly. Hence II is implicit but I is
the ads. For the same reason, III is also implicit. not implicit because of the word ‘only’.
 [ 215 ]

34.(a) The words ‘not true always’ implies that sometimes 43.(d) A decision is taken when it is felt that it would be
the move bears positive results. Hence, the speaker accepted by most of the people concerned. Hence I is
must be assuming I. II is obviously not implicit. implicit. II is also implicit as the reason behind the
35.(d) The idea behind facilitating learning computer for free need.
is aimed at attracting learners. Hence I is implicit. II is
44.(a) I is implicit because teachers can’t be appointed in a
also an assumption; that is why the advertisement
vacant II is more of a presumption.
advocates learning computer.
45.(a) Assumption I is implicit because it makes us import
36.(a) The decision taken by the government implies that the
government must be assuming I. Note that no sugar inspite of the increase in the number of sugar
organization/ government/person takes decision to factories. But II is not implicit because “future” is
compensate the victim unless it assumes that it has beyond the scope of the statement.
adequate fund to satisfy the expenses. II can’t be 46.(b) I. Not-Implicit: Statement does not talk about quality
correlated. Hence, II is not implicit.
of students.
37.(b) Assumption I can’t be correlated with the statement. II. Implicit : This is purpose of offering discount.
Hence, assumption I is not implicit. Now, why did the
authority go for the advertisement ? Obviously, II must 47.(e) I. Implicit : Government has decided to waive off
be assumed. Hence, II is implicit. the loans to stop further cases of sucides.
II. Implicit : Government always assume that their
38.(e) I highlights. Hence I is not implicit. II can’t be
decision/schemes will be welcomed by larger
correlated with the statement; hence II is not implicit.
public.
39.(b) I is not implicit because of the word “All”. II is
implicit; it is this that makes the speaker say “you 48.(a) I. Implicit : Company must have assumed that local
must have at least the basic knowledge of English”. candidates have their accomodation.
II. Implicit : Not related to statement.
40.(d) I is an assumption because the government is assuming
that the initiative taken by it is an effort to rectify the 49.(a) I. Implicit : This is the reason why lack of
problem. II is obvious because the initiative taken by stimulation in earliest years of life is important.
the government has been aimed at benefiting the II. Not implicit : Statement does not talk about
farmers.
measurement of intelligence.
41.(a) I is implicit in the claim being made in the
announcement. When you make a claim, you highlight 50.(a) I. Implicit : When Government decides something it
your achievement. But II is irrelevant. Such is assumed that it has resources to implement the
“cooperation” from the people one does not expect. decision.
II. Not-implicit : Statement does not talks about,
42.(d) Assumption I is implicit as the motive behind the
whether eligible candidate may apply or not.
comparison. II is implicit in the purpose of advertising.

16 STATEMENT AND COURSE OF ACTION

1.(a) In the break-out of a natural calamity, the basic duty of by creating awareness among the masses and abolishing
the government becomes to provide the basic amenities female foeticide. Thus, only course I follows.
essential to save the lives of people and animals.
Providing financial support to all would put undue 4.(b) Clearly, a study of competitive products in the market
burden on the country's resources. So, only I follows. will help assess the cause for the lowering down of
sales and then a suitable action can be taken. Thus,
2.(e) Alertness of concerned officials will be helpful in only II follow.
reducing the misuse of subsidies. Hence, action I is
advisable. Action II is also advisable, because the 5.(d) Clearly, the situation demands that efforts be made to
stringent action against those making false claim of remove the inadequate in the present system of
subsidy will restrict other such wrong doers. education and adequate measures be taken to improve
the performance of students. So, none of the given
3.(a) A census is always conducted with the precision. So,
courses follows.
II does not follow. Further, the ratio can be improved
[ 112 ]

18 STATEMENT AND CONCLUSION

The question in this section consists of a statement or a set of Explanation : According to given statement Quality is directly
statement, followed by certain Inference based on the facts. Here proportional to the price. Hence, higher the selling price, the
we require to approach the question for solution from different superior is the quality of commodity.
ways. This type of approach basically emphasis the need for being
So, only conclusion II follows.
more systematic and logical in drawing inferences. Therefore
consequent effect of statement has to be analyzed before reaching 2. Statements : I. Reading is a good hobby.
on correct conclusion. Let’s take some examples. II. In order to use leisure time
wisely, one can engage in
1. Statement : These oranges are too expensive to hobbies.
buy.
Conclusions : I. Generally wise people will
Conclusions : I. When oranges are in short select reading as a hobby
supply, the price goes up.
II. Reading can be used as one of
II. The higher the selling price the the leisure time hobby.
superior is the quality of
Explanation : Both conclusion I & II follow.
commodity.

EXERCISE

Directions (1 - 35) : In each of the questions below, given a 3. Statement : A bird in hand is worth two in the
statement followed by two conclusions numbered I and II. You
the bush.
have to take the given statements to be true even if they seem to
be at variance from commonly known facts. Read all the Conclusions : I. We should be content with what
conclusions logically follows from the given statements we have.
disregarding commonly known facts.
(a) Only I follows II. We should not crave what is not.
(b) Only II follows 4. Statement : The human organism grows and
(c) Either I or II follows develops through stimulation and
(d) Neither I nor II follows action.
(e) Both I and II follow Conclusions : I. Inert human organism cannot
grow and develop.
1. Statement : Of all the T.V. sets manufactured in II. Human organisms do not react
India, ‘Solar’ brand has the largest
to stimulation and action.
sale.
Conclusions : I. Volume of sales of all brands of 5. Statement : Religious minded and God fearing
T.V. sets manufactured is
people will not cheat.
known.
II. The production of no other T.V. Conclusions : I. Those who cheat are atheists.
set is as large as that of ‘Solar’. II. Religion nurtures virtues.

2. Statement : Self-discipline is the key for order 6. Statement : India is a multilingual country.
in the society. Hindi is the national language of
Conclusions : I. Disturbances in the society are India.
due to people without self- Conclusions : I. All Indians should learn many
discipline languages
II. There is nobody with self-
II. To be an Indian one needs to
discipline in the society.
learn Hindi.
 [ 113 ]

7. Statement : To keep myself updated, I always 14. Statement : A room with flowers looks
listen to 9 O’clock news on radio. beautiful.
Conclusions : I. The person does not read Conclusions : I. Flowers are growth for
newspaper. decoration of rooms.
II. Room without flowers looks
II. Recent news is available only
ugly.
on radio.
15. Statement : Government has spoiled many top
8. Statement : All wealthy people are happy in life. ranking financial institutions by
Conclusions : I. Wealth and happiness are appointing bureaucrats as directors
directly related. of these institution.
II. Wealth leads to happiness in Conclusions : I. Government should appoint
life. directors of the financial
institutes taking in to
9. Statement : Finance companies collapse due to
consideration the expertise of
mismanagement.
the person in the area of finance.
Conclusions : I. Even good management cannot II. The director of the financial
run finance companies with institute should have expertise
success.
commensurate with the
II. Proper management can help financial work carried out the
finance companies to thrive. institutions.
10. Statement : The present education system needs 16. Statement : The Bank of England’s move to
thorough overhauling. auction 25 metric tone of gold drew
Conclusions : I. Overhauling results in impro- plenty of bidders looking for a
vement. bargain, but was criticised by major
II. The present education system is gold producers worldwide
outdated. Conclusions : I. The Bank of England should not
auction gold which it possesses
11. Statement : To achieve economic development, to keep steady international
people should work hard.
prices of gold
Conclusions : I. Economic development is II. Bidders should quote higher
directly related to people’s hard gold prices to retain present
work.
value of gold to the International
II. Working hard by all the people markets.
is impossible.
17. Statement : The government run company had
12. Statement : Religions provide the means for asked its employees to declare their
attaining eternal peace. People income and assets but it has been
should follow these means. strongly resisted by employees
Conclusions : I. Religions ensure prosperous union and no employee is going to
life. declare his income.
II. Religions help people to Conclusions : I. The employees of this company
eradicate poverty. do not seem to have any
additional undisclosed income
13. Statement : National Aluminium company has
besides their salary.
moved India from a position of
II. The employee’s union wants all
shortage to self- sufficiency in the
metal. senior officers to declare their
income first.
Conclusions : I. Previously, India had to import
Aluminium. 18. Statement : Recent trends also indicate that the
II. With this speed, it can soon number of child migrants in large
become a foreign exchange cities is increasing. These children
earner. leave their families to join the ranks
[ 114 ]

of urban poor doing odd jobs in 24. Statement : This book ‘Z’ is the only book which
markets, workshops, hotels or in focuses its attention to the problem
service sectors. of poverty in India between 1950
Conclusions : I. Migration to big cities should and 1980.
be checked. Conclusions : I. There was no question of
poverty before 1950.
II. The plight of poor children
II. No other book deals with
should be thoroughly studied.
poverty in India during 1950 to
19. Statements : In a cricket match, the total runs 1980.
made by a team were 200. Out of
25. Statement : The Cabinet of State X took certain
these 160 runs were made by
steps to tackle the milk glut in the
spinners. state as the cooperatives and
Conclusions : I. 80% of the team consists of government dairies failed to use the
spinners. available milk. - A news report.
II. The opening batsmen were Conclusions : I. The milk production of State X
is more than its need.
spinners.
II. The Government and co-
20. Statements : The percentage of the national operative dairies in State X are
income shared by the top 10 per cent not equipped in terms of
of households in india is 35 per cent. resources and technology to
Conclusions : I. When an economy grows fast, handle such excess milk.
concentration of wealth in 26. Statement : The manager humiliated Sachin in
certain pockets of population the presence of his colleagues.
takes place. Conclusions : I. The manager did not like
II. The national income is unevenly Sachin.
distributed in india. II. Sachin was not popular with his
colleagues.
21. Statement : Sealed tenders are invited from
competent contractors experienced 27. Statement : “The Government will review the
in executing construction jobs. present policy of the diesel price in
Conclusions : I. Tenders are invited only from view of further spurt in the
experienced contractors. international oil prices.” - A
II. It is difficult to find competent spokesman of the Government.
tenderers in construction jobs. Conclusions : I. The Government will increase
the price of the diesel after the
22. Statement : ‘We follow some of the best and
imminent spurt in the
effective teaching learning practices
international oil prices.
used by leading institutes all over
the world’ - A statement of a II. The Government will not
Professor of M.N. Institute. increase the price of the diesel
even after the imminent spurt in
Conclusions : I. The M.N. Institute is one of the
the international oil prices.
leading institutes of the world.
II. Whatever is being followed by 28. Statement : It has been decided by the
world’s leading institutes will Government to withdraw 33% of
definitely be good and useful. the subsidy on cooking gas from the
beginning of next month. - A
23. Statement : Mr. X is one of the probable
spokesman of the Government.
candidates short-listed for the post
Conclusions : I. People now no more desire or
of Director of K.L.M. Institute.
need such subsidy from
Conclusions : I. Mr. X will be selected as
Government as they can afford
Director of K.L.M. Institute.
increased price of the cooking
II. Mr. X will not be selected as
gas.
Director of K.L.M. Institute.
 [ 115 ]

II. The price of the cooking gas will 34. Statement : The Minister questioned the utility
increase at least by 33% from of the space research programme
the next month. and suggested its replacement by
other areas of felt national needs.
29. Statement : For over three decades Company Conclusions : I. Exploring the space does not
has been totally involved in energy contribute to critical national
conservation, its efficient use and needs.
management. II. The Research should be
Conclusions : I. The Company has yet to learn oriented to national needs.
and acquire basic things in this
area. 35. Statement : Women’s organisations in India
have welcomed the amendment of
II. It is dedication that is more
the Industrial Employment Rules
important than knowledge and
1946 to curb sexual harassment at
expertise.
the work place.
Conclusions : I. Sexual harassment of women at
30. Statement : Although we have rating agencies
work place is more prevelent in
like Crisil, ICRA, there is demand
India as compared to other
to have a separate rating agency for
developed countries.
IT companies to protect investors.
II. Many orglanisations in India
Conclusions : I. Assessment of financial worth
will stop recruiting women to
of IT companies calls for
avoid such problems.
separate set of skills, insight and
competencies. Direction (36 - 40) : In each of the following questions, two
II. Now the investors investing in statements are given followed by two conclusions. You have to
IT companies will get protection consider the statements to be true even it they seem to be at variance
of their investment. from commonly known facts. You have to decide which of the
given conclusions, if any, follow from the given statements.
31. Statement : My first and foremost task is to (a) Only conclusion I follows
beautify this city - if city X and Y (b) Only conclusion II follows
can do it - why can’t we do it. - (c) Both conclusions I and II follow
Statement of Municipal (d) Neither conclusion I nor II follows
Commissio-ner of city Z after (e) Either conclusion I or II follows
taking over charge. 36. Statements : I. Science teachers do not use
Conclusions : I. The people of city Z are not plastic bags.
aware about the present state of II. Plastic bags are not used by
ugliness of their city. some Engineers.
II. The present Commissioner has Conclusions : I. All Science teachers are
worked in city X and Y and has Engineers.
II. All Engineers do not use plastic
good experience of beautifying
bags.
cities.
37. Statement : I. Temple is a place of worship.
32. Statement : A neurotic is a non-stupid person II. Church is also a place of
who behaves stupidly. worship.
Conclusions : I. Neuroticism and stupidity go Conclusions : I. Hindus and Christians used the
hand in hand. same place for worship.
II. Normal persons behave II. All churches are temples.
intelligently.
38. Statements : I. The T.V. programmes, telecast
specially for women are packed
33. Statement : Vegetable prices are soaring in the
with a veriety of recipes and
market.
household hints.
Conclusions : I. Vegetables are becoming a rare II. A major portion of magazines
commodity. for women also contains the
II. People cannot eat vegetables. items mentioned above.
[ 116 ]

Conclusions : I. Women are not interested in others were blocked early

other things. morning leading to sudden
II. An average Woman’s primary crisis.
interest lies in home and II. The agriculture ministry had
specially in the kitchen. mooted a proposal asking
railways to make milk available
39. Statements : I. There are monks among those at railway stations and at the
who are felicitated for meeting, sources said
remarkable social service. representatives from Amul India
II. Jitananda and Vidyananda are suggested that the national
among those felicitated. transporter could provide stalls
to dairy companies or
Conclusions : I. Jitananda and Vidyananda did cooperatives where they could
remarkable social service. sell their products.
II. All monks do social service Conclusions : I. The farmers’ groups and
(a) Only I follows (b) Only II follows Maharashtra is an Sabha, are
(c) Neither I nor II follows (d) Both I and II follow demanding a GST waiver on
butter and milk powder apart
(e) Either I or II follows from the subsidy.
II. Railways is drawing up a plan
40. Statements : I. Sohan is a good sportsman.
to make milk available at
II. All sportsmen are healthy. railway stations across the
Conclusions : I. All healthy persons are country to promote its
sportsmen. consumption.
II. Sohan is healthy. III. Representatives of Amul India
and food safety body FSSAI are
Direction (41-42) : In each of the following questions, two willing to discuss issues and
statements are given followed by three conclusions. You have to concerns of the dairy sector in
consider the statements to be true even it they seem to be at variance the backdrop of the farmers
from commonly known facts. You have to decide which of the agitation in Maharashtra that
given conclusions, if any, follow from the given statements. had led to severe shortage of
(a) Only Conclusion 1 follows. milk in the state.
(b) Only Conclusion 2 follows. Directions (43-50) : In the question given below one or more
(c) Both Conclusions 1 and 2 follow statement is/are followed by inferential conclusions. The
conclusion which can be derived without supposing anything else.
(d) Both conclusions 1 and 3 follow
i.e. without adding anything extra to the statement (s) is your
(e) All three conclusions follow answer
41. Statements : I. Water has no shape, has 43. Statement : I. All members of Kamlesh’s
volume. family are honest.
II. The knowledge is, like water, II. Some members of Kamlesh’s
flowed from one side to other. family are not employed.
III. Some employed persons are not
Conclusion : I. The knowledge is inter
honest.
disciplinary.
IV. Some honest persons are not
II. The knowledge is bound within employed.
a specific area. Conclusions : (a) All members of Kamlesh’s
III. The knowledge influences the family are employed.
core of mental activity directly. (b) The employed members of
Kamlesh’s family are honest
42. Statements : I. Milk supply in Maharashtra (c) The honest members of
was badly hit after thousands of Kamlesh’s family are not
dairy farmers launched a protest employed.
on Monday, demanding better (d) The employed members of
price and subsidy of Rs 5 per Kamlesh’s family are not
litre. Tankers supplying milk to honest.
major cities including Mumbai, (e) None of these
Pune, Nagpur, Nashik and
 [ 117 ]

44. Statements : Despite promises by politicians year (b) The football and hockey players,
after year, VIP culture continues to but not the swimmers, were
thrive in India. The latest data aware at the start of the
reveals some 20,000 VIPs have on
experiment that they were being
an average three cops to protect each
of them while there is a huge tested for aggressiveness.
shortage of police personnel for (c) The research studies were
ordinary citizens. designed to include no college
Conclusions : (a) People join politics to live a athletes who participated in
high – profile life. both contact and noncontact
(b) Politicians are less concerned sports.
about common people and more (d) Throughout the United States,
about themselves more incidents of fan violence
(c) Ordinary citizens of the country occur at baseball games than at
are able to protect themselves.
hockey or football games.
(d) Both (1) and (2)
(e) None of these
(e) None of these
45. Statement : The Union Ministry of Human 47. Statement : The state government imposes a
Resource and Development (HRD) monthly tax on the salary of all the
has launched Disha Portal employees.
(diksha.gov.in) to provide digital Conclusions : (a) A regular collection, irresp-
platform to teachers to make their ective of the income slab, by the
lifestyle more digital. It will help Central govt. is the income tax.
teachers create training content,
(b) The Central govt. should not
profile, in–class resources,
collect any tax on income.
assessment aids, news and
announcement and connect with (c) Income tax should not vary
teacher community. according to the income slabs.
Conclusions : (a) the govt is striving to improve (d) Tax should be imposed only
the quality of education. once on an individual.
(b) The government wants to (e) The State govt. should not
promote the e–learning concept. impose any tax on income.
(c) People have craze for eco–
friendly platforms. 48. Statement : There are chances of hike in the
(d) Both (a) and (b) electricity tariff soon. This proposal
(e) None of these will bring about a sharp increase for
46. Statement : Psychological research indicates the industrial consumers and
that college hockey and football marginal increase for the domestic
players are more quickly moved to consumers.
hostility and aggression than are Conclusions : (a) At present there is a disparity
college athletes not in contact sports in the electricity tariff between
such as swimming. But the the domestic and the industrial
researchers’ conclusion – that
consumers.
contact sports encourage and teach
participants to be hostile and (b) Industrial consumers consume
aggressive – is untenable. The more electricity than the
football and hockey players were domestic users.
probably more hostile and (c) Consumption of electricity by
aggressive to start with than the the industrial consumer is
swimmers. comparatively lower than the
Conclusions : (a) The football and hockey players domestic user.
became more hostile and
(d) After this hike, the electricity
aggressive during the season
and remained so during the board will start making profit.
offseason, whereas there was no (e) If this proposal is accepted, then
increase in aggressiveness industrial output will get
among the swimmers. positively affected.
[ 118 ]

49. Statement : All the books, written by Shyam, man for the industry said. “We
are textbooks. Some of his books should understand this thoroughly
published by PSS Publishing U.K. needs indian programmers.
This is not only the question of
Company
investment but also of the talent
Conclusions : (a) PSS Publishing Company with which the Indian programmers
published textbook only are equipped”.
(b) Some textbooks written by Conclusions : (a) In other sectors also, there will
Shyam are published by be shortage of the talented
publishers other than PSS labour till the year 2019.
Publishing Company. (b) Indian programmers are among
the most talented in the world.
(c) PSS Publishing Company
(c) Indian programmers are
publishes some ciritical essays available on comparatively less
wirtten by Shyam salary in comparison to the
(d) All the books published by PSS programmers from other
Publishing Company have been countries.
written by Shyam. (d) In spite of entering with huge
(e) None of these capital in the software Training,
U.K. could not be able to meet
50. Statement : The data given by the U.K. Labour its own needs fully
Ministry indicate that till the year (e) The Indian software market is
2019, there will be a shortage of well equipped to send progra-
1,00,000 programmers. A spokes mmers to other countries.

NOTES :
[ 220 ]

colleges will not be an appropriate step. II is strong exercises that will be helpful for them. It is clear that the
because assuming things to be in a proper shape, more teachers are suggesting them these exercises so as to help
them. Therefore, only argument 3 can be stated from the
agriculture college does mean a greater number of
passage and hence, option 3 is the right answer.
qualified agricultural scientists.
47.(e) Both (b) and (d) defeat the purpose of employment
41.(a) (A) is strong as it addresses the problem of food
guarantee act.
scarcity. (B) is strong as environment is a very important
issue. (C) is weak because "the caution" part is neither
48.(b) The study reported that chocolate reduces the risk of
convincing nor mature.
suffering from central nervous system is weaker by the
42.(c) (A) is weak because it is not true: note the use of statement (b) which says that “Majority of these not
'only'. (B) is strong as the country's power needs can't diagnosed with diseases related to central nervous
be ignored. (C) is weak as it is argument by example. system have stayed away from eating chocolates in
their lives”
43.(c) (A) is strong as space constraints to play a crucial role.
(B) is false: the buyers also benefit in terms of cost and 49.(b) Since Railways earns very less revenue from the
greenery. (C) is strong as mere buildings do not make passenger segment, the giving up of subsidy will help
sense. Without proper infrastructure, they become worse it minimize its loss incurred on the segment.
than rural houses to live in.
50.(c) The students of other management colleges in the state
44.(c) (A) is not true for all roads; work is often done in have performed better than students of the local college
phases and meets completion. (B) is weak : such use in all the previous examinations.=> This is definitely
of electricity can't be termed 'unnecessary'. (C) is an indicator that the given statement is not in line with
strong as it shows concern for the commuters. the general trend because the students of other
management colleges in the state have performed better
45.(e) Only (B) is strong. (A) and (C) are weak as "ill" can't
than students of the local college in all the previous
be punished for the fault of "many".
examinations. It is then expected that those students
46.(c) From the given passage, we can understand that School would continue to perform better than students in the
students are struggling with poor vocabulary and local college. This is why it is not in line with general
grammar and that their teachers ask them to practice trend.

18 STATEMENT AND CONCLUSION

1.(a) Only conclusion I follows. 8.(c) Clearly both the conclusions I and II follow. If all
Conclusion II is already included in the statement. wealthy people are happy in life, then it can be said
that wealth and happiness are directly related.
2.(a) Disturbances in the society are due to people without
self discipline. Only I conclusion follows. 9.(b) Only Conclusion II follows. It is mentioned in the
statement that finance companies collapse due to
3.(e) Both conclusion clearly bring out the central theme of mismanagement. It implies that proper management
Proverb given in the statement, So both conclusions I
can help finance companies to thrive successfully.
and II follow.
10.(e) Clearly both the Conclusions follow. The tone of the
4.(d) Neither conclusion I nor II follows.
statement indicates that the present system is no longer
5.(b) From the statement it is clear that religion nurtures useful and it needs thorough overhauling for
virtues. So, II follows. improvement.
6.(d) Neither I nor II follows. 11.(a) Clearly only Conclusion I follows. Hard work is
7.(d) Neither Conclusion I nor Conclusion II follows. The prerequisite for development, progress and growth.
person always listens to 9 O’clock news on radio to
12.(d) Neither I nor II follows.
keep himself upadated. This does not imply that he
does not read newspaper. The use of term ‘only’ in the 13.(e) According to the statement, National Aluminium
conclusion II makes it unsuitable. company has moved India from a position of shortage
 [ 221 ]

in the past to self - sufficiency in the present. This 25.(e) The use of the term ‘milk glut’ makes I implicit. Also,
means that previously, India had to import Aluminium. the fact that the cooperatives and Goverment dairies
So, I follows. Also, it can be deduced that if production failed to use the available milk indicates that they lack
increases at the same rate, India can export it in future. the proper infrastructure to handle such quantities of
So, II follows. milk. So II also follow.

14.(d) Neither of the conclusion is true. Room looks beautiful 26.(d) The manager might have humiliated Sachin not because
also with other decorative items. of his dislike but on account of certain negligence or
mistake on his part. So, I does not follow. Also,
15.(e) According to statement Government has spoiled
nothing about Sachin’s rapport with his colleagues can
financial institution by appointing bureaucrats as
be deduced from the statement. So, II also does not
directors. This means that only those persons should
follow.
be appointed as directors who are experts in finance
and are acquainted with the financial work of the 27.(c) The Government seeks to review the policy so as to
institute.So both I and II follows. determine whether the diesel price needs to be increased
or it can be kept stable by adjusting certain other
16.(d) The statement does not talk about against the auction factors. So, either decision may be taken. Thus, either
but only speaks of the response it received from the I or II follows.
bidder and the gold producers .So ,I does not follow .
28.(d) The decision to withdraw subsidy has clearly been
The phrase plenty of bidder looking for bargains is
taken to compensate for the loss and not because
quite contrary to II. So,II also does not follow
people can now afford to pay more for cooking gas. So,
17.(d) neither I nor II follows I does not follow. Also, the statement talks of
withdrawing 33% of the prevailing subsidy and not of
18.(d) The statement mentions the problem increased migration
reducing 33% of the actual price. So, II also does not
of children to cities but the way to deal with the
follow.
problem cannot deduced from II. Neither I nor II
29.(d) Since the company has been working in this area for
follows.
three decades, it must have the necessary expertise and
19. (d) According to the statement, 80% of the total runs were
infrastructure required in this field. So, I does not
made by spinners. So, I does not follow. Nothing about
follow. However, the qualities that have made the
the opening batsmen is mentioned in the statement.
Company X successful in this field have not been
So, II also does not follow.
mentioned. So, II also does not follow.
20.(b) Nothing about the growth of economy is mentioned in
the statement. So I does not follow also, it is given that 30.(a) The need for separate rating agency for IT companies
35 percent of national income is shared by 10 per cent clearly indicates that such assessment requires a
of house holds. this indicates unequal distribution so II separate set of skills. So, I follows. However, the
follows. statement indicates only the need or demand and neither
21.(a) According to the statement, tenders are invited from the future course of action nor its after-effects can be
contractors experienced in executing construction jobs. judged. So, II does not follow.
So, conclusion I follows. The availability of competent 31.(d) The Commissioner only cites examples of cities X and
tenderers in construction is not mentioned. So, Y and undertakes to beautify city Z. This does not
conclusion II does not follow. Hence, the answer is (a). imply that he has worked in cities X and Y. So, I does
22.(b) The statement hints at following the practices used by not follow. Also, nothing about people’s response to
leading institutes as a positive feature of the M.N. the state of the city can be deduced from the Statement.
Institute. So, only II follows while I does not. Hence, Thus, II also does not follow.
the answer is (b). 32.(a) It is mentioned in the statement that a neurotic is a
23.(c) The fact that Mr. X has been short-listed for the post, person who behaves stupidly. So, I follows. The
does not confirm his selection. So, either I or II behaviour of normal persons cannot be deduced from
follows. Hence, the answer is (c). the given statement. So, II does not follow.
33.(d) The availability of vegetables is not mentioned in the
24.(e) The phrase ‘only book’ in the statement makes II
given statement. So, I does not follow. Also, II is not
implicit. However, nothing about the state of poverty
directly related to the statement and so it also does not
before 1950 can be deduced from the statement. So,
follow.
both I and II follow.
[ 222 ]

34.(e) Clearly, the statement stresses on the fact that heeding 46.(a) Choice (a) strengthens the psychologist’s conclusion
to national needs is much more important than space by citing facts that their conclusion can help account
research programmes, which stray the concerned for while the opposing view cannot. Therefore, (a) is
authorities from the former. So, both I and II follow. the best answer.
35.(d) The fact that a certain rule has been more welcomed in The differential awareness among experimental subjects
a certain country does not imply that the problem is suggested in (b) is a serious design flaw that tends to
more prevalent there. So, I does not follow. Also, the invalidate the experimental results and any conclusions
amendment seeks to discourage only sexual harassment drawn from them. Choice (c) is an element of good
of women and shall in no way discourage employment experimental design that increases the likelihood that
of women. So, II also does not follow. the experimental data were sound but not the likelihood
that the correct conclusion was drawn from them.
36.(d) From general statements. Universal Conclusions cannot
Choice (d) makes a statement about spectators that has
be drawn.
no direct relevance to the psychological states of athletes
37.(d) Neither conclusion I nor II follows. participating in the games.

38.(b) Clearly, nothing about ‘other things’ mentioned in the 47.(b) The statement talks about a monthly tax on income by
statement. So, I does not follow. Also, since it is the state government. There are two factors here we need
mentioned that programmes and magazines for women to think about – an annual tax on income by the state
are stuffed with kitchen recipes and other household government, and an income tax by the central
hints, it means that women have special interest in government. In either of these additional taxes, the
these area. So, II follows. individual is getting taxed twice on the same income.
Thus the individual should be taxed on their income only
39.(a) From both the statement it is clear that conclusion I is once. Notice that the fourth statement comes close to this,
true. but is insufficient. The fourth statement simply asks that
40.(b) All sportsmen are healthy and Sohan is a good tax be imposed on an individual only once. This is not
sportsman. Therefore, Sohan must be healthy. Therefore, feasible. There are several types of taxes apart from the
only Conclusion II follows. income tax and will be imposed on individuals in several
instances. So statement (d) is not a valid conclusion. Now
41.(d) From the statements it is clear that knowledge is inter- let us come back to our inference that individuals should
disciplinary. Mental activity is related to acquire be taxed on their income only once. Since the state
knowledge. Thus, Conclusions 1 and 3 follow. government is already imposing this tax, the central
42.(b) Only conclusion ( ii ) follows i.e. Railways is drawing Government should not collect any tax on income. Thus
up a plan to make milk available at railway stations (b) is the correct answer.
across the country to promote its consumption. 48.(b) The statement says that there will be an increase in
43.(b) As all the member of Kamlesh family are honest, this electricity tariff. And because of this, there will be a sharp
conclusion is true. increase for the industrial consumers and marginal
44.(b) From the given statement it is clear that Politician’s increase for domestic consumers. From these two things
are less concerned about common people and more we can safely conclude that industrial consumers
about themselves because according to statement 20,000 consume more electricity than domestic users. Hence,
VIPs have on an average three cops to protect each of the correct answer is option 2.
them while there is huge shortage of Police Personnel 49.(b) Only some of the Shyam’s book are published by PSS
for ordinary citizen. company.
45.(d) We can’t go for (c) as the govt would not take such a 50.(b) In statement talent of the Indian programmers is given
step merely on the basis of craze for something. significance. So ‘b’ follows.
 [ 99 ]

16 STATEMENT AND COURSE OF ACTION

A Course of Action is ‘a step or administrative decision to be should try to do something and
taken for development, follow-up or further action in regard to not wait for some more complaints.
the problem, policy etc. on the basis of information given in the The CVC should investigate the
statement’. matter and, if possible try to catch
This kind of questions thus involve in finding proper course of the officer red handed if he is
action, assuming the problem or policy being discussed about corrupt. Hence I follows and II
in the statement. does not follow.

In this kind of questions, a statement is given followed by two Ex. 3 Statement : It is rumored that there is a bomb
courses of action numbered I and II and we are required to in the Prime Minister Office.
understand the statement and analyses the problem, and then Course of Action : I. The Prime Minister should be
decide which of the courses of action logically follow. escorted to a safe area.
II. A proper search of a bomb
SOLVED EXAMPLES
should be carried out.
Ex. 1 Statement : A child was caught in a bus
III. No attention should be paid to
while attempting to steal the
such baseless rumours.
purse of a respectable lady.
Answer : We cannot treat such rumours as
Course of Action : I. The child should be severely involve the prime minister life as
beaten baseless. Hence III does not
II. The child, should be handed follows and instead I and II follow..
over to child welfare society.
POINTS TO REMEMBER
Answer : II will tend to solve the problem
1. Action should be logically correct.
but I will not. Hence II will follow.
2. Remember that opinions are not course of action
Ex. 2 Statement : The Central Vigilance Commi-
ssions of Investigation receives the 3. Extreme or harsh action is not a valid course of action.

complaint of an officer taking bribe 4. The actions must be related to the problem and positive
to do the duty he is supposed to. step towards the solution of the problem, rather harsh and

Course of Action : I. CVC should try to catch the undemocratic.

officer red-handed and then 5. Analyses course of action whether it will solve the problem
take a strict action against him. or lessen it.

II. CVC should wait for some 6. A simple problem must have a simple course of action, not
more complaints about the a complex one which might create more problem than to
officer to be sure about the solve or reduce.Go for a practical course of action.
matter.
7. In most of the cases, a situation has more than one course
Answer : When the CVC receives even a of action. But they are never exclusive to each other. So our
single complaint against an officer, answer should be always “both follow” and not “either of
it is a serious matter. The CVC them follows”.
[ 100 ]

E X E RCI S E

Directions (1 - 25) : In each question below are given a 4. Statement : The sale of a particular product
statements followed by two courses of action. Course of action has gone down considerably
is a step or administrative decision to be taken for improvement, causing great concern to the
follow up or further action in regard to the problem, policy, etc. company.
On the basis of the information given in the statement, you have Course of Action : I. The price of the product should
to assume everything in the statement to be true, then decide be reduced and quality
improved.
which of the given suggested courses of action logically follows
for pursuing. II. The company should make a
proper study of competitive
Give answer : products in the market.
(a) If only I follows 5. Statement : Majority of the students in many
(b) If only II follows schools do not pass in the final
examination.
(c) If either I or II follows
Course of Action : I. The teachers of these schools
(d) If neither I nor II follows should immediately be cut off.
(e) If both I and II follow II. These schools should be closed
down as these have become
1. Statement : Severe drought is reported to have worthless.
set in several parts of the country. 6. Statement : Misuse of aids offered to the
Course of Action : I. Food and water should peasants was observed and brought
to the notice of the concerned
immediately be sent to all
authorities.
drought areas to save the
people and animals. Course of Action : I. Government should issue
orders to the concerned officials
II. Government should imme- to the harsh and more careful
diately make arrangement for while verifying the required
providing financial support to documents while granting aid.
those affected. II. Government should take
stringent action against those
2. Statement : Misuse of subsidies offered to the making false claim of subsidy.
farmers was observed and brought 7. Statement : Air export volumes have rised
to the notice of the concerned substantially over the past decade
authorities. causing accumulation and
Course of Action : I. Govt. should issue orders to difficulties for air cargo agents
because of increased demand for
the concerned officials to be
space and service.
stricter and more careful while
Course of Action : I. Airlines and air cargo agents
verifying the required
should jointly work out a
documents while granting solution to come out of the
subsidy. problem.
II. Govt. should take stringent II. The reasons for the increases
action against those making in the volume of air export
false claim of subsidy. should be figured out.
8. Statement : Expensive clothes and accessories
3. Statement : As stated in the recent census are becoming a growing need
report the female to male ratio is among college going teenagers of
dreadful low. middle income group.
Course of Action : I. The government should Course of Action : I. Colleges should notify a dress
immediately issue orders to all code.
the departments to encourage II. Children should be counseled
people to improve the ratio. emphasizing the importance of
many other things.
II. The government should
conduct another census to 9. Statement : The world conference of
“Education for All” took place in
verify the results.
2000 members who attended
 [ 101 ]

conference endorsed the frame 14. Statement : More number of candidates

work of action for meeting the passing SSC examination has
basic learning needs of all kids. resulted into frustration among
children for not getting admissions
Course of Action : I. India should suitably
into institutions of their choice.
implement the action points of
Course of Action : I. Government should permit the
this conference.
institutions to increase the
II. India should initiate in number of seats.
organizing this type of II. Students and their parents
conference. should be counseled for being
flexible on the choice of
10. Statement : People in the locality were agitated
college.
as more than forty people died in
a building collapse. 15. Statement : Large amount of resources are
needed to develop tourist places in
Course of Action : I. Government should a country like India, which is
immediately announce endowed with vast coastlines,
compensations for the rivers, forests, with rich flora and
affected families. fauna temples etc
II. Authorities should take a strong Course of Action : I. More tourist resorts along the
action against builders for coastal line only should be
using substandard quality of started.
material used. II. The tourist potential of India
should be developed
11. Statement : About 20% to 30% of children,
who are enrolled, do not attend the 16. Statement : The Chairman stressed the need
for making education system more
school on any scheduled day.
flexible and regretted that the
Course of Action : I. More schools should be started curriculum has not been revised in
II. Reasons for this irregularity keeping with the pace of the
should be found out. advances taking place
Course of Action : I. Curriculum should be reviewed
12. Statement : With the onset of South-western and revised periodically
monsoon all the hospitals are II. System of education should be
getting increased number of made more adaptable.
patients due to various seasonal
diseases. 17. Statement : Researchers are feeling agitated
as libraries are not equipped to
Course of Action : I. Municipal should educate the provide the right information to
public need for observing the right users at the right time in
minimum required hygiene. the prescribed format. Even the
II. Municipal authorities should users are not upto-date regarding
make arrangements to equip the various service available for
the hospitals with required them.
medicines and other facilities. Course of Action : I. All the information available
in the libraries should be
13. Statement : Although the Indian economy is digitized to provide faster
still heavily dependent on services to the users.
agriculture, its share in global II. Library staff should be
agriculture trade is less than the imparted training in computer
share of agriculture based exports operations.
to total exports. 18. Statement : The senator said the teachers are
Course of Action : I. Efforts should be made to still not familiarized with need,
increase our agricultural importance and meaning of
production population education in the higher
education system. They are not
II. The exports of non- agricultural even clearly aware about their role
commodities should be and responsibilities in the
reduced. population education programme.
[ 102 ]

Course of Action : I. Population education progr- Course of Action : I. Government should provide
amme should be included in financial aid to the tourism
the higher education. sector
II. Orientation programme should II. Foreign tourists should be
be organized for teachers on informed to visit the country
population education. at their risk.

19. Statement : Experts Committee on Industrial 23. Statement : Employment opportunities in

Relations has unearthed in their private sector industry declined
recent reports that not only the from 4.50 million on December,
internal problems of the or- 2001 to 4.15 million in November,
ganizations were successfully 2002 due to large number of ‘sick’
managed through quality industry- A report
controls but also employees’ Course of Action : I. Government should set-up new
motivation level was increased industries
significantly II. Unemployed should be issued
Course of Action : I. Organization should conduct concessional loans.
orientation programmes for 24. Statement : The experts group on Technical
their employees on quality Education has stressed that
control. computer education should be
II. Employees should be included in the primary school
encouraged to join quality curriculum. It should be
control programmes. implemented in urban and rural
schools simultaneously
20. Statement : If the retired professors of the same
institutes are also invited to deliver Course of Action : I. Government should issue
on restructuring of the organization directions to all schools for
their contribution may be fruitful imparting computer education.
to the institute II. At least one teacher from each
Course of Action : I. Management may seek opinion school should be imparted
of the staff before calling retired training in computer operations
professors. for teaching children.
II. Management should involve 25. Statement : The government has decided not
experienced people for the to provide financial aid to voluntary
systematic restructuring of the organizations from next five year
organization. plan and has communicated that
all such organizations should raise
21. Statement : There are more than 100 villages
funds to meet their financial needs.
in the hill area of Orissa which
are severely damaged due to Course of Action : I. Voluntary organizations should
cyclone and it causes an extra collaborate with abroad
agencies.
burden of Rs.200 crore on State
Government for relief and II. They should approach
rehabilitation work corporate for financial support.
Course of Action : I. People of affected areas should
Directions (26 - 35) : In each question below are given a
be shifted to other safe places. statement followed by three courses of action. Course of
II. State Government should ask action is a step or administrative decision to be taken for
for more financial support from improvement, follow up or further action in regard to the
Central Government. problem, policy, etc. On the basis of the information given
22. Statement : Ministry of Tourism in its one of in the statement, you have to assume everything in the
the reports revealed that due to statement to be true, then decide which of the given suggested
recent social disturbance in the courses of action logically follows for pursuing.
country, the number of foreign 26. Statement : The police has failed to protect the
tourists has decreased considerably, senior citizens of the society. Only
which account for a financial loss last week three old persons were
of Rs.100 crore. murdered at three different places.
 [ 103 ]

Course of Action : I. The police should be asked to Course of Action : I. Movies having good music and
take special care of women and clean entertainment should be
children promoted
II. The Government should bring II. The two movies mentioned
a law against the killing of above should be awarded for
senior citizens. their clean entertainment
III. Convicts who are accused of III. The government should
killing senior citizens should criticise movies that are not
be prosecuted by the state. on the models of these two
(a) Only I follows (b) Only II follows films
(c) Only III follows (d) III and II follow (a) Only I follows (b) Only II follows
(e) None follows. (c) I and II follow (d) I and III follow
(e) II and III follow
27. Statement : Passengers travelling by the Indian
Railways come across a lot of 31. Statement : The economic scenario of the
hardships and inconveniences. country is improving day by day.
Course of Action : I. Efforts should be made to But some states like Madhya
Pradesh seem’s to be going from
improved the conditions
bad to worse.
II. Facilities for safe and pure
Course of Action : I. President rule should be
potable water should be
imposed in Madhya Pradesh.
provided
II. Heavy privatization should be
III. The railway stations and
pursued in such states.
platforms should be made
more clean and hygienic III. The governments of such states
should be asked to re-evaluate
(a) I and II follow (b) II and III follow
their economic planning.
(c) I and III follow (d) All follow
(a) Only II follows (b) I and II follow
(e) None follows.
(c) II and III follow (d) Only III follows
28. Statement : It is rumoured that there is a bomb (e) Either II or III follows
in the Prime minister office.
Course of Action : I. The Prime Minister should be 32. Statement : An IAS officer has been murdered
escorted to a safe area. in Madhya Pradesh by irate mobs.
It is being suspected that the police
II. A proper search of a bomb played a deliberately inert role
should be carried out during the incident.
III. No attention should be paid to Course of Action : I. All IAS officers in Madhya
such baseless rumours. Pradesh should be given tight
(a) Only III follows (b) Only I follows security.
(c) Only II follows (d) Either II or III follows II. The police officials concerned
(e) I and II follow should be suspended.
III. The Chief Minister of Madhya
29. Statement : Country has been facing the
Pradesh should resign on moral
problem of child labour despite
grounds.
several legislations.
(a) Only I follow (b) Only II follows
Course of Action : I. Government should treat
child labour as a trivial issue (c) I and II follows (d) I and III follow
II. Child labour should be (e) All follow
declared civil offence 33. Statement : The pollution level in some parts
III. Children indulging in such of Mumbai has reached an
activities should be punished. alarming level. Already, one day
(a) Only I follows (b) Only II follows in Mumbai means an involuntary
smoking of 24 cigarettes.
(c) Only III follows (d) Either II or III follows
Course of Action : I. Automobiles exceeding the
(e) None of these
pollution limit should be dealt
30. Statement : After the success of films such as with severely.
‘Rab ne bana di Jodi’ and ‘Vivah’ II. The government should close
good music and clean entertai- down some of the high-
nment are back again. pollution industries in Mumbai.
[ 104 ]

III. Cigarettes should be rationed II. The passengers travelling by

in Mumbai. train should be given training
(a) Only I follows (b) Only II follows on how to tackle with the
dacoits and looters.
(c) I and II follow (d) I and III follow
(e) II and III follow. 37. Statement : Many villages in the district have
been washed away by the flood
34. Statement : The salaries of private sector water, rendering all the villagers
employees has nearly increased in without food and shelter.
the past two years. Course of Action : I. The district administration
Course of Action : I. Higher income tax rate should should immediately send relief
be imposed on private sector team with food and other
employees. supplies to the affected areas.
II. The wages of public sector II. The people living in the
employees should also be neighbouring villages should
increased. be evacuated to safer places.
III. A further rise should not be
allowed. 38. Statement : Many students who passed high
school could not get admission in
(a) Only I follows (b) Only II follows the junior colleges due to less
(c) Either I or II follows (d) None follows number of seats in the colleges.
(e) At least one of the above follows Course of Action : I. The government should include
additional seats in the colleges
35. Statement : Some bottles of soft drinks have for the students immediately.
been found to contain dead insects,
flies and even lizards. II. The students who didn’t get
admission in the junior
Course of Action : I. People should be told about
colleges, should be advised to
these incidents.
get admission in the vocational
II. Soft drink manufacturers courses.
should be punished and
imprisoned for selling 39. Statement : In order to maintain its dignity
hazardous products. every country should prosper
economically and ensure
III. The sale of soft drinks should
development.
be banned.
Course of Action : I. The banks and financial
(a) Only I follows (b) I and II follow
institutions must make people
(c) Only II follows (d) II and III follow aware of the importance of
(e) Only III follows economic growth and
development in every nation.
Directions (36 - 50) : In each question below are given a
statement followed by two courses of action. Course of action II. People should be encouraged
is a step or administrative decision to be taken for improvement, to lead life with dignity.
follow up or further action in regard to the problem, policy, etc. 40. Statement : Most of the students in many
On the basis of the information given in the statement, you colleges do not pass in the final
have to assume everything in the statement to be true, then semester examination.
decide which of the given suggested courses of action logically
Course of Action : I. These colleges should be closed
follows for pursuing.
down as these have become
Give answer : unproductive
(a) If only I follows (b) If only II follows
II. The lecturers of these colleges
(c) If both I and II follow (d) If neither I nor II follows should not immediately be
(e) If either I or II follows retrenched.
36. Statement : There have been many incidents 41. Statement : The alert villagers collectively
of dacoity and looting in many caught a group of dreaded dacoits
passenger trains this year. armed with deadly weapons.
Course of Action : I. The railway authority should Course of Action : I. The villagers should not be
immediately deploy one provided sophisticated weapons.
security personnel in each II. The villagers should be
compartment in all the rewarded for their courage and
passenger trains. unity.
 [ 105 ]

42. Statement : A very large number of students and have blocked both pairs of the
have failed in the final higher railway tracks.
secondary school examination due Course of Action : I. The railway authorities should
to faulty questions in one of the immediately send men and
subjects. equipment to the spot to clear
Course of Action : I. All the students who have the railway tracks.
failed in that subject should be II. All the trains running in both
allowed to take supplementary directions should be diverted
examination. to other routes.
II. All those who are responsible
for the error should be 47. Statement : Many people in the hilly areas
suspended and an enquiry have been suffering from
should be initiated to find out respiratory diseases during past
of facts. few months.
Course of Action : I. The government should
43. Statement : A vast number of people visiting
immediately send a team of
India from country ‘X’ have been
health professionals to provide
tested positive for carrying viruses
medical care to the affected
of a killer disease.
people.
Course of Action : I. The Government of India
II. The people suffering from such
should immediately put a
diseases should be kept in a
complete ban on people coming
special ward and put through
to India from country ‘X’
proper care.
including those Indian who are
settled in country ‘X’. 48. Statement : There has been inadequate rainfall
II. The Government of India in major part of the district during
should immediately set-up this monsoon.
detection centers at all its Course of Action : I. The farmers should be advised
airports and seaports to identify to cultivate alternate crops
and quarantine those who are which require less water during
tested positive. the coming months.
44. Statement : While laying pipes for one of the II. The government should make
utility companies a huge fire broke arrangement for providing
out due to damage done to the relief to the farmers to
pipeline. compensate possible loss.
Course of Action : I. All the licenses of the utility 49. Statement : The condition of all the major
company should immediately roads in the city has deteriorated
by suspended pending enquiry due to incessant rain during the
into the incidence last three months.
II. People, residing in the area Course of Action : I. The city civics authority should
should be advised to stay inside deploy additional traffic staff
their homes to avoid burn to regulate the vehicular
injuries. movement.
45. Statement : There have been a huge number of II. The city civic authority should
cases of Internet hacking in the immediately make arrange-
recent months, creating panic ments for repairs of the
among the Internet users. damaged roads.
Course of Action : I. The government machinery
50. Statement : A large number of people die every
should make an all-out effort
year due to drinking contaminated
to nab those who are
water during the summer.
responsible and prosecute
them. Course of Action : I. The government should make
adequate arrangements to
II. The Internet users should be
provide safe drinking water to
advised to stay away from these
all its citizens.
worlds.
II. The people should be educated
46. Statement : As many as eight coaches of a about the dangers of drinking
passenger train have been derailed polluted water.
 [ 215 ]

34.(a) The words ‘not true always’ implies that sometimes 43.(d) A decision is taken when it is felt that it would be
the move bears positive results. Hence, the speaker accepted by most of the people concerned. Hence I is
must be assuming I. II is obviously not implicit. implicit. II is also implicit as the reason behind the
35.(d) The idea behind facilitating learning computer for free need.
is aimed at attracting learners. Hence I is implicit. II is
44.(a) I is implicit because teachers can’t be appointed in a
also an assumption; that is why the advertisement
vacant II is more of a presumption.
advocates learning computer.
45.(a) Assumption I is implicit because it makes us import
36.(a) The decision taken by the government implies that the
government must be assuming I. Note that no sugar inspite of the increase in the number of sugar
organization/ government/person takes decision to factories. But II is not implicit because “future” is
compensate the victim unless it assumes that it has beyond the scope of the statement.
adequate fund to satisfy the expenses. II can’t be 46.(b) I. Not-Implicit: Statement does not talk about quality
correlated. Hence, II is not implicit.
of students.
37.(b) Assumption I can’t be correlated with the statement. II. Implicit : This is purpose of offering discount.
Hence, assumption I is not implicit. Now, why did the
authority go for the advertisement ? Obviously, II must 47.(e) I. Implicit : Government has decided to waive off
be assumed. Hence, II is implicit. the loans to stop further cases of sucides.
II. Implicit : Government always assume that their
38.(e) I highlights. Hence I is not implicit. II can’t be
decision/schemes will be welcomed by larger
correlated with the statement; hence II is not implicit.
public.
39.(b) I is not implicit because of the word “All”. II is
implicit; it is this that makes the speaker say “you 48.(a) I. Implicit : Company must have assumed that local
must have at least the basic knowledge of English”. candidates have their accomodation.
II. Implicit : Not related to statement.
40.(d) I is an assumption because the government is assuming
that the initiative taken by it is an effort to rectify the 49.(a) I. Implicit : This is the reason why lack of
problem. II is obvious because the initiative taken by stimulation in earliest years of life is important.
the government has been aimed at benefiting the II. Not implicit : Statement does not talk about
farmers.
measurement of intelligence.
41.(a) I is implicit in the claim being made in the
announcement. When you make a claim, you highlight 50.(a) I. Implicit : When Government decides something it
your achievement. But II is irrelevant. Such is assumed that it has resources to implement the
“cooperation” from the people one does not expect. decision.
II. Not-implicit : Statement does not talks about,
42.(d) Assumption I is implicit as the motive behind the
whether eligible candidate may apply or not.
comparison. II is implicit in the purpose of advertising.

16 STATEMENT AND COURSE OF ACTION

1.(a) In the break-out of a natural calamity, the basic duty of by creating awareness among the masses and abolishing
the government becomes to provide the basic amenities female foeticide. Thus, only course I follows.
essential to save the lives of people and animals.
Providing financial support to all would put undue 4.(b) Clearly, a study of competitive products in the market
burden on the country's resources. So, only I follows. will help assess the cause for the lowering down of
sales and then a suitable action can be taken. Thus,
2.(e) Alertness of concerned officials will be helpful in only II follow.
reducing the misuse of subsidies. Hence, action I is
advisable. Action II is also advisable, because the 5.(d) Clearly, the situation demands that efforts be made to
stringent action against those making false claim of remove the inadequate in the present system of
subsidy will restrict other such wrong doers. education and adequate measures be taken to improve
the performance of students. So, none of the given
3.(a) A census is always conducted with the precision. So,
courses follows.
II does not follow. Further, the ratio can be improved
[ 216 ]

6.(e) It is clear from the statement. 20.(b) Valuable suggestions from the retired professors will
be helpful for restructuring of organization. Hence,
7.(a) The problem faced by the airlines and cargo agents is management should involve such experienced people,
the non-availability of cargo space. Therefore, right Seeking permission from the staff is not the right
course of action is to tackle the problem. course of action.
8.(b) II is the right course of action because we have to 21.(e) Affected people should be shifted to the safe place.
tackle the problem not to restrict them. Secondly, affected State should ask for more financial
help from Central Government to accelerate the relief
9.(a) Implementation of such action plans, as framed by the
task.
conference, is a right course of action as it will give an
immediate and effective impact on the standard of 22.(d) Financial support to the tourism sector is not a fixed
education for the children. solution. Secondly, constant risk for the foreign tourists
will never encourage tourism in the country. Hence,
10.(a) Immediate compensation for the affected families will
neither of the actions is the right solution in this
reduce anger of people of the locality. So, I follows.
direction.
11.(b) Reasons for this irregularity should be found out as it 23.(e) Both are the right courses of action as each of the courses
will help to check such phenomena of absence of of action improves the chance of employment opportunity.
students from the class.
24.(e) Both are the right courses of action for effective
12.(b) To handle increased number of patients easily in the implementation of computer education at primary level
hospital arrangement of required medicines and other in urban and rural schools.
facilities are necessary. So, II follows.
25.(b) Obviously, if government has decided to stop financial
13.(a) Only by increasing our agricultural production, we can aid to voluntary organizations, these organizations
have a better position in international agricultural based should find other sources of financial aid, Hence (II) is
trade. Reduction in non-agricultural commodities will the right course of action.
further worsen our position. So only, I is the right
course of action. 26.(e) This question is slightly tricky. I does not follow
because the problem mentions senior citizens and not
14.(e) Both I & II follows. women and children. II and III are proper courses of
action, yet they do not follow because such provisions
15.(b) As per statement, India is already endowed with are already there. Murdering elderly people is a
tourist spots. Therefore, these existing potential should punishable offense under while convicts as a rule are
be improved and cashed. prosecuted by the state. II and III are not new
16.(e) Statement speaks of inadequacies of the education suggestions. They are already in practice.
system and emphasizes the need for adaptability and 27.(d) All the recommendations would be positive steps
revision. Hence, both the actions are right courses of towards solving the problem, i.e., hardships and
action to update the curriculum. inconvenience to passengers. Hence, all follow.
17.(e) Statement points out the un-efficient working of libraries 28.(e) We cannot treat such rumours that involve the Prime
with regard to providing right information. Minister’s life as baseless. Hence III does not follow
Computerization will help in organizing the information and instead, I and II follow.
systematically. Secondly, library staff should be trained
to make efficient use of computers. Hence, both the 29.(e) I is of course rubbish: it talks of escaping from a problem.
II is not proper civil offence means that we are making it
actions are right course of action.
lighter because it is a criminal offence presently. III is
18.(b) Statement point out the unacquaintance of the teachers also not proper. To stop child labour we must stop and
with population education, hence orientation punish those who employ children. To punish the
programme should be organized for teachers. Hence, innocent children themselves would be inhuman.
action (II) is the right course of action.
30.(c) I and II are proper courses of action. Good things must
19.(e) Statement emphasizes the benefits and effectiveness of be (i) promoted and (ii) rewarded. III is not proper: we
quality control. Hence, it is advisable that quality cannot criticize a movie only because it is not similar
control should be encouraged in the organization and to a particular movie.
at the same time employees should be persuaded to 31.(d) Both I and II are questionable. I is not acceptable; it is
join it. Hence, both the actions are right courses of an stringent action and some effort to looking to the
action. situation under the popularly elected government must
 [ 217 ]

precede it. II appears without any explanation; why 38.(b) I does not follow because there are a large number of
should one take privatization to be the remedy of all evils victims. Additional seats will not solved the problems of
? III is proper; the governments concerned must be asked those students because it may compromise on the quality
to re-evaluate their system and correct the faults. of education. II is advisable because it will solved the
problem.
32.(a) That IAS officers should be given more security is
obvious. Police officials should be suspended only if 39.(a) I is advisable because awareness through these
their involvement is proved. Currently, it is not proved. institutions with increase people participation to get
desired objective. II is irrelevant.
The Chief Minister may or may not resign and it is an
individual decision; however, it must be understood 40.(d) Both I and II are not the right approach deal with the
that a Chief Minister is very remotely responsible for situation.
such incidents and hence his resignation is not a must.
41.(b) I is not advisable because sophisticated weapons must
33.(a) I is obvious: all those violating the pollution norms not be provided in lay hands. II is advisable because
should be severely dealt with. II is an extreme action this will encourage the villagers.
: before closing down a unit the government should
42.(c) I is advisable because it will give an opportunity to the
check if its pollution level can be minimized. III is victim of the faulty question paper. II is also advisable
ridiculous: if pollution is equivalent to cigarettes, it is because disciplinary action taken against the persons
not a fault of cigarettes. responsible for faulty question paper will give the right
message to other such persons.
34.(d) None follows. Why higher income tax rate ? If they are
earning more, they will automatically pay more taxes 43.(b) I is not advisable because it is a harsh action. II is
because taxes are proportional to income. Similarly, advisable because it is a proper and rational way.
wages of public sector employees can’t be increased:
44.(d) I is not advisable because it is an extreme action. Why
there are many differences between a private sector
should all the license of the utility company be
employee and a public sector employee. The latter
immediately suspended ? II is not advisable because to
enjoys many hidden perks such as free medical facilities,
avoid burn injuries people should be away from the
free house, gratuity, etc. His working conditions may place of incident but not necessarily inside their
not be as tough as those of a private sector employees. homes.
Also, he has a greater security of job. Before raising
his salary these factors should also be borne in mind. 45.(a) I is advisable because fear of punishment restricts
III also does not follow because it is an irrational people from doing offence. Hence the number of cases
of internet hacking is likely to reduce. II is not advisable
action and no causes have been given.
because it will hamper the work of internet users.
35.(a) Obviously, people should be made aware of these
46.(c) I is advisable because it will ensure smooth running of
possibilities so that they are not under the impression
trains again. II is advisable because it will reduce the
that soft drinks are always safe; they must know the
inconvenience of other passengers.
reality. II does not follow: you cannot subject anyone to
imprisonment for a incident which may, after all, be an 47.(c) Both I and II are necessary to eliminate the problem.
accident. It is for the law to decide. III is an extreme I will facilitate the people to get the service at their
action; a better action would be to take protective doors. Whereas proper care will be helpful to cure
measures and to ensure that no such incidents occur in people from the disease.
the future. 48.(c) Both I and II are advisable.
36.(a) Allotting security personnel in each compartment helps 49.(c) Both I and II are advisable. I is temporary solutions
to reduce incidents of decoity and loot in passenger whereas II is a long-term one.
trains. So, I follows.
50.(c) The situation demands creating awareness among
37.(c) I is advisable because the team with relief package people about the dangers of drinking contaminated
will be helpful for the people in distress. II is advisable water so that they themselves refrain from the same,
because shelter is also a problem. and at the same time taking steps to provide safe
drinking water. So, both the courses follow.
 [ 119 ]

19 NUMBER SERIES
In these type of questions, given a series of numbers. The terms Sol.(b) 1 9 25 49 81 ——
in the series follows a particular pattern (rule) throughout the                 
series. We are required to study the series and identify the
1² 3² 5² 7² 9² 11²
pattern for completing the series.
 11² = 121.
Ex.1 5, 1, 6, 7, 13, 20, 33, ?
(a) 50 (b) 53 (c) 55 (d) 58 Ex.4 160, 80, 40, ____, 10
(a) 20 (b) 15 (c) 25 (d) 35
Sol.(b)
5 1 6 7
Sol.(a)
13 20 33
160 80 40 20 10
5+1=6 6+1 6+7=13 7+13=20 13+20=33 20+33=53
160/2=80 80/2=40 40/2=20 20/2=10
Ex.2 5, 2, 6, 4, 7, 8, 8, ?, 9
(a) 10 (b) 15 (c) 16 (d) 18 Ex.5 111, 100, 87, ____, 55, 36
(a) 83 (b) 64 (c) 72 (d) 78
Sol.(c)
2 2 2 Sol.(c)
5 2 6 4 7 8 8 16 9 111 100 87 72 55 36
+1 +1 +1 +1
-11 -13 -15 -17 -19
Ex.3 1, 9, 25, 49, 81, ?
(a) 100 (b) 121 (c) 144 (d) 169

EXERCISE

Directions (1-55) : What will come in place of the question 8. 0.6, 0.06, 0.006, ?, 0.00006
marks (?) in the following number series. (a) .06 (b) .00006 (c) .006 (d) .0006

1. 6, 54, 486, 4374, ? 9. 302 : 502 : : 601 : ?

(a) 33966 (b) 36939 (c) 39366 (d) 49386 (a) 401 (b) 702 (c) 701 (d) 802

2. 12, 27, 58, 121, 248, ? 10. ?, 3219, 5231, 7243, 9255.
(a) 308 (b) 416 (c) 503 (d) 618 (a) 1226 (b) 2226 (c) 1216 (d) 1207

3. ?, 2116, 2209, 2304, 2401, 2500 11. 8 : 16 : : ? : 24.

(a) 2124 (b) 1972 (c) 1521 (d) 2025 (a) 3 (b) 6 (c) 9 (d) 12

12. 12, 78, 13, 91, 14, ?, 15

4. 104, 41.6, 16.64, ?, 2.6624, 1.06496
(a) 100 (b) 102 (c) 98 (d) 104
(a) 6.656 (b) 6.853 (c) 6.048 (d) 6.286
13. 7, 15, 31, 55, ?, 127
5. 33, 321, 465, 537, 573, ?
(a) 41 (b) 77 (c) 47 (d) 87
(a) 600 (b) 591 (c) 585 (d) 498
14. 7, 26, 63, ?, 215, 342
6. 3125, 625, ?, 25, 5, 1 (a) 105 (b) 104 (c) 124 (d) 130
(a) 50 (b) 55 (c) 125 (d) 124
15. 1, 5, 14, 30, 55, ?
7. 8, 13, 22, 39, 72, ? (a) 88 (b) 91 (c) 72 (d) 56
(a) 137 (b) 135 (c) 133 (d) 131
[ 120 ]

16. 45, 44, 42, 39, ?, ? 36. 7, 3, 10, 6, 16, ?, 24

(a) 35, 29 (b) 35, 30 (c) 38, 36 (d) 35, 28 (a) 9 (b) 8 (c) 7 (d) 6

17. 3, 7, 13, 21, ?, ? 37. 110, 191, 255, 304, 340, ?

(a) 30, 41 (b) 30, 45 (c) 31, 43 (d) 35, 48 (a) 345 (b) 355 (c) 365 (d) 378

18. 3 : 4 : 5 : : 9 : ? : 41 38. 21, 10, 31, 41, 72, 113, ?

(a) 35 (b) 40 (c) 45 (d) 12 (a) 155 (b) 182 (c) 175 (d) 185

19. 18, 2, 36, 3, 108, 4, ? 39. 96, 55, 26, ?, 4

(a) 228 (b) 256 (c) 456 (d) 432 (a) 15 (b) 13 (c) 23 (d) 17
20. 7, 12, 22, 37, 57, ? 40. 3, 6, 11, 20, ?, 70, 135
(a) 69 (b) 77 (c) 82 (d) 89 (a) 32 (b) 33 (c) 35 (d) 37
21. 0, ?, 10, 18, 28. 41. 5, 10, 10, 20, 20, 40, 40, ?.
(a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 5 (d) 4 (a) 60 (b) 40 (c) 80 (d) 90
22. 36, 20, 12, 8, 6, ? 42. 72, 71, 70, 66, ?, 49, 22
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 5 (a) 56 (b) 58 (c) 60 (d) 62
23. 2  10 , 3  17 , 5  37 ,
? 43. 1, 2, 6, 24, 120, 720, ?
(a) 7  19 (b) 7  50 (c) 7  60 (d) 7  65 (a) 4080 (b) 5020 (c) 5040 (d) 5000
24. 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, ?, 29, 31 44. 5, 6, 14, 45, ?
(a) 26 (b) 23 (c) 24 (d) 25 (a) 160 (b) 145 (c) 155 (d) 184
25. 1, 9, 25, 49, 81, ? 45. 15, 32, 66, 134, ?, 542
(a) 101 (b) 103 (c) 111 (d) 121 (a) 272 (b) 270 (c) 268 (d) 318
26. 4 : 16 : : 16 : ? 46. 25, 49, 121, 169, ?
(a) 32 (b) 12 (c) 4 (d) 256 (a) 256 (b) 289 (c) 225 (d) 189
27. 6 : 84 : : 7 : ? 47. 2, 9, 28, 65, ?
(a) 98 (b) 92 (c) 89 (d) 91 (a) 125 (b) 126 (c) 85 (d) 95
28. 295, 259, 234, ?, 209, 205 48. 342, 214, 122, 60, ?
(a) 220 (b) 218 (c) 225 (d) 230 (a) 22 (b) 20 (c) 24 (d) 27
29. 5, 6, 14, 45, ?, 925 49. 7, 8, 6, 7, 5, 6, ?
(a) 90 (b) 180 (c) 184 (d) 525 (a) 3 (b) 5 (c) 4 (d) 6
30. 169 : ? : : 361 : 289
50. 0, 8, 64, 216, ?, 1000
(a) 196 (b) 169 (c) 144 (d) 121
(a) 343 (b) 510 (c) 512 (d) 432
31. 412, 387, 362, 337, ?
51. 18, 22, 21, 20, 24, 18, ?
(a) 302 (b) 312 (c) 300 (d) 217
(a) 27 (b) 26 (c) 21 (d) 16
32. –4, –1, 4, 11, 20, ?
52. 2, 4.5, 11, 30, 93, 329, ?
(a) 30 (b) 31 (c) 32 (d) 33
(a) 957 (b) 1819 (c) 1320 (d) 1024
33. 15, 16, 20, 29, 45, 70, ?
53. 14 21 42 ? 315
(a) 106 (b) 96 (c) 102 (d) 76
(a) 105 (b) 102 (c) 90 (d) 180
34. 0, 3, 8, 15, 24, ?
54. 8, 15, 36, 99, 288, ?
(a) 30 (b) 35 (c) 34 (d) 32
(a) 370 (b) 825 (c) 855 (d) 905
35. 1, 8, 27, 64, 125, 216, ?
55. 9, 8, 10, 16, 11, ?, 12, 64
(a) 512 (b) 342 (c) 343 (d) 334
(a) 38 (b) 30 (c) 12 (d) 32
 [ 223 ]

19 NUMBER SERIES

1.(c) 6 × 9 = 54, 54 × 9 = 486, 486 × 9 = 4374, 4374 × 9 10.(d) __ 3219 5231 7243 9255
= 39366.
2.(c) 12 × 2 = 24 +3 = 27,
27 × 2 = 54 + 4 = 58, +2012 +2012 +2012 +2012
58 × 2 = 116 + 5 = 121, Hence, the number is 1207.
121 × 2 = 242 + 6 = 248, 11.(d) clearly, 8 × 2 = 16 8 : 16
248 × 2 = 496 + 7 = 503. Hence, 12 × 2 = 24 12 : 24
So the missing number is 503. 12.(d) The no. of odd places, they are all consecutive natural
3.(d) 2 2 2 2
2025 = 45 , 2116 = 46 , 2304 = 48 , 2401 = 49 , 2500 = 50 2 no.
1 1 1
4.(a) 104, 41.6, 16.64, ?, 2.6624, 1.06496 12  13  14  15
104 ÷ 2.5 = 41.6 & the no. of even places, the difference between no. is
13.
41.6 ÷ 2.5 = 16.64
16.64 ÷ 2.5 = 6.656 .... and so on. 78  
13
 91  
13
 104 .

5.(b) 13.(d) 7 15 31 55 87 127

33 321 465 537 573 591

+8 +16 +24 +32 +40

14.(c) 7 = 2³ -1 26 = 3³ - 1
63 = 4³ - 1 124 = 5³ - 1
6.(c) In the given series each no. is obtained by dividing the 215 = 6³ - 1 342 = 7³ - 1
preceding number by 5. 2
15.(b) 1+2 = 5
625 5+32 = 14
 Next no. = 5 = 125.
14+42 = 30
7.(a)
8 13 22 39 72 137 30+52 = 55
55+62 = 91.
+5 +9 +17 +33 65
16.(b) 45 44 42 39 —
+4 +8 +16 +32
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5
8.(d) The series is obtained by using one zero after decimal.
 Required number = 35, 30
Required number is .0006 17.(c) 3 7 13 21 —

9.(c) In the 1st pair the 1st digit of the second no. is the sum
+4 +6 +8 +10 +12
of the 1st and last digit of the 1st no. where the last two
 Required number = 31, 43
digit are same as that of the 1st no. Applying the same
18.(b) 5² = 3² + 4². Similarly, 41² = x² + 9²
logic in the second pair we have the 1st digit of second
x² = 1600  x = 40
no. as 6+1 = 7.
19.(d) 18  2 = 36, 36  3 = 108
And last two digit as 0 & 1 in that order, so the no. is 108  4 = 432
701.  Required number = 432.
[ 224 ]

20.(c) 7 12 22 37 57 — 31.(b) 412, 387, 362, 337, 312

+5 +10 +15 +20 +25

-25 -25 -25 -25
 Required number = 82. 32.(b) - 4, -1, 4, 11, 20, 31
21.(d) 0 — 10 18 28 12-5, 22-5, 32-5, 42-5, 52-5, 62-5
33.(a) 15, 16, 20, 29, 45, 70, 106
+4 +6 +8 +10
 Required number = 4 +12 +22 +32 +42 +52 +62

22.(d) 36 20 12 8 6 5 34.(b) 0, 3, 8, 15, 24, 35

-16 -8 -4 -2 -1
 Required number = 6 – 1 = 5
(12-1), (22-1), (32-1), (42-1), (52-1), (62-1)
23.(d) In each surd, the whole no. part are all consecutive 35.(c) 1, 8, 27, 64, 125, 216, 343
primes.
Hence, in the required surd the whole no. part is 7.
13, 23, 33, 43, 53, 63, 73
Now, the irrational part is.
36.(b) Third, Fifth and seventh no. is the sum of
10  ( 2  1)²  1  17  (3  1)²  1 proceeding two no. Hence, Missing No is 8
because 16+8 = 24.
37  (5  1)²  1  ( 7  1)²  1  65

24.(b) The given no. are consecutive primes. 37.(c) 110 191 255 304 340 365

After 19, the next prime is 23.

+81 +64 +49 +36 +25
25.(d) 1 9 25 49 81 —
2 2 2 2
(9) (8) (7) (6) (5)2

38.(d) 21, 10, 31, 41, 72, 113, 185

1² 3² 5² 7² 9² 11²
 11² = 121.
(21+10) (31+10) (31+41) (41+72) (72+113)
26.(d) 4 : 16 :: 16 : 256
39.(b) 9 × 6 + 1 = 55, 5 × 5 + 1 = 26
NO : (NO)2 :: NO: (NO)2 2 × 6 + 1 = 13, 1 × 3 + 1 = 4
27.(a) 6 : 84 :: 7: 98 40.(d) 3, 6, 11, 20, 37, 70, 135
NO : NO×14 :: NO: NO×14

28.(b) 295, 259, 234, 218, 209, 205

(3×2)-0 (6×2)-1 (11×2)-2 (20×2)-3 (37×2)-4 (70×2)-5

41.(c) 5, 10, 10, 20, 20, 40, 40, 80

-62 -52 -42 -32 -22 There are two series:
5, 10, 20, 40
29.(c) 5, 6, 14, 45, 184, 925
10, 20, 40, 80

42.(b) 72 71 70 66 58 49 22
(51)+1 (62)+2 (143)+3 (454)+4 (185)+5

30.(d) 169: 121 :: 361 : 289

-(1)2 -(1)3 -(2)2 -(2)3 -(3)2 -(3)3
(13)2: (11)2 :: (19)2: (17)2
-1 -1 -4 -8 -9 -27
 [ 225 ]

43.(c) 1, 2, 6, 24, 120, 720, 5040 -2 -2

51.(a) 18 21 24 18 27
22 20
1×2 2×3 6×4 24×5 120×6 720×7
+3 +3 +3
44.(d) 5, 6, 14, 45, 184

2 4.5 11 30 93 329 1320

(5×1)+1 (6×2)+2 (14×3)+3 (45×4)+4 52.(c)
3 3 2 2 5 5  3 3 7 7 4  4
     
45.(b) 15, 32, 66, 134, 270, 542 2 2 2 2 2 2

(15×2)+2 (32×2)+2 (66×2)+2 (134×2)+2 (270×2)+2 14 21 42 105 315

53.(a)
46.(b) It is a series of squares of consecutive prime numbers.
×1.5 ×2 ×2.5 ×3
3 3 3 3 3
47.(b) The given series is 1 +1, 2 +1, 3 +1, 4 +1, 5 +1. Hence
the required no. in 126.
8 15 36 288 855
99
48.(a) 342, 214, 122, 60, 22
54.(c)
(7³-1), (6³-2), (5³-3), (4³-4), (3³-5) +7 +21 +63 +189 +567

49.(c) 7, 8, 6, 7, 5, 6, 4 ×3 ×3 ×3 ×3

There are two series:

7, 6, 5, 4 and 8, 7, 6 ×2 ×2 ×2

50.(c) 0, 8, 64, 216, 512, 1000 9 8 10 16 11 32 12 64

55.(d)
+1 +1 +1

0³, 2³, 4³, 6³, 8³, 10³

20 LETTER SERIES
1.(c) Clearly, the first letters of the terms are alternate. The 5.(a) The series is cbac, cbac, cbac, cbac.
sequence followed by the numbers is + 2, + 3, + 4,..
6.(b) In this given series, the second letter of each term is
The last letter of each term is three steps ahead of the
replaced by a letter having one more place in the
last letter of the preceding term. Thus, the next term
alphabetical order.
would be X 17 O. Hence, the answer is (c)
+1 +1 +1 +1
2.(c) Add the alphabetic numerical value of each letter in
the group and then sum up the unit and tens which is E F G H I
equal to four everywhere, i.e., CWE = 3 + 23 + 5 = 31
Now, 1st term of each term is replaced by letter having
which is equal to MCO = 13 + 3 + 15 = 31.
one less place in the alphabetical orders.
3.(b) The series contains the first letter of the months of the -1 -1 -1 -1
year in continuity.
O N M L K
4.(d) There is a gap of one letter in all the alphabets and
Hence, KI should be the missing term.
numbers are doubling.
 [ 121 ]

20 LETTER SERIES
In this series given alphabets follow a particular sequence or Sol.(b) Sequence in the given series is moving forward with
order. We have to detect the pattern from the given alphabets
and find missing alphabet or the next alphabet to continue the +3, +4, +5, +6, +7 and so on steps.
pattern. +3, +4, +5, +6, +7 and so on steps.
SOLVED EXAMPLES C F J O U B

Ex.1 ABZ, BCY, CDX, DEW, ……. +3 +4 +5 +6 +7

(a) EFV (b) DEF (c) FEV (d) DEV

Ex.4 ba __ b __ aab __ a __ b
Sol.(a) EFV
(a) baab (b) abba (c) abaa (d) babb
Ex.2 ……., PSV, EHK, TWZ, ILO
Sol.(b) Pattern is baab / baab / baab
(a) BEH (b) ADG (c) IMP (d) ZCF
Sol.(b) ADG Ex.5 a __ ba __ cbaac __ aa __ ba

Ex.3 C, F, J, O, U, …… (a) cabb (b) cabc (c) bbcc (d) cbcb

(a) D (b) B (c) A (d) E Sol.(b) Pattern is acba / acba / acba / acba.

EXERCISE

Directions (1-55) : What will come in place of the question 10. BC, EF, HI, KL, ____
marks (?)/blank space in the following letter series. (a) HN (b) NM (c) NO (d) ON

1. P 3 C, R 5 F, T 8 I, V 12 L, ? 11. AB, EF, IJ, MN, ____

(a) Y17O (b) X17M (c) X17O (d) X18O (a) WX (b) YZ (c) QR (d) XY

2. CWE, FQH, RDI, ? 12. 2B2, 5E5, 8H8, ______, 14N14

(a) XBZ (b) TGU (c) MCO (d) FUT (a) 8G8 (b) 11K11 (c) 11I11 (d) 9K9

3. J, F, M, A, M, ? 13. MOST, MOTS, MSTO, MSOT, MTOS, _____

(a) A (b) J (c) M (d) D
(a) MTSO (b) MOST (c) MSOT (d) TSOM
4. C-3, E-6, G-12, I-24, K-48, ?
14. AEWS, BFXT, ______, DHZV
(a) M-72 (b) L-84 (c) L-80 (d) M-96
(a) CGTX (b) CGXT (c) CGYU (d) CTXG
5. cba _ cb _ ccb _ cc _ ac
15. BDF, CFI, DHL, ____
(a) caab (b) cbca (c) cbac (d) cbac
(a) EJN (b) EJO (c) EIN (d) EIO
6. OE, NF, MG, LH, ____
16. SUW, UWY, WYA, ____
(a) QL (b) KI (c) OK (d) GK
(a) YZC (b) YAC (c) YBC (d) CYA
7. 11C, 24E, 37G, 50I, 63K, _____
(a) 61M (b) 69M (c) 76M (d) 71M C E H L
17. , , , , ___
E Q L Q
8. AT, CR, EP, GN, ____
(a) LI (b) IN (c) IL (d) MN (a) Q/P (b) Q / S (c) Q / I (d) Q / W

9. CAGEKIOM ?? 18. ABC, CEF, EHI, GKL, ____

(a) US (b) QS (c) OQ (d) SQ (a) IJK (b) GHI (c) IKL (d) INO
[ 122 ]

19. YB : VE : : SH : ______ 37. AZ : CX :: BY : _____

(a) UL (b) CR (c) PK (d) NM (a) DW (b) DV (c) EW (d) EV

20. POTATO : TPOOAT : : 123432 : _____ 38. FLP : HOT : : GNR : ______
(a) IMU (b) IQV (c) IQU (d) IRV
(a) 312214 (b) 123456 (c) 321124 (d) 312243
39. AZ, BY, CX, ______
21. BD, EH, IM, NS, ?
(a) EU (b) DE (c) DW (d) FV
(a) UY (b) UZ (c) TY (d) TZ
40. ___, DCADS, DEAGT, DGAJU, DIAMV
22. Z, X, U, Q, L, ? (a) DAAAR (b) DABAR (c) DABBR (d) DAABR
(a) F (b) M (c) N (d) G
41. A, CD, GHI, __________
23. DEFG : HJLN : : GHIJ : ____ (a) LMNO (b) JKLM (c) MNO (d) MNOP
(a) NPRT (b) NPTR (c) NPRQ (d) NPOT
42. Z1, Y2, X3, __________, V5, U6
24. X, N, G, C, ____ (a) T4 (b) W3 (c) W4 (d) A4
(a) B (b) A (c) Y (d) None 43. AEIM, BFJN, CGKO, __________
25. AD : N : : BC : _____ (a) DHLP (b) EICP (c) DILP (d) DGLP
(a) U (b) V (c) W (d) P 44. A1C, D3F, G5I, J7L, __________
(a) M9O (b) N9P (c) M8O (d) M8M
26. BCD, DFH, HKN, NRV, ____
(a) ZKU (b) ZKV (c) VAF (d) VAE 45. YCW : VBX : : UFS : _________
(a) RDT (b) RET (c) QET (d) QDR
27. Y, T, U, Q, Q, N, M, K, __, __
(a) J, I (b) I, H (c) H, J (d) K, L 46. CBW : FDV : : GIT : _________
(a) HLR (b) JKH (c) JKS (d) HLS
28. MH, NI, OJ, ?
(a) PT (b) PK (c) SP (d) KP 47. AB, DE, HI, MN, ST, ________
(a) YZ (b) AB (c) ZA (d) WX
29. BUCZH, DSEXJ, FQGVL, HOITN, ?
(a) MQORN (b) JMRKP (c) JMKRP (d) KMRKP 48. CGKO : AEIM : : DHLP : ____
(a) BJNF (b) BFNJ (c) BJFN (d) BFJN
30. Q1H, S2G, U6F, W21E, ?
49. ACE, GIK, ________, SUW
(a) Y44D (b) Y88D (c) Y88B (d) Y44B
(a) LNP (b) MOQ (c) NPR (d) MNO
31. K6M, I10P, G14S, E18V, ?
50. DWH : WDH :: FUL : _________
(a) C17Y (b) C22Y (c) C66Y (d) D23Y
(a) FLU (b) UFL (c) LUF (d) LFU
32. CFE, G __ I, K __ M 51. KEC, LFD, MGE, NHF, ?
(a) H L (b) J N (c) D J (d) N K (a) OFG (b) OIG (c) QIG (d) GHE
33. V, S, __, N, L 52. ABDC, GHJI, MNPO, ?
(a) S (b) P (c) Q (d) R (a) STUX (b) STRP (c) DTVS (d) STVU
34. Z, X, S, I, R, R, ?, ? 53. A__VZ__AV__ZA__V
(a) J I (b) J K (c) G I (d) G H (a) AZZV (b) ZAVA (c) AZVA (d) ZVAA

35. T1C, Q3E, N9G, K31I, ? 54. b_ccacca _ ba_bbc_bc_a

(a) H31K (b) K119H (c) H129K (d) K121I (a) baabc (b) abbca (c) cabca (d) aabcc

36. ZX : VT :: RP : ______ 55. XYZCBAUVWFE ? ?

(a) NL (b) OM (c) NM (d) MO (a) DR (b) RT (c) RE (d) LM
 [ 225 ]

43.(c) 1, 2, 6, 24, 120, 720, 5040 -2 -2

51.(a) 18 21 24 18 27
22 20
1×2 2×3 6×4 24×5 120×6 720×7
+3 +3 +3
44.(d) 5, 6, 14, 45, 184

2 4.5 11 30 93 329 1320

(5×1)+1 (6×2)+2 (14×3)+3 (45×4)+4 52.(c)
3 3 2 2 5 5  3 3 7 7 4  4
     
45.(b) 15, 32, 66, 134, 270, 542 2 2 2 2 2 2

(15×2)+2 (32×2)+2 (66×2)+2 (134×2)+2 (270×2)+2 14 21 42 105 315

53.(a)
46.(b) It is a series of squares of consecutive prime numbers.
×1.5 ×2 ×2.5 ×3
3 3 3 3 3
47.(b) The given series is 1 +1, 2 +1, 3 +1, 4 +1, 5 +1. Hence
the required no. in 126.
8 15 36 288 855
99
48.(a) 342, 214, 122, 60, 22
54.(c)
(7³-1), (6³-2), (5³-3), (4³-4), (3³-5) +7 +21 +63 +189 +567

49.(c) 7, 8, 6, 7, 5, 6, 4 ×3 ×3 ×3 ×3

There are two series:

7, 6, 5, 4 and 8, 7, 6 ×2 ×2 ×2

50.(c) 0, 8, 64, 216, 512, 1000 9 8 10 16 11 32 12 64

55.(d)
+1 +1 +1

0³, 2³, 4³, 6³, 8³, 10³

20 LETTER SERIES
1.(c) Clearly, the first letters of the terms are alternate. The 5.(a) The series is cbac, cbac, cbac, cbac.
sequence followed by the numbers is + 2, + 3, + 4,..
6.(b) In this given series, the second letter of each term is
The last letter of each term is three steps ahead of the
replaced by a letter having one more place in the
last letter of the preceding term. Thus, the next term
alphabetical order.
would be X 17 O. Hence, the answer is (c)
+1 +1 +1 +1
2.(c) Add the alphabetic numerical value of each letter in
the group and then sum up the unit and tens which is E F G H I
equal to four everywhere, i.e., CWE = 3 + 23 + 5 = 31
Now, 1st term of each term is replaced by letter having
which is equal to MCO = 13 + 3 + 15 = 31.
one less place in the alphabetical orders.
3.(b) The series contains the first letter of the months of the -1 -1 -1 -1
year in continuity.
O N M L K
4.(d) There is a gap of one letter in all the alphabets and
Hence, KI should be the missing term.
numbers are doubling.
[ 226 ]

7.(c) In the given series no. is increased by 13. 15.(b) Clearly, the 1st, 2nd & 3rd letters of each term are
+13 +13 +13 +13 +13 respectively ‘moved on’, two and three steps forward
to obtain the corresponding letter of the next term.
11 24 37 50 63 76
So, the missing term is EJO.
and alphabets replaced by alternate alphabet.
D F H J L 16.(b) Each term consists alternative letter in the alphabetical
order. So in this order the term is YAC.
C E G I K M
i.e. 76M is the missing term. 17.(d) In the given series, the place value of letter in each
8.(c) In the given series, both the letters of terms is replaced 3 5 8 12 17
by alternate letter in a alphabetical order such as: term is , , , ,
5 8 12 17 23
B D F H
From the above series we refer that the difference b/w
the no. is increased by 1.
A C E G I 5 – 3 = 2, 8 – 5 = 3, 12 – 8 = 4
T R P N L 23  W
17 -12 = 5, 23 – 17 = 6
17  Q , 23  W
S Q O M Q
i.e. I L W
9.(d)
18.(d) in the given series, the 1st, 2nd & 3rd letter of the term
4+ 4+ 4+ 4+ are shifted forward by 2, 3 and 3 respectively in
C A G E K I O M S Q alphabetical order.
4+ 4+ 4+ 4+ the missing term is INO.

19.(c) In the given analogy, the 1st & 2nd letters of term shift
10.(c) The pattern of the given series is : backward and forward by 3.
BC D EF G HI J KL  The missing term is PK.
So, the next group is L NO
20.(d) POT A TO = 12 3 4 3 2
11.(c) AB EF IJ MN QR

CD GH KL OP

12.(b) B  2, E  5, H  8, K  11, N  14 TPOOAT=3 12 24 3

Now, our series is given by 2B2, 5E5, 8H8, 11K11,
21.(d) C FG JKL
14N14.
Thus missing term is 11K11
13.(a) In the series, the 1st letters of all terms are ‘M’, in the B D E HI M
OPQR UVWXY
first two terms ‘O’ is the second letters. In the second
two terms, ‘S’ is the second letter. So, in the last two
letters terms, ‘T’ should be the second letters.
N ST Z
 From the option, MTSO is the required answer. i.e. next term TZ
14.(c) 1st letter of each word, they are in alphabetical order A, 22.(a) Z XX UU Q
B, C and D. It means missing term word should start
with C.
Y W,V T,S,R
2nd letter of each word. They are also in alphabetical 1 2 3
order i.e. E, F, G, H second missing word G. Q LL F
Hence, 3rd letter of missing word is Y.
4th letter of each word. They are also in alphabetical P,O,N,M K, J, I, H, G
order. i.e. S, T, U, V 4 5
 Missing word is CGYU. i.e. missing term is F.
 [ 227 ]

23.(a) Consider the alphabetical position of the 1st word and

2nd word in the 1st ratio. C E G I K
(3) +2 +2 +2 +2
D E F G  H J L N
4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 Z -2 X V T R
-2 -2 -2
It means that letter D is replace by letter whose
+2 +2 +2 +2
alphabetical position is twice that of D’s alphabetic H J L N P
position and all other follow the same rule.
Hence, GHIJ will follow the same rule.
+2 +2 +2 +2
G H I J  N P R T 30.(b) st
1 letter Q S U W Y
7 8 9 10  14 16 18 20
2 2+2 6 3+3 21 4+4
Middle No. 1 2 6 21 88
24.(d) In the given series
-1 -1 -1 -1
st
rd
3 letter H G F E D
1 term = X
9 letter
nd
2 term = N -2 -2 -2 -2
31.(b) 1st letter : K I G E C
6 letter
+4 +4 +4 +4
3rd term = G Middle No. : 6 10 14 18 22
3 letter
th +3 +3 +3 +3
4 term = C rd
3 letter : M P S V Y
0 letter
th
5 term = C 32.(b) The series may be divided into groups as shown :
CFE / G ? I / K ? M
25.(c) A D  N
     in the first group, second and third letter are respectively
1 4 14 three and two steps ahead of first letter. A similar
 B C  W
pattern would follow in the second and third groups.
              
2 3 23 33.(c)
-3 -2 -3 -2
26.(c) st
1 series : VS Q N L
+2 +4 +6 +8
BDHN V 34.(c)       
2nd Series :
+3 +5 +7 +9
CFKR A 35.(c) 1st series :
3rd Series: -3 -3 -3 -3
TQNKH
+4 +6 +8 +10 2nd Series :
DHNVF +2 +2 +2 +2
C E  G  I  K
27.(b) The given sequence is a combination of two series :
This series formed by the number i.e. 1, 3, 9, 31, 129
(I) Y, U, Q, M, I
1×1+2, 3×2+3, 9×3+4, 31×4+5.

36.(a) ZX : VT:: RP : NL
28.(b) 1st Series : -4 -4
+1 +1 +1 -4 -4
M N  O P
2nd Series : 37.(a) AZ : CX : : BY : DW
+1 +1 +1
H I J K +2 +2
-2 -2
+2 +2 +2 +2 FLP : HOT :: GNR : IQV
29.(c) B D F H J 38.(b)
(2) (4) (6) (8) (10)
+2 +2
+3 +3
U S Q -2 O M +4 +4
(4) -2 -2 -2
[ 228 ]

39.(c) AZ BY CX DW 48.(d) CGKO : AEIM : : DHLP : BFJN

+1
-1

40.(a) DAAAR DCADS DEAGT DGAJU DIAMV

49.(b) ACE GIK SUW

+6
41.(d) A, CD, GHI, MNOP +6
+6

50.(b) DWH : WDH : : FUL : UFL

42.(c) Z1 Y2 X3 W4 V5 U6 D W H F U L

W D H U F L
43.(a) AE IM BFJN CGKO +1 +1 +1 +1
51.(b) K L M N O
+1 +1 +1 +1
E F G H I
+1 +1 +1 +1 G
C D E F

+6 +6 +6
44.(a) A1C D3F G5I J7L M9O 52.(d) A G M S
+6 +6 +6
B H N T
+6 +6 +6 V
D J P
+6 +6 +6 U
C I O
45.(b) YCW : VBX : : UFS : RET

53.(c) A A V /Z Z A/V V Z/A A V

46.(c) CBW : FDV : : GIT : JKS 54.(a) b b c c a / c c a a b / a a b bc / b b c c a

55.(a) XYZ UVW R S T

47.(c) DE HI MN ST ZA CBA F E D I H G

21 CLOCKS AND CALENDARS

1.(d) Angle = 11/2 Minutes – 30 × hours 35 hours from 8:00 p.m. on Thursday is 7:00 a.m. on
= 11/2 × 30 – 30 × 5 Saturday.
= 165 – 150 = 15. 3.(c) 42×6-(42/2) = 252-21 = 231 degree
2.(a) The number of hours from 8:00 p.m. on Thursday to 4.(c) 730/7 = 2 odd days. So Saturday will be the day of the
8:00 a.m. on Monday = 84hours. week.
In 84 hours, the clock gained 12 minutes. 5.(d) 100 years contains 5 odd days. So last day of 1stcentury
But to show the correct time, the clock has to gain 5 is 'Friday'.
minutes. 200 years contains (5×2) =10 = 3 odd days. So last day
:. 5/12 × 84 = 35 hours. of second century is 'Wednesday'. 300 years contain 15
odd days = 1 odd day.
 [ 123 ]

21 CLOCKS AND CALENDARS

CLOCK In a leap year it has 1 odd days.
A clock has 2 hands : Hour hand and Minute hand. It has 12 The day on 31 December 1600 is Sunday
hours and 60 minutes.
SOLVED EXAMPLES
360
In one hour, hour hand makes an angle = = 30° Ex.1 What is the angle between hour hand and minute hand
12
when it was 5 : 45 pm.
In one minute, minute hand makes an angle = 360 = 6° Sol. O’ clock  5 = x, Minute – x = y,,
60
o Minute
In one minute hour hand makes an angle = 30  1 y  6–
2
= angle
60 2
45
 In every hour, both the hand coincide once 5  5 = 25, 45 – 25 = 20, 20 × 6 – = 97.5°
2
 In a day, the hands coincides 22 times
Ex.2 What was day on 23rd march 1931.
 In every 12 hours, the hands coincides 11 times
Sol. 31 Dec. 1600 its Sunday and 31 Dec. 1900 its Monday.
 In every 12 hour the hands of clock are in opposite
No. of odd days 31 Dec. 1900 to 23 march 1931 = 42
direction 11 times
42
 In every 12 hour the hands of clock are at right angle  remainder = 0
7
22 times On 23rd March 1931 it was Monday.
 In every hour, the two hand are at right angle twice. Ex.3 At what time between 5.30 & 6 will the hands on a clock
5
 Both the hand coincides at an interval of 66 mins. be at right angle.
11
 Minute hand gains 55 minute spaces over hour hand Sol. At 5 both the hands are 25 mins apart & to be at right
both the hands have to
in 1 hour.
be 15 min apart shown in fig. 1 & fig. 2
11
Formula : Angle   minute  30  ( hour ) 12 1 12 1
2 11 11
CALENDAR 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
Earth takes 365 days, 5 hours, 48 mins and 47 ½ sec to 4 4
8 8
complete one revolution. 7 6 5 7 6 5

An ordinary years have 365 days i.e. 52 weeks and 1 odd days Fig 1 Fig 2
leap years have 366 days i.e. 52 weeks and 2 odd days.
The first and last day of an ordinary year is same. Now, min hand has to trave l 25 + 15 = 40 min. We know
that, 55 min. space is gained in 60 minutes.
e.g.  If on 15 august 2010, its Sunday then on 15 august
60 7
011, its Monday & on 15 august 2009 its Saturday. mins.40 min space is gained in  40  43 min
55 11
Leap year  The year which is divisible by 4 is called leap
7
year. e.g.  1996, 2000, 2004, 2008, 2012 etc. Both the hands are at right angle at 43 past 5.
11
Leap century  The year which is divisible by 400 is called
Ex.4 If on 15th Jan 1993 its Monday then what day of the week
Leap century. e.g.  1600, 2000, 2400 etc.?
will be on 17 Aug. 2004.
Odd – days out Sol. No. of odd days = (2004 - 1993) + 2 + 19 = 32
100 years contain (76 ordinary years & 24 leap year) 5 odd 32
 Remainder = 4
days. 7
200 years contain 3 odd days On 17th Aug. 2004 it was Friday.
300 years contain 1 odd days Ex.5 It is Sunday on 13th Jan 1980, then on 13 Jan 2012 what
400 years contain 0 odd days. will be the day of week.
The month having 31 days contains (4 x 7 + 3) 3 odd days Sol. No. of odd days = (2012 - 1980) + 8 = 40
The month having 30 days contains (4 x 7 + 2) 2 odd days. 40
 Remainder = 5. On 13 Jan 2012 it will be Friday..
In an ordinary year February have no odd days. 7
[ 124 ]

EXERCISE

1. What is the angle between the two hands of a clock when 12. Which day of week was on 30th June 1996?
the time shown by the clock is 5.30 p.m. ? (a) Sunday (b) Monday
(a) 20° (b) 50° (c) 90° (d) 15° (c) Tuesday (d) Wednesday

2. A watch, which loses time uniformly, was observed to be 13. Which day of week was on 17th April 2008?
5 minutes fast at 8.00 p.m. on Thursday. It was noticed (a) Sunday (b) Monday
to be 7 minutes slow at 8.00 a.m. on the subsequent (c) Thursday (d) Wednesday
Monday. When did the watch show the correct time ? 14. If 19th March 1992 was Tuesday then which day of the
(a) 7 a.m. Saturday (b) 7 a.m. on Sunday week on 7th April 1999?
(c) 10 a.m. on Sunday (d) 11 a.m. on Friday (a) Monday (b) Tuesday
3. By how many degrees does the hour hand lag behind the (c) Wednesday (d) Thursday
minute hand in a span of 42 minutes, if initially they are 15. If find number of days from 18th Jan to 27th March?
at the same position? (a) 69 (b) 68
(a) 233° (b) 230° (c) 231° (d) 250° (c) 67 (d) can’t be determined
4. If today is Thursday, after 730 days which will be the day 16. Find the number of days from 29th June to 18th September?
of the week ? (a) 81 (b) 82
(a) Thursday (b) Friday (c) Saturday (d) Monday (c) 80 (d) can’t be determined
5. The last day of a century cannot be : 17. If 14 November 1999 was Wednesday then which day of
(a) Monday (b) Wednesday week was on 14th February 2003?
(c) Friday (d) Saturday (a) Wednesday (b) Thursday
6. What will be the angle between hands of a clock at 7:40? (c) Friday (d) Monday
(a) 150 (b) 100 (c) 200 (d) 250
18. In a clock the time is 9:48 then what will be time if we
7. What will be the angle between the hands of a clock at see that clock in mirror?
3:07? (a) 3:12 (b) 3:15 (c) 3:48 (d) 2:12
1o 1o 1o 19. What will be angle between hands of clock at 8 : 35.
(a) 510 (b) 51 2 (c) 52 2 (d) 55 2
1o 1o 1o 1o
(a) 47 2 (b) 87 2 (c) 25 2 (d) 105 2
8. At what time between 2 & 3 O’clock the hands of a clock
will be coincide?
20. If today is Monday then what will be the day of week
5 10 after 49 days?
(a) 2 : 5 (b) 2 : 10
11 11 (a) Friday (b) Saturday (c) Sunday (d) Monday
1 5
(c) 2 : 19 (d) 2 : 25 21. If 19 Jan was Tuesday then which day of the week will
11 11
be on 19th March?
9. At what time between 9 & 10 O’clock the hands of a
(a) Saturday (b) Friday (c) Sunday (d) A or B
clock will be in opposite direction?
10 5 22. After 1997 which year has the same calendar as year
(a) 9 : 10 (b) 9 : 5
11 11 1997?
5 4 (a) 1999 (b) 2003
(c) 9 : 18 (d) 9 : 16 (c) 2007 (d) can’t be determine
11 11
10. How many times hands of clock will be at right angle in 23. In mirror a clock shows the time 5:18 then what will be
3 days? the actual time?
(a) 198 times (b) 66 times (a) 7:42 (b) 6:42 (c) 11:18 (d) 10:18
(c) 132 times (d) 144 times
24. At a time minute hand is at 25 and the difference between
11. How many times hands of a clock will be in opposite
1o
direction in 2 days? minute and hour hand is 47 2 then what would be time
(a) 66 times (b) 48 times
(a) 1:25 (b) 2:25 (c) 3:25 (d) 4:25
(c) 44 times (d) 96 times
 [ 125 ]

25. What will be the angle between hands of a clock at 2:38? 41. If 11th March 1979 is a Monday, what would have been
(a) 2100 (b) 1500 (c) 1750 (d) 1490 the day of the week on 11th March 1942 ?
(a) Sunday (b) Tuesday (c) Monday (d) Thursday
26. At 9 O’ Clock, the hour hand points towards south. then
in which direction will the minute hand point at 7:30 42. A man interested in going from Delhi to Agra enquires at
pm? the railway counter. He told that the first train Delhi Mail
(a) North (b) South (c) South East (d) East goes at 7:00 am, the next train goes after 1.5 hours,
another after another 1.5 hours, the next train after 2
27. In which day of the week did India got its independence?
more hours and the last train 3 hours after the second last
(a) Monday (b) Sunday (c) Friday (d) Saturday
train. At what time would the second last train leave for
28. If on 13 Jan 2012 its was Friday then what day will be Agra?
on 17 June 2012? (a) 12:00 am (b) 3:00 pm (c) 11:00 am (d) 1:00 pm
(a) Sunday (b) Monday (c) Wednesday (d) Tuesday
43. Calculate the number of days between the 26th January to
29. If there are 5 Monday in June month of a year then what 15th August.
day of the week will be on 1 June? (a) 240 (b) 235
(a) Saturday (b) Sunday (c) Friday (d) Tuesday (c) 238 (d) Can’t be determined

30. The day on 25 December was Sunday then which month 44. The train for Bhopal from Indore leaves every three
of that year will have Sunday on 25th? hours. An announcement was made that the last train had
(a) October (b) November (c) September (d) January left 1 hour ago and the next train for Bhopal would leave
at 8:30 pm. At what time was this announcement made?
31. Which of the following year have 29 days in February? (a) 5:30 pm (b) 7:30 pm (b) 4:30 pm (d) 6:30 pm
(a) 1978 (b) 1900 (c) 1834 (d) 2010
45. In a wall clock, how many times will there be an angle
32. What day of the week will be on 13 Jan 2013? of 90 degree between the hour and minute hand between
(a) Sunday (b) Monday (c) Tuesday (d) Saturday 12 midnight on Monday and Wednesday ?
33. Aniket was born on 24 October 2010 what will be the (a) 4 (b) 8 (c) 88 (d) 96
day of week when he will be of 18 years? 46. A wrist watch loses 10 minutes every hour. If it is set
(a) Sunday (b) Monday (c) Tuesday (d) Saturday right at 6 am, then what would be the time it would show
34. Yashi was born on 03 July 1981. It was Friday, which at 6 pm the same day ?
day of week will she be of 13 years 5 months 18 days? (a) 4 pm (b) 3:30 pm (c) 4:30 pm (d) 4:30 pm
(a) Tuesday (b) Thursday
47. If the local time is changed by 5 minutes for every
(c) Friday (d) Wednesday
distance of 100 km in all horizontal distance from
35. Which month begins and ends on the same day of the Bangalore, then what would be the time at a place which
week? is 1200 km on the horizontal distance from Bangalore
(a) February (b) April when the actual time at Bangalore is 7 pm ?
(c) Dec. of the leap year (d) Feb. of the leap year (a) 6:00 pm (b) 6:30 pm
(c) 8:00 pm (d) can’t be determined
36. What was the day on 26th January 2012, when 63rd
Republic Day of India was celebrated? 48. Four clocks ring after 10, 20, 30 and 60 minutes
(a) Wednesday (b) Saturday respectively. If they all ring together at 6 am, at what
(c) Thursday (d) Friday time, will all of them ring together again ?
37. What is the number of odd days in a leap year ? (a) 7:00 am (b) 6:30 am
(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d) 4 (c) 6:45 am (d) can’t be determined

38. What was the day on 1st January 1905 ? 49. At what angle the hands of clock are inclined at 4 : 47
(a) Monday (b) Saturday (c) Tuesday (d) Sunday pm
o o o o
1 1 1 1
39. What was the day on 31st October 1990 ? (a) 130 (b) 138 (c) 108 (d) 154
(a) Friday (b) Wednesday 2 2 2 2
(c) Thursday (d) Monday 50. The next year to 2003 will have the same calendar as that
40. What was the day on 14th March, 1995 ? of the year 2003
(a) Friday (b) Thursday (c) Sunday (d) Tuesday (a) 2011 (b) 2012 (c) 2013 (d) 2014
[ 228 ]

39.(c) AZ BY CX DW 48.(d) CGKO : AEIM : : DHLP : BFJN

+1
-1

40.(a) DAAAR DCADS DEAGT DGAJU DIAMV

49.(b) ACE GIK SUW

+6
41.(d) A, CD, GHI, MNOP +6
+6

50.(b) DWH : WDH : : FUL : UFL

42.(c) Z1 Y2 X3 W4 V5 U6 D W H F U L

W D H U F L
43.(a) AE IM BFJN CGKO +1 +1 +1 +1
51.(b) K L M N O
+1 +1 +1 +1
E F G H I
+1 +1 +1 +1 G
C D E F

+6 +6 +6
44.(a) A1C D3F G5I J7L M9O 52.(d) A G M S
+6 +6 +6
B H N T
+6 +6 +6 V
D J P
+6 +6 +6 U
C I O
45.(b) YCW : VBX : : UFS : RET

53.(c) A A V /Z Z A/V V Z/A A V

46.(c) CBW : FDV : : GIT : JKS 54.(a) b b c c a / c c a a b / a a b bc / b b c c a

55.(a) XYZ UVW R S T

47.(c) DE HI MN ST ZA CBA F E D I H G

21 CLOCKS AND CALENDARS

1.(d) Angle = 11/2 Minutes – 30 × hours 35 hours from 8:00 p.m. on Thursday is 7:00 a.m. on
= 11/2 × 30 – 30 × 5 Saturday.
= 165 – 150 = 15. 3.(c) 42×6-(42/2) = 252-21 = 231 degree
2.(a) The number of hours from 8:00 p.m. on Thursday to 4.(c) 730/7 = 2 odd days. So Saturday will be the day of the
8:00 a.m. on Monday = 84hours. week.
In 84 hours, the clock gained 12 minutes. 5.(d) 100 years contains 5 odd days. So last day of 1stcentury
But to show the correct time, the clock has to gain 5 is 'Friday'.
minutes. 200 years contains (5×2) =10 = 3 odd days. So last day
:. 5/12 × 84 = 35 hours. of second century is 'Wednesday'. 300 years contain 15
odd days = 1 odd day.
 [ 229 ]

 Last day of 3rd century is 'Monday'. 400 years 180

contains 0 odd day. m 
11
 Last day of 4th century is 'Sunday'.
Since the order is continually kept in successive cycles, 4
 m  16
we see that the last day of a century cannot be Tuesday, 11
Thursday or Saturday.
4
So, time is 9 : 16 .
11 11
6.(b) Angle = Minutes  30  hours
2 Short Trick :
11
=  40  30  7 = 220 – 210 = 100 (T  6)  60
2 Time 
11
o

 90 = 103 = 51 1
11 77
7.(b) Angle =  7  303 = (9  6)  60 15 60
2 2 2 2  
11 11
8.(b) Concides means 0°.
3 60

11 11
Angle   m  30  H
2
In clocks :
11 15 hrs = (12 + 3) hrs
0  m  30  2
2 = 3 hrs
11 180 4
60  m  16
2 11 11
120 10 4
M 10 .
11 11 So time is 9 : 16
11
Short Tricks :
10.(c) The hands of a clock at right angle per 22 times in 12
T  60 hours. Total No. of hours in 3 days are 72.
Coincide time 
11 So hand of a clock will be at right angle is 72 hours
72  22
2  60 120 10 = = 132 times
   10 12
11 11 11
11.(c) Hands of a clock are in opposite direction for 11 times
10
So time is 2 : 10
11 in 12 hours. Total no. of hours in 2 days are 48.
So hands of a clock will be in opposite direction in 2
9.(d) The minute hand and hour hand are in opposite direction
means the angle b/w them is 180°. 48  11
days = = 44 times
11 12
Angle  m  30 9
2 12.(a) odd days up to 31 Dec. 1995 – 300 – 1
11 95  95 +23 = 128
180  m  270
2 129
0
11 7
450  m
2 In 1996 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June
Here, angles greater them 360°, then 3 +1 +3 +2 +3 +2
450 – 360 = 90 14
= = 0 odd day
7
So, 90  11 m So 30th June 1996 was Sunday.
2
[ 230 ]

13.(c) odd days up to 31 Dec. 2007 = 7 = 7 +1= 8/7 —(1) 22.(b) 97 98 99 00 01 02 03

In 2008 Jan Feb Mar Apr =7
3 +1 +3 + 3 1 1 1 2 1 1
11 So 2003 has the same calender as that of 1997.
= 10 + 1 = = 4 odd day
7 23.(b) Mirror time = 12:00 – Actual time
So 17th April 2008 was Thursday. 5:18 = 12:00 – Actual time
So Actual time = 6:42
14.(a) 19 March 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99
24.(c) 95 11 180
odd days -   25  30  h  30h  ,h  3
2 2 2
8 So time is 3:25
= = 1
7
No. of odd days
11 38  30 2 418120 298
25.(d) Angle = = = = 1490
= 19th March 1999 + 7th April 1999+1 2 2 2
= 12 + 7 + 1 = 20
= 20/7 = 6 odd days. 26.(d) W W
 Tuesday + 6 = Monday 12 12
So 7th April 1999 was Monday.
15.(d) As we don’t know whether it is a leap year or non leap S9 3 N S9 3 N
year so we can find about February so we can’t 8
7
determine number of days. 6 6
E E
16.(a) As we don’t know about the year but here February is 7.30 pm
9 O'clock
not included so we can easily find out the days.
So total days from 29 June to 18 Sept = 81 Minute hand will point towards East.
27.(c) 15 Aug 1947
17.(d) 14 Nov
No. of odd days = No. of complete year + No. of Leap
1999 2000 2001 2002 year + Odd days of Months.

2 1 1 = 4 days = 1 + (1946-1900) + 11 + 3 + 0 + 3 + 2 + 3 + 2 +
3 + 1 = 75

14 Nov - 14 Dec. 14 Jan 14 Feb Now 75  7 = 5 (odd days)

So, Sunday + 5 = Friday
2 3 3 = 8 days
28.(a) No. of odd days 13 Jan. 2012 – 17 June 2012
12
Total odd days = = 5 odd days Month Jan Feb Mar Apr May June
7
So 14 Feb 2003 was on Monday. Total days 18 29 31 30 31 17

18.(d) Mirror Time = 12:00 – Actual Time = 156

= 12:00 – 9:48
= 2:12
Now, 156  7= 2 (odd days)

So, Friday + 2 = Sunday

11 Minutes  30 hours
19.(a) Angle =
2 29.(b) June have 5 Mondays
11 35  30 8 385 - 480 95 1o ie 30th June - Monday
= = = = 47
2 2 2 2 1st June – Sunday
49 30.(c) Dec & Sept have same calendar
20.(d) = 0 odd days
7
So after 49 days it will be Monday. 31.(b) 1900/4=475(leap year).

21.(d) If its a leap year then it will be Saturday and if it is a 32.(a) No. of odd days = No. of complete year + No. of Leap
non leap year then it will be Friday. year + Odd days of Months.
 [ 231 ]

= 12 + 3 + 13 = 28 Total number of odd days = 0 + 0 + 6 + 5 = 11 days

So 28  7 = 0 (odd days) = 4 odd days.
on 13 Jan 2013 it will be Sunday Hence, the day on 26th January 2012 was Thursday.

33.(c) Aniket born on 24 Oct 2010 37.(a) A leap year has 366 days
18 year on 24 Oct 2028 Now if we divide 366 by 7 it gives 2 as remainder.
Hence, number of odd days in 366 days is 2.
No. of odd days for 24 Oct 2028 is
no. of odd days = No. of complete year + No. of Leap 38.(d) 1st January 1905 means (1900 year and 5 yr)
year + Odd days of Months. Now, 1600 yr have 0 odd day
= 27 + 6 + (3+1+3+2+3+2+3+3+2+3) till 24 Oct. 300 yr have 1 odd day
= 27 + 6 + 25 4 years have (1 leap year + 3 ordinary year)
= 58 = (1 × 2 + 3 × 1) = 5 odd days,
No. of odd days = 58 7 = 2 (odd days) Total number of odd days = 1 + 1 + 5 = 7 days = 0 odd
days.
On 24 Oct. 2028 day is Sunday + 2 = Tuesday.
Hence, The day on 1st January 1905 was Sunday
day month year
34.(d) 39.(b) 31st October 1990 means (1989 years and 10 months)
3 July 1981
Now, 1600 yr have 0 odd day
18 5 13
300 yr have 1 odd day
21 12 1994
89 yr have 22 leap years and 67 ordinary years.
on 21 – Dec. 1994 it was Wednesday. = (44 + 67) odd days = (111) odd days i.e., 6 odd
days.
35.(d) Let’s take example of month of February of year
2004, which is leap year. Jan – Sept. Total 21 odd days.
Now,
 As we know that, the last day of century leap
31 + 21 + 6 + 1 59
year is always a “Sunday”. = = 3 odd day.
7 7
st
 31 Dec. 2000 
 Sunday Hence, 31 October 1990 falls on Wednesday.

So, day on 1st Feb. 2004 :- 40.(d) 14th March 1995 means (1994 years, 2 months and 14
days)
No. of odd days till 31 Dec. 2003
Now, 1900 years have 1 odd day
= (0 × 2 leap year) + (3 × 1 ordinary year) 94 yr have 23 leap year and 71 ordinary years

= 3 odd days = (46 + 71) = 117 days = 5 odd days

2 months + 14 days = 31 + 28 + 14 = 73 = 3 odd days
and also on January of 2004 = 3 odd days
Total number of odd days = (1 + 5 + 3) = 9 days
then, Sunday + 3 + 3 + 1 = Sunday + 7 = Sunday = 2 odd days

So, the day on 1st Feb. 2004 is Sunday. Therefore, it will be Tuesday on 14th March 1995.

Sunday occurs on 1, 8, 15, 22 and 29. 41.(d) It would be Saturday since every year the same date is
one day ahead compared to the previous year. Thus, if
Clearly, on 29 Feb. 2004 day is also a Sunday. 31st December of a year is Monday, then in the event
that the next year is not a leap year, the last Monday
36.(c) 26th January 2012 means (2011 years and 26 days)
would fall on 30th December (364 days would be
Now, 1600 yr have 0 odd day completed on that day). Hence 31st December of the
400 yr have 0 odd day next year would be a Tuesday. Note also that in case of
11 yr have (2 leap years and 9 ordinary years) a leap year Monday of one year would be a Wednesday
 (2 2 + 9)  (4 + 9) days = 13 days = 6 odd days of the next year (provided we are crossing 29 th
So, 26 days have 5 odd days February). Thus, if 11th March 1979 is a Monday, the
[ 232 ]

same date in 1978 would be a Sunday, in 1977 a 47.(d) Since the direction of the place is unknown we do not
Saturday, in 1976 a Friday, in 1975 a Wednesday and know whether time has to be added or subtracted from
so on. And in 1942 it would be a Thursday. Hence
7 a.m. Hence option (d) is correct.
option (d) is the answer.
48.(a) The LCM of 10, 20, 30 and 60 is 60. Hence, they will
42.(a) 7, 8:30, 10, 12 and 3 pm are the timings of the trains.
ring together exactly after an hour at 7 a.m. Option (a)
Hence option (a) is correct.
is correct.
43.(d) We do not know the number of days in February.
Hence, we cannot determine the answer. So option (d) 11
49.(b) Angle   Minute - 30  hour
is the answer. 2
44.(d) Since there is a 3 hour gap between trains, the last 11 517  240 277 1
o

trains must have left at 5:30 and the announcement   47  30  4    138

2 2 2 2
must have been made at 6:30. Hence, option (d) is the
answer. 50.(d) Year 2003 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13
45.(c) In a single calendar day there are 44 right angles on a Odd days 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1
clock (24 × 2 - 4). Hence, in 2 days there will be 88. Total odd days = 14 odd days = 0 odd days
So the answer is option (c).
Hence, 2014 will be same calendar as that of year
46.(a) In 12 hours the watch will lose 120 minutes or 2 hours 2003.
and show 4 pm. Hence, the answer is (a).

22 VENN DIAGRAM

1.(c) A song may be Classical or Pop or of any other type. 13.(d) Number 10 is present in the space common to circle,
square and rectangle, hence represents educated rich
2.(d) Both Wheat and Sugarcane are the crops. boys who help in family business.
3.(d) Owl is a Bird and Tiger is not related to both of them. 14.(d) Number 5 lies on that portion of circle, which is not
common to any other figure.
4.(c) All the three items are unrelated to one another.
15.(b) Number 3 represents the portion, which is common to
5.(a) Srilanka is in Asia and Colombo is in Srilanka triangle and rectangle only. Hence it represents
employed boys engaged in family business.
6.(b) Man share relationship with Lawyer and Doctor.
16.(d) Number 20 is common to all the four figures and
7.(c) All the three items are unrelated to one another hence, it can be concluded that 20 families have all the
four things.
8.(d) Pencil is Stationery and Powder is not related to both
of them. 17.(c) Numbers of families having motor cycles are represented
by square and total of all the numbers present in
9.(d) Both car and Auto are Vehicles. square is 188.

10.(a) Year contains Months and Month contains Days. 18.(d) 100 families have both fridge and TV as it is the sum
of numbers present on the portion common to both the
11.(d) Number 13 represents those rich boys helping family circles.
business but are not educated or employed elsewhere
19.(c) Sum of 110, 50 and 65 will represent such families as
because it occupies the space common to circle and
all these numbers lie on the portion not common to
rectangle only.
other figure.
12.(d) No number occupies the space which is common to 20.(b) 30 families have fridge and Motor cycle both but
circle, square and triangle only. neither TV nor Car.
[ 126 ]

22 VENN DIAGRAM
Definition : The term venn-diagram is a test of reasoning Ex.2 : Study the given diagram carefully & answer the question
related to the different figures drawn to represent relationship given below it.
between two or more objects.
Educated
Basically two types of questions are asked based on Venn diagram 18
9 4
1. Identify the relation 8
2. Analyze the question 4 2 12
Male Married
1. Identify the relation:
There are 3 cases of venn diagram as follow: (i) How many male are there, who are married ?
Sol. 8 + 2 = 10
Case I : An object is called a subset of another object, if former
is a part of latter & such relation is shown by two (ii) How many persons are educated ?
concentric circle & can be represented by figure.
Sol. 18 + 9 + 8 + 4 = 39.

(iii) How many persons are either married or educated ?

Sol. 18 + 9 + 8 + 4 + 2 + 12 = 53.

(iv) How many male are there who are educated but not
married?
Case II : An object is said to have an intersection with another
object when two objects share some thing in common & Sol. 9
relationships can be represented by figure.
Ex.3 : In a survey of 2400 people of city, it was found that 31%
people read newspaper A, 22% people read newspaper B,
27% people read newspaper C, 8% people read both A &
B, 7% people read both B & C & 10% people read both
C & A. If 2% people read all the three newspaper then-
Case III : Two objects are said to be disjoint when neither one
is subset of another nor they share anything in common (i) How many people read None of the newspaper ?
& can be represented by figure. (a) 1032 (b) 994 (c) 806 (d) 1225

(ii) How many read both the newspaper A & B but do not
read C.
(a) 196 (b) 144 (c) 156 (d) 142

2. Analyze the question: (iii) How many people read at last two newspapers ?
In this type of questions geometrical figures are given, that (a) 504 (b) 242 (c) 296 (d) 302
represents different classes. This different classes share Sol.
some common relationship.
A
SOLVED EXAMPLES 15
6 8
2
Ex.1 : How can we represent electron, proton & atom in venn
diagram ? 9 5 12
B C

Atom
(i) (a) 43% of 2400 = 1032
Sol. Electron
Proton
(ii) (b) 6% of 2400 = 144
Electron & Proton both are different but both are parts of
(iii) (a) 21% of 2400 = 504.
atom.
 [ 127 ]

EXERCISE

Directions (1 - 10) : Each of the questions given below contains 11. Which numbers represents those rich boys, who help in
three groups of things. You have to choose from the following family business but are not educated or employed
elsewhere?
five numbered diagrams, the diagram that depicts the correct (a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 11 (d) 13
relationship among the three groups of things in each question.
12. Which number represents the group of educated rich boys
who are employed somewhere but do not help in family
business ?
(a) 12 (b) 3
(c) 2 (d) None of these

1. Pop, Songs, Classical 13. Which section does number 10 represent ?

(a) C (b) E (c) D (d) A (a) Uneducated rich boys who do not help in family
business
2. Wheat, Sugarcane, Crops
(b) Educated rich boys employed in service
(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D
(c) Uneducated boys who help in family business
3. Birds, Owls, Tigers (d) Educated rich boys who help in family business
(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) E
14. Which number represents that section of rich boys who
4. Pineapple, Grapes, Papaya
(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D are neither educated nor are in any employment or have
any family business ?
5. Asia, Colombo, Srilanka (a) 4 (b) 13 (c) 1 (d) 5
(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D
15. Boys who are neither educated nor rich but have
6. Lawyers, Men, Doctors employment as well as a family business are represented
(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D by the number.
7. Brinjal, Glass, Plate (a) 8 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 6
(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D
Directions (16 - 20) : Study the figure given below and answer
8. Pencil, Stationery, Powder
(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) E the following questions.

9. Vehicle, Car, Auto No. of families No. of families

(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D having TV having Fridge
10. Year, Month, Day 110 18 80 30 50
(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D
15 No. of families
Directions (11 - 15) : Read the following information carefully 20 10 20 15
having Motor Cycle
and answer the questions based on them. 15
The circle represents rich boys, the square represents educated
boys, the triangle represents the boys who are employed 65
somewhere and the rectangle represents those who help in the
family business. Each section of the diagram is numbered. Now No. of families having Car
answer the questions given below on the basis of the study of
this diagram. 16. Find out the number of families which have all the four
Rich things mentioned in the diagram?
(a) 40 (b) 30 (c) 35 (d) 20
5 9
13 2 10 Educated 17. Find out the number of families which have motor cycles?
8 1 11
6 (a) 145 (b) 100 (c) 188 (d) 240
Family 4
Business Employed 18. Find out the number of families which have TV and
3
fridge both?
(a) 84 (b) 24 (c) 104 (d) 100
[ 128 ]

19. Find out the number of families which have only one 28. Poets who are also Story writer but no Professors are
thing, i.e., either TV or fridge or motor cycle or car? represented by
(a) 160 (b) 184 (c) 225 (d) 254 (a) x (b) y (c) z (d) B

20. Find out the number of families which have fridge and 29. College professor who are also Story writer are
motor cycle both but have neither TV nor car? represented by
(a) 15 (b) 30 (c) 4 (d) 50 (a) y (b) x (c) z (d) A

Directions (21 - 26) : Read the following information carefully 30. ‘B’ represents
to answer these questions. (a) Professors who are not Story writers
(b) Professors who are not Poets
A sample poll of 200 votes revealed the following information (c) Professors who are neither Story writers nor surgical
concerning three candidates P, Q and R of a certain party who Poets
were running for three different offices. 26 in favour of both P (d) Story writers who are neither professors nor Poets
and Q, 98 in favour of P or Q but not R, 40 in favour of Q but
not P or R, 122 in favour of Q or R but not P, 66 in favour of Directions (31 - 35) : Answer the following questions on the
R but not P or Q, 14 in favour of P and R but not Q. basis of the information given below :

21. How many voters were in favour of all the three In the given Venn diagram, the Triangle (T) represents Volleyball
candidates? players, the Circle (C) represents Hockey players and the
Rectangle (R) represents Chess players.
(a) 14 (b) 6 (c) 20 (d) 16

22. How many voters were in favour of P irrespective of Q or T

30 C
R?
10 24
(a) 78 (b) 64 (c) 42 (d) 56
15 3 12
23. How man voters were in favour of Q irrespective of P or 8
R? R
(a) 78 (b) 63
(c) 46 (d) None of these 31. What is the total number of hockey players ?
(a) 38 (b) 58 (c) 65 (d) None
24. How many voters were in favour of R irrespective of P or
Q? 32. The number of players who play both volleyball and
(a) 78 (b) 102 (c) 88 (d) 86 chess is :
(a) 10 (b) 18 (c) 12 (d) 28
25. How many voters were in favour of P and Q but not R?
(a 8 (b) 20 (c) 14 (d) 16 33. The number of players who play hockey and volleyball
but not chess is :
26. How many voters were in favour of only one of the (a) 10 (b) 12 (c) 15 (d) 25
candidates ?
(a) 85 (b) 87 (c) 105 (d) 144 34. The number of players who play volleyball, chess and
hockey is :
Directions (27 - 30) : In the diagram given below : (a) 10 (b) 12 (c) 15 (d) 3
35. The number of players who play only chess is :
The circle represents professors in a Engineering College, the
(a) 3 (b) 8 (c) 15 (d) 18
triangle represents Poets while the rectangle represents the
Story writer. Directions (36 - 40) : Answer the following questions on
the basis of the information given below :

A The triangle (T) represents Doctor. The circle (C) represents

Teacher. The rectangle (R) represents Lawyer.
D
x y T
B
z
C 5 1
R 4 C
3 2
27. Professors who are also poets but not Story writer are
represents by 7 3
(a) y (b) C (c) D (d) x
 [ 129 ]

36. How many Doctors are Teachers and Lawyers ? 43. How many social workers are male ?
(a) 2 (b) 6 (c) 5 (d) 7 (a) 9 (b) 28 (c) 14 (d) 6
37. How many Lawyers are either Doctors or Teachers but
44. How many social workers who are doctor but not male?
not both ?
(a) 14 (b) 5 (c) 7 (d) 11
(a) 2 (b) 5 (c) 6 (d) 8
45. How many social workers are not male ?
38. How many Teachers are neither Doctors nor Lawyers ? (a) 3 (b) 14 (c) 22 (d) 25
(a) 4 (b) 10 (c) 7 (d) 5
Directions (46 - 50) : Refer to the data below and answer
39. How many Lawyers are Teachers but not Doctors ? the questions that follow.
(a) 7 (b) 3 (c) 5 (d) 4 Defence colony has a population of 2800 members.

40. How many Teachers are Doctors ?

(a) 7 (b) 5 (c) 4 (d) 3
Members reading Hindi newspaper
650 550
Directions (41-45): Study the following figure and answer the 100 Members reading Tamil newspaper

questions given below. 200 100 300

Members reading Marathi newspaper

450

8
Doctor 46. Find number of members reading Marathi newspaper?
(a) 950 (b) 1050 (c) 650 (d) 559
6 Social Worker
11 3
47. Find number of members reading none of the newspaper?
5 7
17 Male (a) 450 (b) 550 (c) 2550 (d) 2650
48. Find number of members reading only one newspaper?
41. How many doctors are either male or social workers but (a) 450 (b) 1100 (c) 1600 (d) 1650
not both?
49. Find number of members reading at least two newspapers?
(a) 9 (b) 18 (c) 21 (d) 11
(a) 400 (b) 500 (c) 600 (d) 700
42. How many doctors are male ? 50. The ratio of number of members reading Marathi to that
(a) 9 (b) 18 (c) 20 (d) 15 of Tamil newspaper is :
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 2 : 1 (c) 1 : 2 (d) 3 : 2

NOTES :
[ 232 ]

same date in 1978 would be a Sunday, in 1977 a 47.(d) Since the direction of the place is unknown we do not
Saturday, in 1976 a Friday, in 1975 a Wednesday and know whether time has to be added or subtracted from
so on. And in 1942 it would be a Thursday. Hence
7 a.m. Hence option (d) is correct.
option (d) is the answer.
48.(a) The LCM of 10, 20, 30 and 60 is 60. Hence, they will
42.(a) 7, 8:30, 10, 12 and 3 pm are the timings of the trains.
ring together exactly after an hour at 7 a.m. Option (a)
Hence option (a) is correct.
is correct.
43.(d) We do not know the number of days in February.
Hence, we cannot determine the answer. So option (d) 11
49.(b) Angle   Minute - 30  hour
is the answer. 2
44.(d) Since there is a 3 hour gap between trains, the last 11 517  240 277 1
o

trains must have left at 5:30 and the announcement   47  30  4    138

2 2 2 2
must have been made at 6:30. Hence, option (d) is the
answer. 50.(d) Year 2003 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13
45.(c) In a single calendar day there are 44 right angles on a Odd days 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1
clock (24 × 2 - 4). Hence, in 2 days there will be 88. Total odd days = 14 odd days = 0 odd days
So the answer is option (c).
Hence, 2014 will be same calendar as that of year
46.(a) In 12 hours the watch will lose 120 minutes or 2 hours 2003.
and show 4 pm. Hence, the answer is (a).

22 VENN DIAGRAM

1.(c) A song may be Classical or Pop or of any other type. 13.(d) Number 10 is present in the space common to circle,
square and rectangle, hence represents educated rich
2.(d) Both Wheat and Sugarcane are the crops. boys who help in family business.
3.(d) Owl is a Bird and Tiger is not related to both of them. 14.(d) Number 5 lies on that portion of circle, which is not
common to any other figure.
4.(c) All the three items are unrelated to one another.
15.(b) Number 3 represents the portion, which is common to
5.(a) Srilanka is in Asia and Colombo is in Srilanka triangle and rectangle only. Hence it represents
employed boys engaged in family business.
6.(b) Man share relationship with Lawyer and Doctor.
16.(d) Number 20 is common to all the four figures and
7.(c) All the three items are unrelated to one another hence, it can be concluded that 20 families have all the
four things.
8.(d) Pencil is Stationery and Powder is not related to both
of them. 17.(c) Numbers of families having motor cycles are represented
by square and total of all the numbers present in
9.(d) Both car and Auto are Vehicles. square is 188.

10.(a) Year contains Months and Month contains Days. 18.(d) 100 families have both fridge and TV as it is the sum
of numbers present on the portion common to both the
11.(d) Number 13 represents those rich boys helping family circles.
business but are not educated or employed elsewhere
19.(c) Sum of 110, 50 and 65 will represent such families as
because it occupies the space common to circle and
all these numbers lie on the portion not common to
rectangle only.
other figure.
12.(d) No number occupies the space which is common to 20.(b) 30 families have fridge and Motor cycle both but
circle, square and triangle only. neither TV nor Car.
 [ 233 ]

Sol. (21 - 26) : On the basis of the information given in 32.(b) Required number = 15 + 3 = 18
question, following venn-diagram can be prepared.
33.(a) Required number = 10

34.(d) Those who play all games = 3

35.(b) Required number = 8

P 38 20 40 Q
6 36.(a) Required number = 2
14 16
37.(c) Required number = 3 + 3 = 6
66
38.(a) Only Teachers = 4
R
39.(b) Required number = 3
21.(b) 6 voters were in favour of all the three candidates P, Q
and R. 40.(d) Teacher who are doctors = 1 + 2 = 3.

22.(a) The number of voters in favour of P irrespective of 41.(d) Number of doctors who are either male or social
Q or R = 38 + 20 + 6 + 14 = 78 workers but not both = 6 + 5 = 11

23.(d) Number of voters in favour of Q irrespective of P and 42.(a) Number of doctors who are male = 3 + 6 = 9.
R = 40 + 20 + 16 + 6 = 82
43.(c) Number of social workers are male = 11 + 3 = 14.
24.(b) Number of voters in favour of R irrespective of P and
Q = 66 + 14 + 6 + 16 = 102. 44.(b) Number of social workers who are doctor but not male
is 5.
25.(b) The number of voters in favour of P and Q = 20
26.(d) The number of voters in favour of only one of the 45.(c) Number of social workers who are not male = 17 + 5
candidates = 38 + 40 + 66 = 144 = 22.

27.(c) D is common to circle and triangle. Hence, it represents 46.(b) Those who read Marathi newspaper
professors who are also Poets.
= 550 + 100 + 300 + 100 = 1050
28.(c) z is common to triangle and rectangle. Hence, z
represents Poets who are also Story writer 47.(a) Required number = 2800 – (650 + 550 + 450 + 200 +
300 + 100 + 100) = 450
29.(b) x represents professors who are also Story writer as it
is common in circle and rectangle. 48.(d) Required number = 650 + 550 + 450 = 1650

30.(d) B represents story writers only. 49.(d) Required number = 300 + 200 + 100 + 100 = 700

31.(d) Total = 24 + 10 + 3 + 12 = 49 50.(a) Marathi : Tamil

= (550+300+100+100) : (450+300+200+100) = 1 : 1

23 MATRIX

1.(c) H  65, 58, 79, 86, 97 I  00, 13, 21, 34, 42

O  03, 11, 22, 30, 44 D  67, 69, 98, 106, 1010
N  59, 66, 77, 89, 98 E  01, 14, 20, 32, 43
O  03, 11, 22, 30, 44 PRIDE – 87, 68, 42, 69, 43
U  04, 12, 23, 31, 40
3.(b) G  00, 13, 22, 34, 41
R  55, 67, 76, 88, 99
U  01, 12, 24, 31, 40
HONOUR – 86, 44, 98, 30, 12, 88
S  04, 10, 23, 32, 44
2.(b) P  66, 79, 87, 910, 108 T  55, 68, 77, 89, 96
R  68, 76, 810, 97, 109 GUST  22, 24, 23, 68
[ 136 ]

25 CUBES, DICE AND CUBOIDS

DICE Example.

It is a 3 dimensional object which when seen from any direction

1 1
shows its 3 surface to us. The length, breadth and height all are
equal. It is a six surface structure, on its 6 surface number from 1 3 4
2 5
to 6 are written on them, it could be a figure, Indication or different
colour shown on them.
There are two types of dice.
(a) Standard dice (b) Ordinary dice
Here we can Identify the number opposite to 2 & 3 because
Standard dice – In any standard dice sum of its opposite sides is there is a common surface of dice which is 1. So 2 & 3 is
7 and no two adjacent side give sum of 7, such dice is known as opposite of 5 & 4.
standard dice. Example.
(iii) Universal rule : This rule can be applied to any dice. It is
applicable when we have been given two three or four
5 2 situation of a dice.

1 6
CUBES
4 4
Cube is 3 dimensional structure where length breadth & height
are all equal measure. The Cube have following properties.
Sum of adjacent side :
4+5=9 2+6=8 (i) Cube will always have six surface.
5+1=6 2+4=6 (ii) Cube will always have twelve edges
4+1=5 4 + 6 = 10 (iii) A cube will always have eight corners.
(but about number 1, 2 & 3 that are hidden, we can’t say, which
Some Important technique to determine and calculate different
number is opposite to 6.
cutting and subdividing original cubes.
Ordinary dice – It is just opposite of a standard dice. In an 5cm
ordinary dice any two opposite surface can’t give sum of 7, but its
5c
m

adjacent side may sum to 7.

5cm

3 6
Sum of adjacent sides : 5 2 4 3
5+2=7 4+3=7
(a) (b)
Some Important rules about dice. Total no. of cubes = (x)3
(i) Any dice can’t be categorized as standard or ordinary. If Inner cube = (x – 2)3 or no face pointed.
we have only one face each of three pair. In such case, it is Central cube = 6(x – 2)2 or 1 face pointed.
impossible to determine any two opposite side of that dice. Middle cube = 12 (x – 2) or 2 face pointed.
Example. Corner cube = 8 (always) or 3 face pointed.
6 CUBOID
4 5 A cuboid is a three dimensional structure, whose length, breadth
& height will always be unequal. The Cuboid have same Properties
In the above 4 and 5 are adjacent to 6 so both of them never
as cubes.
be opposite to 6, but number 1, 2 & 3 that are hidden, we
Cuboid Formulas : 2cm
can’t say, which number is opposite to 6. 2c m
(1) Total no. of cuboids =  × b × h 1.8cm
(ii) If any dice is represented in 2 ways and in 2 situation & (2) Corner = 8 (always)
only one digit/symbol is common and is represented on the (3) Inner = ( –2) (b –2) (h – 2)
same surface then the surface is opposite to the common (4) Central = 2[( – 2) (b – 2) + (b – 2) (h – 2) + (h – 2) (–2)]
digit / symbol. (5) Middle = 4(+ b + h – 6)
 [ 137 ]

EXERCISE

1. Which colour is opposite to Green? 7. Two positions of a cubical block are given below, each face

BLACK
having a number of small triangles. In another position of
the cube, if there is one triangle at the bottom, how many
triangles will be there on the top face?
(a) Black (b) Blue (c) Violet (d) Orange

2. Little wooden cubes each with a side of one inch are put
together to form a solid cube with a side of three inches.
This big cube is then painted red all over on the outside.
When the big cube is broken up into the original little ones,
how many cubes will have painted on two sides? (a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 5
(a) 4 (b) 8 (c) 12 (d) 0

3. A cube has the following figures drawn on its five faces. 8. Choose from the four answer figures, the figure that will be
The top surface is blank. The ellipse is between the cross formed when the question figure is folded into a box.
and the triangle. The sequence is on the right of the triangle.
The ellipse and the square are opposite to each other. Which
face is the circle on?  
(a) On the top (b) opposite to ellipse
(c) Opposite to triangle (d) At the bottom

4. Choose from the four answer figures the figure that will be
Answer figures
formed when the question figure is folded into a box.
Question Figure

  

(a) (b) (c) (d)

9. Three positions of a dice are given. Find out which number

Answer Figures
is formed opposite the number 2 in the given cube.

6 5 4
(a) (b) (c) (d) 1 4 3 6 1 2
5. Two positions of a cube are given. Based on them find out
which number is found opposite number 1 in the given cube. (a) (b) (c)
6 6
(a) 6 (b) 5 (c) 3 (d) 1
1 2 2 3
10. Which of the four cubes given in the answer figure can be
created by folding the design in question figure?
(a) 6 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4 Question Figure :
6. A 5 × 5 × 5 cube is formed by using 1 × 1 × 1 cubes. If we
add another layer of such 1 × 1 × 1 cube in the 5 × 5 × 5
cube. What will be the number of 1 × 1 × 1 cubes in the
newly formed cube?
(a) 216 (b) 225 (c) 343 (d) 324
[ 138 ]

Answer Figures : 14. Which number is opposite to 3?

2 3 4
1 3 1 5 2 3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(i) (ii) (iii)
11. From the given blocks when 10 is at the bottom, which
number will be at the top ? (a) 1 (b) 6 (c) 5 (d) 4

15. Faces of a designed Dice are shown as i, ii, iii and iv. Find
10 12
4 8 the design at the face left with question mark?

2 2
(a) 8 (b) 12 (c) 6 (d) 4 ?
12. Choose the cube which will be formed on folding the given (i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
question figure.
Question Figure : (a) (b) (c) (d)

Directions (16-17) : Six sides of a cube are coloured with different

colours. Yellow is opposite to white and blue is between red and
green. One side is black.

16. Which colour is opposite blue?

Answer Figures : (a) red (b) black (c) green (d) Yellow

17. Which colour does not touch red side?

(a) green (b) yellow (c) white (d) blue

18. A cube is painted red on two adjacent surfaces and green

(a) (b) (c) (d)
on the surfaces opposite to red surfaces and yellow on the
remaining faces. Now the cube is cut into 216 smaller cubes
13. Choose the cube which will be formed on folding the given
of equal size. How many small cubes are there whose no
question Figure.
faces are coloured?
Question Figure :
(a) 36 (b) 72 (c) 64 (d) 56

19. Four usual dice are thrown on the ground. The total of
+ numbers on the top faces of these four dice is 15 as the top
faces showed 4, 3, 2 and 6 respectively. What is the total of
 the faces touching the ground?
(a) 12 (b) 13
(c) 15 (d) Cannot be determined
Answer Figures :
20. A dice is numbered from 1 to 6 in different ways. If 1 is
adjacent to 4, 3 and 6, then which of the following
 + + +
statements is necessarily true?

(a) 2 is adjacent to 4 (b) 2 is adjacent to 5
(a) (b) (c) (d) (c) 1 is adjacent to 6 (d) 1 is adjacent to 4
[ 236 ]

25 CUBES, DICE AND CUBOIDS

1.(d) The six colurs are: Black, Violet, Orange, Red, Green 6.(c) A 5 × 5 × 5 cube has 5 cubes of 1 × 1 × 1 cubes along
and Blue. The colours Blue and Red are on the faces its length, breadth and width each. If we add a layer of
adjacent to Green and therefore, these colours cannot 1 × 1 × 1 cubes (the smaller cubes) then the new cube
be on the face opposite to Green. will have following dimensions :
After careful observation of all view of a dice, it is Length = 5 + 1 + 1 = 7, breadth = 5 + 1 + 1 and
clear that Orange lies opposite to Green. width = 5 + 1 + 1 = 7
So, the number of 1 × 1 × 1 cubes in this 7 × 7 × 7
2.(c)
= 343.
7.(b) If there is one triangle at the bottom, there would be
First Layer
three triangles on the top.
Second Layer 8.(b)

Third Layer


no. of section per side = 3 × 3 9.(a) The numbers 1, 3, 4 and 5 are on the adjacent faces of
So, n = 3. number 6. Therefore, 2 lies opposite 6.
Therefore, total number of cubes having paint on two
sides = 12 (n – 2) = 12 (3 – 2) =12.
3.(d) According to question.
10.(b)

(a) (b)
11.(b) From the two views of blocks it is clear that when 10
is at the bottom, number 12 will be at the top.
x
12.(c)

The circle is at the bottom.

4.(d) The four triangles will form one surface.

13.(b) After folding the given question figure, we can get

Answer Figure (2).

+
The black dot will be opposite to circle. Thus answer
figures (a), (b) and (c) can be eliminated.
5.(c) From the two views of cube it is clear that ‘3’ lies
opposite to ‘1’. Sol. (14-15) :

1 2
 [ 237 ]

Top - yellow, Bottom - white, Left - Red, Right - 19.(b) In a usual dice, the sum of the numbers on any two
Green, Front - Black, Back - Blue.
opposite faces is always 7. Thus, 1 is opposite 6, 2 is
14.(b) It is clear from the given three that 2, 4, 5, 1 are opposite 5 and 3 is opposite 4.Consequently, when 4,
adjacent and visible numbers, hence 6 is opposite to 3, 2 and 6 are the numbers on the top faces, then 3, 4,
number 3.
1 and 5 respectively are the numbers on the face
15.(b) In figure i and iv the designs are same therefore (b) touching the ground. The total of these numbers = 3 +
will be placed in the blank space. 4 + 5 + 1 = 13.
16.(b) Black colour is opposite to Blue. 20.(b) If 1 is adjacent to 4, 3 and 6, then either 2 or 5 lies
17.(a) Because green colour is Opposite to red colour. opposite to 1. So, the numbers 2 and 5 cannot lie
opposite to each other. Hence, 2 necessarily lies adjacent
18.(c) We know that Cubes with no surface painted can be find
to 5.
using (x – 2)3, where x is number of cuttings. Here x = 6.

 (6 – 2)3 = 64.

26 NON VERBAL REASONING

Type 1 Series 7.(d) Upper designs in the blocks move to the lower side
1.(c) Triangle rotates anticlockwise at 135 and 90 0 and the lower left shape moves to the upper right
alternatively. Whereas outer design enters into the corner and the lower right symbol while shifting to the
triangle and a new design which is in question figure upper left corner is replaced with a new symbol.
(the square), at each step exits from the triangle, which 8.(d) In the figure from 1 to 2, two designs from right swap
1 1 1 their positions. Again in figure from 2 to 3, two
rotates anticlockwise at , 1 2 ,2 position of the designs from the left swap their positions. The process
2 2 2
goes on.
side of the square.
9.(d) For each next figure that contains 4 designs inside it,
2.(b) In the question figure from 1 to 3 respectively, inner 2 designs among those 4 designs interchange their
two figures enlarge without changing its sequence and positions from left to right starting with arrow.
the outer figure shrinks to the innermost figure.
10.(a) Double line rotates at 90 0 (i.e. along the
3.(d) 0
Symbols in the series rotate anticlockwise at 90 ,45 0, perpendicular)anticlockwise. Design “” moves in the
900 respectively from figure 1 to 2. The right most bottom right, centre, upper left positions and design
symbol moves to 3rd place and displaces 2 symbols to “?” rotates in centre, upper right, lower left and follow
the right whereas the left most symbol is replaced with the same.
a new symbol.

4.(b) In figure from 1 to 2, two symbols move from left side 11.(b) The elements move in the sequences and
to the right side and both the designs from the right
side move to the left side. Again, in figure from 2 to
3 one symbol from left move to right and the three alternately. In each step, the element that
symbols move towards left. This process follows for
the next figures. reaches the encircled position, gets replaced by a new
element.
5.(d) Lower side designs change their positions and shift to 12.(c) The element interchange positions in the sequences
the upper side diagonally. At each next step two new
designs appear on lower side. and alternately. In each step, the
6.(c) All the designs rotate anticlockwise and at each step
one new symbol appears on the upper and lower element that reaches the encircled position gets vertically
section of the block alternately. inverted.
13.(c) We shall label the various positions of elements as :
[ 162 ]

32 ANALOGY
Direction : In each of the following questions, there is a certain Directions (4 - 5) : The first pair of numbers bears a certain
relationship between two given words on one side of: and one relationship. The same relationship is required to be found in the
word is given on another side of: : while another word is to be other pair in which one number is missing. Find the missing
found from the given alternatives, having the same relationship
number.
with this word as the words of the given pair bears. Choose the
correct alternative. Ex.4 81 : 27 : : 93 :?
Ex.1 Drummer : Orchestra : Minister:? (a) 39 (b) 63
(a) Voter (b) Constituency
(c) 31 (d) 13
(c) Cabinet (d) Department
Sol. First is a member of the second. Hence (c). Sol. 81  3 = 27, so 93  3 = 31. Hence (c).
Ex.2 Wax : Grease : : Milk: ? Ex.5 26 : 169 : : 30 :?
(a) Drink (b) Ghee
(a) 225 (b) 15
(c) Curd (d) Protein
(c) 325 (d) 144
Sol. First is used to prepare of the second. Hence (c).
Ex.3 Librarians : Books : : Bankers:? 2
x2  first 
(a) Customers (b) Banks Sol. x :   is the relationship or second =   .
2  2 
(c) money (d) Creditors
Sol. First Manges Second Hence (c). Hence (a).

E X E RCI S E

Directions (1 - 25) : In each of the following questions, there 7. Sculptor : Statue : : Poet : ?
is a certain relationship between two given words on one side (a) Canvas (b) Pen (c) Verse (d) Chisel
of : : and one word is given on another side of : : while
8. Cricket : Bat : : Hockey : ?
another word is to be found from the given alternatives,
(a) Field (b) Stick (c) Player (d) Ball
having the same relation with this word as the words of the
given pair bear. Choose the correct alternative. 9. Dog : Bark : : Goat : ?
(a) Bleat (b) Howl (c) Grunt (d) Bray
1. Paw : Cat : : Hoof : ?
(a) Horse (b) Lion (c) Lamb (d) Elephant 10. Grain : Stock : : Stick : ?
(a) Heap (b) Bundle (c) Collection(d) String
2. Errata : Books : : Flaws : ?
(a) Manuscripts (b) Metals (c) Speech 11. Rupee : India : : Yen : ?
(d) Charter (a) Turkey (b) Bangladesh (c) Pakistan (d) Japan
3. Car : Garage : : Aeroplane : ? 12. Appraiser : Building : : Critic : ?
(a) Port (b) Depot (c) Hangar (d) Harbour (a) Book (b) Masterpiece (c) Judge (d) Gold
4. Acting : Theatre : : Gambling : ? 13. Court : Justice : : School : ?
(a) Casino (b) Club (c) Bar (d) Gym (a) Teacher (b) Student
(c) Ignorance (d) Education
5. Water : Convection : : Space : ?
(a) Conduction (b) Transference 14. Mature : Regressed : : Varied : ?
(c) Vacuum (d) Radiation (a) Rhythmic (b) Monotonous
(c) Decorous (d) Obsolete
6. Food : Stomach : : Fuel : ?
(a) Plane (b) Truck 15. Horse : Neigh : : Jackal : ?
(c) Engine (d) Automobile (a) Squeak (b) Chatter (c) Howl (d) Bray
 [ 163 ]

16. Illness is related to Cure in the same way as grief is 28. 14 : 210 : : ? : 182
related to
(a) 12 (b) 13 (c) 15 (d) 16
(a) Happiness (b) Ecstasy
(c) Remedy (d) Solicitude 29. 17 : 25.5 : : ? : 28.5
(a) 21 (b) 23 (c) 19 (d) 13
17. In a certain code language Infinite means Size. What is
the meaning of Indefinite in that code language ? 30. BLOCKED : YOLXPVW : : OZFMXS : ?
(a) Time (b) Day (c) Meaning (d) Shape (a) RESULT (b) LAUNCH
(c) NAUGHT (d) LAUNBH
18. In a certain way Diploma is related to Education. Which
of the following is related to trophy is a similar way? 31. TIRGM : QFODJ : : FSEVH : ?
(a) Sports (b) Athlete (c) Winning (d) Prize (a) CRCSG (b) OPBTF
(c) EPCSE (d) CPBSE
19. Hamlet is related to Village in the same way as
Metropolis is related to - 32. Watch : Time : : Thermometer : ?
(a) District (b) Place (c) Tehsil (d) City (a) Doctor (b) Patient
(c) Fever (d) Nurse
20. Income is related to Profit in the same way as
Expenditure is related to 33. Dhaka : Bangladesh : : Rome : ?
(a) Sale (b) Receipts (c) Surplus (d) Loss (a) South Korea (b) Nepal
(c) Italy (d) North Korea
21. Electricity is related to Wire in the same way as Water
is related to 34. Yogeshwar Dutt : Wrestling : : Saina Nehwal : ?
(a) Bottle (b) Jug (c) River (d) Pipe (a) Badminton (b) Chess
22. Hospital is related to Nurse in the same way as Court is (c) Table Tennis (d) Football
related to 35. South Korea : Seoul : Argentina : ?
(a) Justice (b) Lawyer (a) Newcomb (b) Buenos Aires
(c) Judgement (d) Trial (c) Rome (d) Lisbon
23. Which of the following is related to Melody in the same Directions (36 - 45) : In these questions, first two given
way as delicious is related to Taste ? words are related in some way. The same relation exists in
(a) Memory (b) Highness (c) Tongue (d) Voice next two words, identify the same.

24. Apparel is related to Cloth in the same way as Footwear 36. Boy : Man : Girl : ?
is related to ____. (a) Mother (b) Father
(a) Cobbler (b) Shoes (c) Sandals (d) Leather (c) Woman (d) Wife

25. Tree is related to Sapling in the same way as horse is 37. Hand : Gloves : : Foot : ?
related to (a) Pant (b) Nail
(a) Cub (b) Foal (c) Puppy (d) Mule (c) Socks (d) Thumb

Directions (26 – 35) : In these question there are four terms A C

in each question. The terms to the right of the symbol : : have 38. : 25 : : : ?
the same relationship as the terms to the left of the symbol : : Z T
Out of the four terms one term is missing which is one of the (a) 17 (b) 18
alternatives given ahead. Find out the correct alternative (c) 20 (d) 21
26. MTNL:KRLJ::BSNL:?
(a) A R L J (b) Z Q L T
39. : M :: :?
(c) Z Q L J (d) A Q L T (a) W (b) V
(c) (d) N
D F H
27. : : : ?
216 64 1000
K J L I
40.
?
(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)
512 512 512 512
[ 164 ]

41. ABE : BCF : : MPU : ? side of the symbol : : . But out of four one item is missing.
(a) NQV (b) PQW (c) NQW (d) PWQ You have to find out this from the five given alternatives, and
indicate its correct alternative.
42. PQR : ONM : : DEF : ?
46. Tuberculosis : Lungs : : Cataract : ?
(a) BAC (b) CBA (c) CAB (d) BCA
(a) Kidney (b) Nose
43. Pond : Water : : Library : ? (c) Ear (d) Eye
(a) Paper (b) Almirah (c) Book (d) Chair
47. Ottawa : Canada : : Havana : ?
2 4 (a) Mexico (b) Cuba (c) Brazil (d) Libya
44. :8:: :?
3 2 48. 4 : 252 : : 5 : ?
(a) 12 (b) 64 (c) 8 (d) 16 (a) 525 (b) 620 (c) 425 (d) 315
45. DG : 47 : : BI : ? 49. DHOX : CFNT : : FKOV : ?
(a) 18 (b) 28 (c) 29 (d) 19 (a) FILR (b) EJKR (c) FJNS (d) EINR

Directions (46–50) : In the following questions, each 50. FNWR : CKOT : : HMPS : ?
questions have four items. The symbol : : have two items on (a) EKMO (b) FUNP (c) EJMP (d) FKOS
the left with a certain relationship, the same is on the right

NOTES :
[ 244 ]

100 = (10)2 = 10
24 2
 (2 + 6 + 10)3 = ?  ? = = 16
3
 ?= (18)3 = 5832
20.(a) (11 + 7 + x)2 = 676
96 3
19.(c)    48  3  24  3 (5 + 8 + 3)2 = 256
64 2 32 2 ? 2

32 ANALOGY

1.(a) "First is the name given to the foot of the second". 12.(a) First comments on the second.
Meaning of the word 'Paw' is "a foot of an animal
(particularly Cats or Dogs) with claws or nails" and 13.(d) Court is a place from where people get justice, likewise
meaning of the word 'Hoof' is "the hard part of the foot school is a place, from where students get education.
of certain animals e.g. horses." As 'Paw' is related to 14.(b) The words in each pair are opposites of each other.
'Cat', similarly 'Hoof' is related to 'Horse'. Hence (a) is Note : Meaning of the word 'Regress' is "to turn to an
the correct answer. earlier or least advanced form or state".
2.(c) Errata comprises of errors in books. Similarly, flaws 15.(c) Second is the noise produced by the first.
are the defects in arguments or speeches.
16.(c) Cure ensures removal of illness in the same way as
3.(c) "First is temporarily parked in the second". 'Garage' is remedy insures removal of grief.
a place where 'Car' is parked. Similarly the place
where 'Aeroplane' is parked is 'Hangar'. Hence (c) is 17.(a) Time is called indefinite in that code language.
the correct answer.
18.(a) A successful finish of Education equips one with
Note : Meaning of 'Hanger' - "a curved piece of wood, Diploma. Similarly, a successful finish in sports equips
plastic or wire with a hook at the top, used for hanging one with Trophy.
a garment in a wardrobe".
19.(d) A Hamlet is considered smaller than a village, in the
Meaning of 'Hangar' - 'a large shed in which aircraft same way, metropolis is considered smaller than a city.
are kept'.
20.(d) When Income is more than expenditure, it bears Profit.
4.(a) Second is the place for performing the first. But when Expenditure is more than income, then loss
occurs.
5.(d) "Second is the mode of transference of heat by the
first". 'Water' is the medium in which heat is transferred 21.(d) Wire is the medium to transmit Electricity. Similarly,
through 'Convection'. Similarly, in 'Space' heat is Pipe is the medium to carry Water.
transferred by 'Radiation'. Hence (d) is the correct
22.(b) Here, the first is the working place of the second.
answer.
23.(d) Delicious is the adjective used for Taste. Similarly,
6.(c) Food is processed by the stomach to provide energy for
Melodious is the adjective used for voice.
the functioning of the body.
24.(d) The first is made from the second.
Similarly, fuel is processed by the engine to provide
energy for the functioning of automobile. 25.(b) A sapling is a young tree. Similarly, a foal is a young
horse.
7.(c) Second contains the story of the first.
26.(c) M T N L
8.(b) In cricket, ball is hit with a bat. Similarly, in hockey, -2 -2  -2 -2
the ball is hit with a stick. K R L J
Hence, B S N L
9.(a) Second puts an end to the activity denoted by the first. -2  -2  -2 -2
Z Q L J
10.(b) Second is a collection of the first.
11.(d) Rupee is the currency of India. Similarly, Yen is the D F D F
27.(b) :  :
Currency of Japan. (6) 3
( 4) 3
216 64
 [ 245 ]

41.(a) As, Similarly,

H J H J
Hence, : = : 1
(10 ) 3 (8 ) 3 1000 512 A  B M 
 N
28.(b) 14  14  15 = 210 1
B  C P 
 Q
Hence, 13
 13  14 = 182 E F U V
17 P Q R D E F
29.(c) 17  = 8.5
2
 17 + 8.5 = 25.5 42.(b) –1 –3 –5 –1 –3 –5
Hence, 19
O N M C B A
19
 = 9.5
2 43.(c) As ‘pond’ is the collection of ‘water’ in the same way
 19 + 9.5 = 28.5 ‘library’ is the collection of ‘Books’.
30.(b) B L O C K E D
44.(d) As  (2)3 = 8 in the same way  (4)2 = 16 .
Opposite        Letter
Y O L X P V W 45.(c) As D = 4 and G = 7
Hence, O Z F M X S
Opposite       Letter DG = 47
L A U N C H
Similarly, B = 2 and I = 9
31.(d) As, T I R G M
-3 -3 - 3 - 3 - 3 BI = 29
Q F O D J
Same as, F S E V H 46.(d) As ‘Tuberculosis’ is the disease related to ‘Lungs’
-3 - 3 - 3 - 3 - 3 similarly ‘Cataract’ is the disease related to ‘Eye’.
C P B S E
47.(b) As ‘Ottawa’ is the capital of ‘Canada’ similarly
32.(c) As, watch is related with time. Same as ‘Thermometer’ ‘Hawana’ is the capital of ‘Cuba’.
is related with fever.
33.(c) As, ‘Dhaka is the capital of ‘Bangladesh’, same as 4 5 252  5
48.(d)  ? =  315.
Lira is currency of Italy. 252 ? 4
34.(a) As, ‘Yogeshwar Dutt’ is related with ‘Wrestling’ same
Or
as ‘Saina Nehwal’ is related with ‘Badminton’.
35.(b) As, ‘Seoul’ is the capital of ‘South Korea’ same as Option (B) will be also correct
‘Buneus Aiers’ is the capital of ‘Argentina’. As, (4)4 – 4 = 252
36.(c) As grown up form of ‘Boy’ is ‘Man’ in the same way Similarly, (5)4 – 5 = 620
grown up form of ‘Girl’ is ‘Woman’ .
49.(d) As, Similarly,
37.(c) As ‘Gloves’ are used on ‘Hand’ in the same way
1
D  C 1 E
F 
‘socks’ are used on ‘foot’.
38.(a) A  1 and Z = 26 2 F
H  2 I
K 
A 1
O  N 1 N
O 
  26 – 1 = 25
Z
4
X  T 4 R
V 
C
Similarly,  20 – 3 = 17
T 50.(c) As, Similarly,
39.(d) When one line is decreased from  we get  in the 3 C
F  3 E
H 
same way when one line is decreased from M, we get
3
N  K M 3
N.  J
3
R  O 3 M
P 
40.(a) From Pf1 to Pf2 back dot on each vertex of the  is
increased. Hence from pf3 to pf4 black dot each vertex 3 3
W  T S  P
of the will be increased.